Daikin vrv 3 сервис мануал на русском

Daikin

Системы кондиционирования VRV III + тепловой насос Daikin серии RXHQ8P9W1B, RXHQ10P9W1B, RXHQ12P9W1B, RXHQ14P9W1B, RXHQ16P9W1B, RXHQ18P9W1B, RXYQ5P9W1B, RXYQ8P9W1B, RXYQ10P9W1B, RXYQ12P9W1B, RXYHQ12P9W1B, RXYQ14P9W1B, RXYQ16P9W1B, RXYQ18P9W1B. Руководство по монтажу.

Действующий промокод от Экстраклимат

Промокод на кондиционеры июль 2022

Представляем действующий промокод на июль 2022 года:

ПРОМО-ИЮЛЬ!

Укажите его в комментариях к заказу или назовите менеджеру по телефону.

Скидки по промокоду:
Кондиционеры Royal Clima, Hisense, Fujitsu, IGC — до 20%
Кондиционеры Hitachi, Funai — 10%

Скидки представляются на кондиционеры из наличия на складе!

X

0 Пользователей и 1 Гость просматривают эту тему.

На этой странице размещены каталоги и инструкции на кондиционеры Daikin.

График Daikin VRV RXYQ-P.pdf

Диагностика отказов Daikin VRV H.pdf
Диагностика отказов Daikin VRV K, RSN.pdf

Инструкция сервисная Daikin FXHQ32-63-100MVE, FXHQ32-63-100MAVE.pdf 
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV инверторы серии G,H,K система VRV 60 Гц 1997 1-26.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV серии G,H,K внутренний блок.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV различные установки серий G,H.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV различные установки серий K+RSNY.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV различные установки серий RSNY.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV серии G,H,K функциональные части холод.системы.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV серии G,H,K устройства Защиты.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV устранение неисправностей для серии G.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV устранение неисправностей для серии H,K.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV устранение неисправностей для RSNY8KTAL.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV диагностика отказов (ДО) G и H с ДПУ.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДО G и H самодиагностикой инвертора.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДО, не выводимых на ЦПУ .pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДО (H) ЦПУ, таймера и ПУ вкл-выкл .pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДО (K) и RSNY8KTAL с ДПУ .pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДО (K) и RSNY8KTAL с ДПУ, ЦПУ, таймера, ПУ вкл-выкл.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV типичные ошибки в электросоединениях.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV серии G,H,K особенности замены печатных плат VRV.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV серии G,H,K аварийные ситуации.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Серии G,H,K дополнительное оборудование.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Серии G,H,K электрические схемы.pdf
Daikin Corrections in number of connectable indoor units and capacity index for RXYSQ 12-009.pdf
Daikin Inpact of connection ratio on capacity and Power Input RXYQ-P.pdf
Installation limits Daikin VRV3 RXYQ-P.pdf
Защита систем кондиционирования фирмы «DAIKIN» от сбоев силового электроптания 13.09.99.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Basic Training Manual Si30-408.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II Heat Pump RXYQ-MY Si39-302.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II R-410A Heat Pump 50Hz SiE39-404.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II R22 Heat Pump, Cooling Only Si38-304.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II введение EEDU05-2 06.2005.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II диагностический лист RXYQ-MY Si39-302.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II,VRV WII EEDE05-2.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III Air-cooled selection procedure EEDEN08-200.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III Cooling Only 50 Hz ED 34-862.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III,VRV WIII EEDRU10-200 05.10.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III,VRV WIII Введение EEDRU12-200 03.12.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III-S,VRV III EEDRU08-200 06.2008.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III-S,VRV III,VRV II Air-cooled selection procedure EEDE06-2.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV III-S,VRV III,VRV II,VRV WII Ведение EEDE06-2 06.2006.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Installation Work INVERTER K Series, Plus Series SM-22.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter DRIVEN AIR–CONDITIONING SYSTEMS SiE-55.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter K Series 28-08-2000.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter K Series, PLUS Series Si-05B.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter K Series, PLUS Series Si-52C.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV PLUS Series Appendix of Installation SiE33-003.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV PLUS Series R-407C SiE33-003.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV R-22 PLUS Series Appendix of Installation SiE33-102.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV R-22 PLUS Series SiE33-102.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Service Diagnosis Si30-701.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Service Diagnosis Si30-701A.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Start Up K-serie VS3-0399.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Water-cooled EEDEN12-201 02.12.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV WII InstallationProcedure EEDEN08-201 01.2008.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV WII Water-Cooled EEDE06-2 06.2006.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV введение EEDEN10-200 05.10.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV введение EEDRU13-200 03.13.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV замена инверторного компрессора Si39-302.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV инверторы серии G,H,K 60Гц высокотемературные.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV коды ошибок SME-TS1.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV устранение неисправностей Si39-302.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV пробный запуск Si39-302.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV с водяным конденсатором EEDRU12-201 03.12.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV-WII,VRVII особенности систем EEDU05-2 06.2005.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRVII процедура выбора EEDU05-2 06.2005.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRVII, VRVWII тепловой насос и рекуперация тепла.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRVII-S кондиционеры EPCU04-14A.pd
Инструкция сервисная Daikin FMCQ-A8.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin EWAD100-410E ERAD120-490E.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin AHU.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin RSNY.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin ERQ.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin K, RSNY.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin RSX.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV G,H.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV G, H, K 1997.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV диагностический лист heat recovery.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV FXY.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV G, H, K 60Гц 1997.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV II R-22.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV INVERTER.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter K, Plus серии 2001.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV Inverter K, Plus серии 1997.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV K серии.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV K, RSN.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV R-22, R-410A, диагностика.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV RSXY, BSV.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV ДИАГНОСТИЧЕСКИЙ ЛИСТ HEAT PUMP.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV замена компрессора RXYQ5M – 48M.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV коды ошибок.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV устранение неисправностей.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV(IIM, IIIP, IIIS, II-SM) диагностика.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRVII R-410A Heat Pump 50Hz.pdf
Инструкция сервисная Daikin VRV BRC, KRP, DTA, BRC.pdf

Схема Daikin VRV DCS, DTA, DMS, DAM, DCS, DPF.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ10,12P7W1B.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ14,16,18P7W1B.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ5-18P.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ8P7W1B.pdf
Схема подключения DAIKIN ZC-107DK.pdf
Схема DAIKIN ZC-107 DK,ZC-207 DK.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ-P 3D040402G_E.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ1012P 4D052147.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ1012P7 2TW27256-1.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ12-18P 3D051450.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ14-18P 4D052572.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ141618P7 2TW27276-1_E.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ20-32P 3D052261.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ34-54P 3D052262.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ5P.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ5P4D052145.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ5P7 2TW27236-1.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ810P 3D051449_E.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ8P 4D052146.pdf
Схема Daikin VRV RXYQ8P7 2TW27246-1.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYC20-63GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin XYS20-63GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYS125GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYH32GV1(VG) FXYH63GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYL25-40GV1(VG) FXYLM25-40GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYA25GV1(VG) FXYA40GV1(VG).pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY5G.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY8G RSXY10G.pdf
Схема Daikin RSX8GY1(YAL) RSX10GY1(YAL).pdf
Схема Daikin RX8GTG RX10GTG.pdf
Схема Daikin RSEY8G RSEY10G.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY5HJY1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY8HJY1 RSXY10HJY1.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYC20-125H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYF32-63H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYF80-125H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYK25-63H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYS20-63H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYS80-125H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYH32-100H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYA25H(J)V1(VAL) FXYA40H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYL(M)25-63H(J)V1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY5KY1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY8KY1 RSXY10KY1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY5KYAL.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY8KYAL RSXY10KYAL.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY5KTAL.pdf
Схема Daikin RSXY8KTAL RSXY10KTAL.pdf
Схема Daikin RSX5KY1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSX8KY1 RSX10KY1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSX5KTAL.pdf
Схема Daikin RSX8KTAL RSX10KTAL.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYC20-63KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYC40-125KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYF32-125KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYL(M)25-63KV1(VAL).pdf
Схема Daikin FXYM200KVE FXYM250KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYH32-100KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYA25-63KVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYF32-63KGV1.pdf
Схема Daikin FXYF80-125KGV1.pdf
Схема Daikin RSNY8KTAL.pdf
Схема Daikin FXAQ20-63MAVE.pdf
Схема Daikin FXMQ40-125PVE.pdf
Схемы Daikin FXDQ20-32PBVET FXDQ40-63NBVET.pdf

Технические данные Daikin VRV кондиционеры с водяным конденсатором.pdf
Технические данные Daikin VRV-WII тепловой насос.pdf
Технические данные Daikin VRV-WIII R-410A.pdf
Технические данные Daikin VRV(II, WII).pdf
Технические данные Daikin VRVIII FXF, FXZ, FXC, FXK, FXD, FXS, FXM, FXA, FXH, FXU, FXL, FXN.pdf
Технические данные Daikin VRVIII, IIIS RXY.pdf
Технические новости Daikin VRV RSXY.pdf
Технические новости Daikin VRV, Split, SKY.pdf
Технические новости Daikin VRV, защита по питанию.pdf
Технические новости Daikin VRV, сбои электропитания.pdf

На этой странице размещены каталоги и инструкции Daikin.

Вы можете бесплатно скачать каталог и инструкцию Daikin с нашего сайта.

Si37 - 701
REYQ8-48PY1
R-410A Heat Recovery 50Hz
Si37-701
R-410A Heat Recovery
50Hz
1. Introduction ............................................................................................ vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... vi
1.2 PREFACE ................................................................................................x
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................4
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................5
4. Model Selection.......................................................................................6
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 9
1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................10
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................21
1.3 BS Units .................................................................................................47
Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 49
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................50
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................50
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................52
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP).........................................................................54
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP) ..................................................56
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1 (Multi 14, 16HP) ..................................................58
BS Unit Functional Parts ........................................................................60
Indoor Units ............................................................................................61
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................62
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................62
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................63
REMQ8P ................................................................................................64
REMQ10P, 12P......................................................................................65
REMQ14P, 16P......................................................................................66
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................67
Part 4 Function............................................................................ 95
1. Function General...................................................................................96
1.1 Symbol ...................................................................................................96
1.2 Operation Mode......................................................................................98
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................99
2.1 Normal Operation ...................................................................................99
2.2 Compressor PI Control.........................................................................100
Table of Contents
i
Si37-701
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................108
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................108
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................109
Heat Exchanger Control .......................................................................110
3. Special Control....................................................................................111
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Startup Control .....................................................................................111
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)...........................................113
Oil Return Operation ............................................................................114
Defrost Operation .................................................................................118
Pump-down Residual Operation ..........................................................120
Standby ................................................................................................122
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................123
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................124
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................124
Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................126
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................128
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................129
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................131
5. Other Control.......................................................................................132
5.1 Backup Operation.................................................................................132
5.2 Demand Operation ...............................................................................132
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition ..............................................................132
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................133
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Operation Flow Chart ...........................................................................133
Thermostat Control...............................................................................135
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................139
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve .................................................141
Freeze Prevention ................................................................................142
Heater Control (Optional PC Board KRP1B...is required.) ...................143
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................144
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)......................................145
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................146
Part 5 Test Operation ............................................................... 147
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................148
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................148
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................149
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................167
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ...........................................................168
3. Field Setting ........................................................................................169
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................169
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................182
ii
Table of Contents
Si37-701
Part 6 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 209
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................212
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................215
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................215
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................216
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................217
Inspection Mode ...................................................................................220
Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................221
Test Run Mode.....................................................................................223
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................223
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................230
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
Table of Contents
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................230
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................231
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......232
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................234
“A6” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor.........................236
“A6” Indoor Unit: Overload / Overcurrent /
Lock of Indoor Unit Fan Motor..............................................................237
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................238
“A9” Indoor Unit: Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction /
Dust Clogging.......................................................................................240
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Coil.........242
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................244
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........245
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................246
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........247
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........248
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Controller ................................................................................249
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect .....................................................250
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................251
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................253
“E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................255
“E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock..............257
“E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ...................258
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E~Y5E)...............................................261
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................263
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................265
“F9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic
Expansion Valve...................................................................................266
“H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ......................268
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ...........................................................................................270
“J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction ....................................271
“J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31, 32T, 33T) ....................................................................................272
“J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for
Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)....................................................273
iii
Si37-701
3.28 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for
Suction Pipe .........................................................................................274
3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................275
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T), (R9T) or (R14T).........................................................................276
3.31 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ......................................................................................277
3.32 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T) ..................................278
3.33 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................279
3.34 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................281
3.35 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Defective Inverter PC Board ...................................283
3.36 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................285
3.37 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter Compressor ....288
3.38 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter Compressor ....290
3.39 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure ......................292
3.40 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................295
3.41 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection...............................298
3.42 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................300
3.43 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or
Faulty Combination of PC Board..........................................................302
3.44 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Gas Shortage Alert..................................................304
3.45 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase ........................................................306
3.46 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure...........................................................................307
3.47 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation not Executed ...............................310
3.48 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units.......................311
3.49 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.......................................................314
3.50 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) .........315
3.51 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................321
3.52 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................322
3.53 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller.....................................................323
3.54 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller...............................329
3.55 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between
Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit .................................................330
3.56 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................333
3.57 “UH” Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ...............................................334
iv
Table of Contents
Si37-701
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller) ..............................336
4.1 “M1” PC Board Defect ...........................................................................336
4.2 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................337
4.3 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................338
4.4 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................340
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................341
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................341
5.2 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) .....343
5.3 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ....346
Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 361
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................362
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................362
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................367
1.3 BS Unit .................................................................................................371
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................372
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................372
Field Wiring ..........................................................................................377
Indoor Unit............................................................................................380
BS Unit .................................................................................................395
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................396
3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................396
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................401
4. Option List ...........................................................................................407
4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................407
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................409
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................410
5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................410
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................411
6.
7.
8.
9.
Example of Connection (R-410A Type) ..............................................413
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................417
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................419
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules ....................................................................................420
9.1 Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................420
Part 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 423
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................424
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................424
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................426
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................427
Index
............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v
Table of Contents
v
Introduction
Si37-701
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
„ Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
„ The caution items are classified into “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
„ About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
„ After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vi
Si37-701
Introduction
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vii
Introduction
Si37-701
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
viii
Si37-701
Introduction
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Description
Note
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Note:
Caution
Warning
ix
Introduction
1.2
Si37-701
PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2007 VRVIII series Heat Recovery System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII series R-410A Heat
Recovery System.
Sept., 2007
After Sales Service Division
x
Si37-701
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................4
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................5
4. Model Selection.......................................................................................6
General Information
1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Si37-701
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Indoor Units
Type
Power
Supply
Model Name
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
FXCQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Multi Flow)
FXFQ
—
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type
FXZQ
—
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ
—
—
63MA
—
FXDQPVE
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
FXDQPVET
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
—
125M
—
—
—
—
100M 125M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VE
FXDQNAVE
20M8 25M8 32M8 40M8 50M8
25MA 32MA 40MA
20NA 25NA 32NA 40NA 50NA 63NA
V1B
VE
FXDQNVET
20N
25N
32N
40N
50N
63N
—
Ceiling Concealed
(Duct) Type (Aus.
exclusive use)
FXDYQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
80M
100M 125M 145M 180M 200M 250M
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
100M 125M
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40MA 50MA 63MA 80MA 100MA 125MA
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Type
FXHQ
—
—
32MA
Wall Mounted Type
—
—
—
V1
—
200MA 250MA
63MA
—
100MA
—
—
—
—
—
FXAQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VE
Note: FXDQ has following 2 Series, as show below.
FXDQ-P, N(A)VET: without Drain Pump (For General, Asia: except for EU, China and Australia)
FXDQ-P, N(A)VE: with Drain Pump
MA, NA: RoHS Directive models; Specifications, Dimensions and other functions are not changed compared
with M, N type.
FXZQ: only for EU Australia
FXDYQ: only for Australia
BS Units
Type
Heat Recovery Series
BSVQ
Model Name
160P
100P
Power Supply
V1
250P
Outdoor Units
Normal Series
Series
Heat Recovery
Model Name
REYQ
8P
26P
10P
28P
12P
30P
44P
46P
48P
14P
32P
16P
34P
Power Supply
18P
36P
20P
38P
22P
40P
24P
42P
Y1(E)
E: The unit with anti corrosion treatment
YE : 1φ, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz / 220V, 60Hz
V1 : 1φ, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz
Y1 : 3φ, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz
2
General Information
Si37-701
External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
FXCQ20M
FXCQ25M
FXCQ32M
FXCQ40M
FXCQ50M
FXCQ63M
FXCQ80M
FXCQ125M
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXMQ40MA
FXMQ50MA
FXMQ63MA
FXMQ80MA
FXMQ100MA
FXMQ125MA
FXMQ200MA
FXMQ250MA
FXMQ40~125M
FXMQ200 · 250M
Ceiling Mounted Cassette
Type (Multi Flow)
FXFQ25M
FXFQ32M
FXFQ40M
FXFQ50M
FXFQ63M
FXFQ80M
FXFQ100M
FXFQ125M
600×600 Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
FXZQ20M8
FXZQ25M8
FXZQ32M8
FXZQ40M8
FXZQ50M8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ25MA
FXKQ32MA
FXKQ40MA
FXKQ63MA
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXDQ20P FXDQ20N(A)
FXDQ25P FXDQ25N(A)
FXDQ32P FXDQ32N(A)
FXDQ40N(A)
FXDQ50N(A)
FXDQ63N(A)
with Drain Pump (VE)
without Drain Pump (VET)
Ceiling Concealed (Duct) Type (Aus. exclusive use)
FXDYQ80M
FXDYQ100M
FXDYQ125M
FXDYQ145M
FXDYQ180M
FXDYQ200M
FXDYQ250M
Ceiling Suspended Type
FXHQ32MA
FXHQ63MA
FXHQ100MA
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ20MA
FXAQ25MA
FXAQ32MA
FXAQ40MA
FXAQ50MA
FXAQ63MA
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ20MA
FXLQ25MA
FXLQ32MA
FXLQ40MA
FXLQ50MA
FXLQ63MA
Concealed Floor Standing Type
FXNQ20MA
FXNQ25MA
FXNQ32MA
FXNQ40MA
FXNQ50MA
FXNQ63MA
BS Units
BSVQ100P
BSVQ160P
BSVQ250P
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type
FXSQ20M
FXSQ25M
FXSQ32M
FXSQ40M
FXSQ50M
FXSQ63M
FXSQ80M
FXSQ100M
FXSQ125M
General Information
3
External Appearance
2.2
4
Si37-701
Outdoor Units
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P, 14P, 16P
REYQ18P, 20P, 22P, 24P
8, 10, 12, 14, 16 HP
22.4 ~ 40.0, 45.0 kW
18, 20, 22, 24 HP
50.4 ~ 67.0 kW
REYQ26P, 28P
REYQ30P, 32P
26, 28 HP
73.0, 78.5 kW
30, 32 HP
85.0, 90.0 kW
REYQ34P, 36P, 38P, 40P
34, 36, 38, 40 HP
95.4 ~ 112 kW
REYQ42P, 44P
REYQ46P, 48P
42, 44 HP
118 ~ 124 kW
46, 48 HP
130, 135 kW
General Information
Si37-701
Combination of Outdoor Units
3. Combination of Outdoor Units
Single Use
System Number
Capacity of units
8HP
1
10HP
1
12HP
1
14HP
1
16HP
1
8
●
10
Single Unit
12
14
16
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection
Piping Kit (Option)
●
●
—
●
●
Multiple Use
System Number
Capacity of units
18HP
2
20HP
2
22HP
2
24HP
2
26HP
2
28HP
2
30HP
2
32HP
2
34HP
3
36HP
3
38HP
3
40HP
3
42HP
3
44HP
3
46HP
3
48HP
3
Note:
General Information
8
●
●
●
●
Multi Unit Module
10
12
14
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
16
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●●
●●●
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection
Piping Kit (Option)
Heat Recovery: BHFP26P90
Heat Recovery: BHFP26P136
For multiple connection of 18HP system or more, an optional Daikin Outdoor Unit Multi
Connection Piping Kit is required.
5
Model Selection
Si37-701
4. Model Selection
VRV III Heat Recovery Series
Connectable indoor units number and capacity
8HP
10HP
12HP
14HP
16HP
18HP
20HP
System name
HP
REYQ8P
REYQ10P
REYQ12P
REYQ14P
REYQ16P
REYQ18P
REYQ20P
Outdoor unit 1
REYQ8P
REYQ10P
REYQ12P
REYQ14P
REYQ16P
REMQ8P
REMQ8P
Outdoor unit 2
–
–
–
–
–
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
Outdoor unit 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total number of connectable
indoor units
13
16
19
22
26
29
32
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
10.0~26.0
12.5~32.5
15.0~39.0
17.5~45.5
20.0~52.0
22.5~58.5
25.0~65.0
22HP
24HP
26HP
28HP
30HP
32HP
34HP
System name
HP
REYQ22P
REYQ24P
REYQ26P
REYQ28P
REYQ30P
REYQ32P
REYQ34P
Outdoor unit 1
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ14P
REMQ16P
REMQ8P
Outdoor unit 2
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ10P
Outdoor unit 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
REMQ16P
Total number of connectable
indoor units
35
39
42
45
48
52
55
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
27.5~71.5
30.0~78.0
32.5~84.5
35.0~91.0
37.5~97.5
40.0~104.0
42.5~110.5
HP
System name
36HP
38HP
40HP
42HP
44HP
46HP
48HP
REYQ36P
REYQ38P
REYQ40P
REYQ42P
REYQ44P
REYQ46P
REYQ48P
Outdoor unit 1
REMQ8P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ14P
REMQ16P
Outdoor unit 2
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
Outdoor unit 3
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
57.5~149.5
60.0~156.0
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
Total number of connectable
indoor units
58
61
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
45.0~117.0
47.5~123.5
6
64
50.0~130.0
52.5~136.5
55.0~143.0
General Information
Si37-701
Model Selection
Connectable Indoor Unit
Type
Power
Supply
Model Name
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
FXCQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Multi Flow)
FXFQ
—
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type (Multi Flow)
FXZQ
—
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ
—
—
63MA
—
FXDQPVE
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
FXDQPVET
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
—
125M
—
—
—
—
100M 125M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VE
FXDQNAVE
20M8 25M8 32M8 40M8 50M8
25MA 32MA 40MA
20NA 25NA 32NA 40NA 50NA 63NA
FXDQNVET
20N
25N
32N
40N
50N
63N
—
Ceiling Concealed
(Duct) Type (Aus.
exclusive use)
FXDYQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
80M
100M 125M 145M 180M 200M 250M
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
100M 125M
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40MA 50MA 63MA 80MA 100MA 125MA
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Type
FXHQ
—
—
32MA
Wall Mounted Type
—
—
—
V1B
VE
V1
—
200MA 250MA
63MA
—
100MA
—
—
—
—
—
FXAQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VE
Note: FXDQ has following 2 Series, as shown below.
FXDQ-P, N(A)VET: without Drain Pump (For General, Asia: except for EU, China and Australia)
FXDQ-P, N(A)VE : with Drain Pump
FXZQ
: only for EU, Australia
FXDYQ
: only for Australia
Indoor unit capacity
New refrigerant model code
Selecting model capacity
Equivalent output
P20
type
P25
type
P32
type
P40
type
P50
type
P63
type
P80
type
P100
type
P125
type
P200
type
P250
type
2.2
kW
0.8HP
2.8
kW
1HP
3.5
kW
4.5
kW
1.6HP
5.6
kW
2.0HP
7.0
kW
2.5HP
9.0
kW
3.2HP
11.2
kW
4HP
14.0
kW
5HP
22.4
kW
8HP
28.0
kW
10HP
1.25HP
Use the above tables to determine the capacities of indoor units to be connected. Make sure the
total capacity of indoor units connected to each outdoor unit is within the specified value (kW).
„ The total capacity of connected indoor units must be within a range of 50 to 130% of the
rated capacity of the outdoor unit.
„ In some models, it is not possible to connect the maximum number of connectable indoor
units. Select models so the total capacity of connected indoor units conforms to the
specification.
General Information
7
Model Selection
Si37-701
Differences from Conventional Models
Item
Compressor
Workability
Object
Conventional model (M Model)
Connection of equalizer oil pipe
z NONE
(No particular changes in
terms of service)
z YES
Equalizer oil pipe for multioutdoor-unit system
z NONE
z YES
Procedure for calculating
refrigerant refilling quantity
z Refilling quantity due to piping z Refilling quantity due to piping
length + Adjustment quantity
length - Adjustment quantity
according to models of
according to models of
outdoor units
outdoor units
Optional accessories Branch pipe for outdoor unit
connection
8
Differences
New model (P Model)
z Y branch
Type: BHFP26P90/136
z T branch
Type:
BHFP26M90+BHFP22M90P
BHFP26M135+BHFP22M135P
General Information
Si37-701
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................10
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................21
1.3 BS Units .................................................................................................47
Specifications
9
Specifications
Si37-701
1. Specifications
1.1
Outdoor Units
Heat Recovery 50Hz <REYQ-P>
Model Name
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
kcal / h
REYQ8PY1(E)
19,400
REYQ10PY1(E)
24,300
Btu / h
76,800
96,200
kW
22.5
28.2
kW
22.4
28.0
kcal / h
21,500
27,100
Btu / h
85,300
107,000
kW
25.0
31.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
1680×1300×765
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
6300, 2900
m³/h
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
7.88+10.53
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
3720, 2900
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
1.0+4.5
2.2+4.5
Soft Start
Soft Start
Type
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
kW
I/s
0.35×2
3,166
0.35×2
3,166
m³/min
190
Direct Drive
190
Direct Drive
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
13.34+10.53
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross Fin Coil
Liquid Pipe
φ9.5 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ9.5 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
—
—
kg
311
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over
Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
331
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over
Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
%
20~100
R-410A
14~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
10.3
Electronic Expansion Valve
10.6
Electronic Expansion Valve
Mass (Weight)
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057563
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057564
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
The Reference Number
C~: Partly corrected drawings.
J~ : Original drawing is Japanese
V~: Printing Convenience
10
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Model Name
REYQ12PY1(E)
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
29,000
35,500
Btu / h
115,000
141,000
kW
33.7
41.3
kW
33.5
40.0
kcal / h
32,300
38,700
Btu / h
128,000
154,000
kW
37.5
45.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolutions
m³/h
r.p.m
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Connecting
Pipes
13.34+10.53
6300, 2900
16.90+16.90
7980, 7980
3.8+3.8
Soft Start
kW
Propeller Fan
0.35×2
Propeller Fan
0.75×2
I/s
3,500
3,916
m³/min
210
235
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
—
331
—
339
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over
Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over
Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
%
Deicer
14~100
Deicer
10~100
kg
R-410A
10.8
R-410A
11.1
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Pressure Equalizer Tube
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
Refrigerant
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
3.3+4.5
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Soft Start
Starting Method
Fan
REYQ14PY1(E)
kcal / h
Refrigerant Name
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057565
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057566
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
11
Specifications
Si37-701
Model Name
REYQ16PY1(E)
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
kcal / h
40,000
Btu / h
159,000
kW
46.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
kW
45.0
kcal / h
43,000
Btu / h
171,000
kW
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolutions
m³/h
r.p.m
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Starting Method
Connecting
Pipes
4.4+4.4
Air Flow Rate
kW
Propeller Fan
0.75×2
I/s
4,000
m³/min
240
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
—
339
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
16.90+16.90
7980, 7980
Soft Start
Type
Motor Output
Fan
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
Cross Fin Coil
Type
Comp.
50.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Charge
Control
R-410A
kg
Refrigerator Oil
Standard Accessories
10~100
11.1
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes, Clamps
Drawing No.
4D057567
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
12
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ18PY1(E)
REYQ20PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ8PY1(E)+REMQ10PY1(E)
43,600
REMQ8PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)
48,300
Btu / h
173,000
192,000
kW
50.7
56.2
kW
50.4
55.9
kcal / h
48,600
53,800
Btu / h
193,000
213,000
kW
56.5
62.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900), 7980
(6300, 2900), 7980
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(2.2+4.5)×1+4.7×1
(3.5+4.5)×1+4.7×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,000+3,083
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,000+3,333
m³/min
180+185
Direct drive
180+200
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
204+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
204+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
9~100
7~100
R-410A
R-410A
8.2+9.0
Electronic expansion valve
8.2+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057568
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057569
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
13
Specifications
Si37-701
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ22PY1(E)
REYQ24PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)
53,200
REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)
58,000
Btu / h
211,000
230,000
kW
61.9
67.4
kW
61.5
67.0
kcal / h
59,300
64,500
Btu / h
235,000
256,000
kW
69.0
75.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,083+3,333
0.75×2
3,333+3,333
m³/min
185+200
Direct drive
200+200
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
7~100
6~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057570
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057571
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
14
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ26PY1(E)
REYQ28PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
63,100
REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
67,900
Btu / h
250,000
270,000
kW
73.4
79.0
kW
73.0
78.5
kcal / h
70,100
75,300
Btu / h
278,000
299,000
kW
81.5
87.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,083+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,333+3,833
m³/min
185+230
Direct drive
200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
6~100
6~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057572
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057808
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
15
Specifications
Si37-701
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ30PY1(E)
REYQ32PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ14PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
73,500
REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
77,800
Btu / h
292,000
309,000
kW
85.5
90.5
kW
85.0
90.0
kcal / h
81,700
86,000
Btu / h
324,000
341,000
kW
95.0
100
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(1.9+4.5+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.35×2)+(0.35×2)
3,833+3,833
(0.35×2)×2
3,833+3,833
m³/min
230+230
Direct drive
230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
5~100
R-410A
R-410A
11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057809
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057810
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
16
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ34PY1(E)
REYQ36PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ8PY1(E)+REMQ10PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
82,600
REMQ8PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
87,700
Btu / h
328,000
348,000
kW
96.0
102
kW
95.4
101
kcal / h
92,000
97,200
Btu / h
365,000
386,000
kW
107
113
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+7980
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+7980
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1+4.7×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1+4.7×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,000+3,083+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,000+3,333+3,833
m³/min
180+185+230
Direct drive
180+200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
204+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
204+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
5~100
R-410A
R-410A
8.2+9.0+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
8.2+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057811
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057812
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
17
Specifications
Si37-701
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ38PY1(E)
REYQ40PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
92,900
REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
97,200
Btu / h
368,000
386,000
kW
108
113
kW
107
112
kcal / h
102,000
108,000
Btu / h
406,000
427,000
kW
119
125
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,083+3,333+3,833
(0.75×2)+(0.35×2)
3,333+3,333+3,833
m³/min
185+200+230
Direct drive
200+200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057813
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057814
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
18
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ42PY1(E)
REYQ44PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
102,000
REMQ12PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
108,000
Btu / h
406,000
427,000
kW
119
125
kW
118
124
kcal / h
114,000
119,000
Btu / h
450,000
471,000
kW
132
138
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2+(13.34+10.53)
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2+(6300, 2900)
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2+(3.5+4.5)×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)×2
3,083+3,833+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)×2
3,333+3,833+3,833
m³/min
185+230+230
Direct drive
200+230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2+(13.34+10.53)
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
4~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057815
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057816
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
19
Specifications
Si37-701
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ46PY1(E)
REYQ48PY1(E)
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ14PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
113,000
REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)+REMQ16PY1(E)
117,000
Btu / h
447,000
464,000
kW
131
136
kW
130
135
kcal / h
124,000
129,000
Btu / h
495,000
512,000
kW
145
150
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×3
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×3
(6300, 2900, 2900)×3
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2+(1.9+4.5+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×3
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
kW
I/s
(0.35×2)+(0.35×2)×2
3,833+3,833+3,833
(0.35×2)×3
3,833+3,833+3,833
m³/min
230+230+230
Direct drive
230+230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
334+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
334+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Air Flow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×3
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
4~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
11.7+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
11.7+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057817
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Cramps
4D057818
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
4 The units with anti-corrosion treatment will be available as standard. Please specify the suffix “E” as
REYQ8PY1E.
20
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
1.2
Specifications
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXCQ20MVE
FXCQ25MVE
FXCQ32MVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
4,000
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
16,000
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
4.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
4,300
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
17,100
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×775×600
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×775×600
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×990×600
2×10×1.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXCQ40MVE
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×775×600
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×10×1.5
2×10×1.5
2×10×1.5
Face Area
m²
2×0.100
2×0.100
2×0.100
2×0.145
D17K2AA1
Sirocco Fan
D17K2AB1
Sirocco Fan
D17K2AB1
Sirocco Fan
2D17K1AA1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
W
10×1
15×1
15×1
20×1
I/s
116/83
150/108
150/108
200/150
m³/min
cfm
7/5
247/177
9/6.5
318/230
9/6.5
318/230
12/9
424/318
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Temperature Control
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
mm
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Mass (Weight)
kg
26
26
26
31
32/27
34/29
34/28
36/30
34/28
36/30
34/29
37/32
Safety Devices
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
dBA
220V
240V
Model
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC50G-W1
Panel Color
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
mm
53×1,030×680
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
53×1,030×680
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
53×1,030×680
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
53×1,245×680
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
kg
8
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Air Filter
Weight
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
8
8
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers.
C: 3D039413
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
8.5
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
21
Specifications
Si37-701
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXCQ50MVE
FXCQ63MVE
FXCQ80MVE
FXCQ125MVE
kcal/h
5,000
6,300
8,000
12,500
Btu/h
19,800
24,900
31,700
49,500
kW
5.8
7.3
9.3
14.5
kW
5.6
7.1
9.0
14.0
kcal/h
5,400
6,900
8,600
13,800
Btu/h
21,500
27,300
34,100
54,600
kW
6.3
8.0
10.0
16.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×1,175×600
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×1,665×600
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×1,665×600
2×10×1.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
305×990×600
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×10×1.5
2×10×1.5
2×10×1.5
Face Area
m²
2×0.145
2×0.184
2×0.287
2×0.287
2D17K1AA1
Sirocco Fan
2D17K2AA1VE
Sirocco Fan
3D17K2AA1
Sirocco Fan
3D17K2AB1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
20×1
30×1
50×1
85×1
I/s
200/150
275/216
433/350
550/416
m³/min
12/9
16.5/13
26/21
33/25
cfm
424/318
582/459
918/741
1,165/883
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
kg
32
35
47
48
220V
34/29
37/32
39/34
44/38
240V
Safety Devices
37/32
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
39/34
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
41/36
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
46/40
Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
dBA
Model
BYBC50G-W1
BYBC63G-W1
BYBC125G-W1
BYBC125G-W1
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
White (10Y9/0.5)
53×1,245×680
White (10Y9/0.5)
53×1,430×680
White (10Y9/0.5)
53×1,920×680
White (10Y9/0.5)
53×1,920×680
kg
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
8.5
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
9.5
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
12
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
12
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Air Filter
Weight
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3D039413
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
22
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXFQ25MVE
FXFQ32MVE
FXFQ40MVE
kcal/h
2,500
3,200
4,000
5,000
Btu/h
9,900
12,600
16,000
19,800
kW
2.9
3.7
4.7
5.8
kW
2.8
3.6
4.5
5.6
kcal/h
2,800
3,400
4,300
5,400
Btu/h
10,900
13,600
17,100
21,500
kW
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
2×8×1.2
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×8×1.2
2×8×1.2
2×8×1.2
Face Area
m²
0.363
0.363
0.363
0.363
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
30×1
30×1
30×1
30×1
I/s
216/166
216/166
250/183
266/183
m³/min
13/10
13/10
15/11
16/11
cfm
459/353
459/353
530/388
565/388
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V-240V)
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
kg
24
24
24
24
dBA
30/27
30/27
31/27
32/27
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
FXFQ50MVE
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
C: 3D038812
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
23
Specifications
Si37-701
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXFQ63MVE
FXFQ80MVE
FXFQ100MVE
FXFQ125MVE
kcal/h
6,300
8,000
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
24,900
31,700
39,600
49,500
kW
7.3
9.3
11.6
14.5
kW
7.1
9.0
11.2
14.0
kcal/h
6,900
8,600
10,800
13,800
Btu/h
27,300
34,100
42,700
54,600
kW
8.0
10.0
12.5
16.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
Galvanized Steel Plate
288×840×840
Galvanized Steel Plate
288×840×840
2×12×1.2
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
246×840×840
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×10×1.2
2×10×1.2
2×12×1.2
Face Area
m²
0.454
0.454
0.544
0.544
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
QTS46D14M
Turbo Fan
QTS46C17M
Turbo Fan
QTS46C17M
Turbo Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
30×1
30×1
120×1
120×1
I/s
308/233
333/250
433/350
500/400
m³/min
18.5/14
20/15
26/21
30/24
cfm
653/494
706/530
918/741
1,059/847
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connections
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
Drain Pipe
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V-240V)
kg
25
25
29
29
dBA
33/28
36/31
39/33
42/36
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyurethane Form
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
BYCP125D-W1
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
White (10Y9/0.5)
45×950×950
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
5.5
Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain
hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting.
C: 3D038812
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
24
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXZQ20M8V1B
FXZQ25M8V1B
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,150
Btu/h
7,900
9,900
12,500
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
260×575×575
Galvanized Steel Plate
260×575×575
2×10×1.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
260×575×575
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×10×1.5
2×10×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.269
0.269
0.269
QTS32C15M
Turbo Fan
QTS32C15M
Turbo Fan
QTS32C15M
Turbo Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
55×1
55×1
55×1
I/s
150/116
150/116
158/125
m³/min
9/7
9/7
9.5/7.5
cfm
318/247
318/247
335/265
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connections
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene/
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene/
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene/
Foamed Polyethylene
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
VP20
VP20
VP20
Drain Pipe
mm
Dia. 26
( External
Internal Dia. 20 )
Dia. 26
( External
Internal Dia. 20 )
Dia. 26
( External
Internal Dia. 20 )
Mass (Weight)
kg
18
18
18
220V
30/25
30/25
32/36
240V
220V
32/26
47
32/26
47
34/28
49
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A M(A) Series
R-410A M(A) Series
R-410A M(A) Series
BYFQ60BW1
BYFQ60BW1
BYFQ60BW1
White (Ral 9010)
White (Ral 9010)
White (Ral 9010)
mm
55×700×700
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
55×700×700
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
55×700×700
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
kg
2.7
Operation Manual, Installation Manual,
Paper Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing
Plate, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washer for Hanging Bracket,
Insulation for Fitting.
2.7
Operation Manual, Installation Manual,
Paper Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing
Plate, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washer for Hanging Bracket,
Insulation for Fitting.
2.7
Operation Manual, Installation Manual,
Paper Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing
Plate, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washer for Hanging Bracket,
Insulation for Fitting.
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Sound Power
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outside unit
Model
Panel Color
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
FXZQ32M8V1B
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Air Filter
Weight
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3D038929A
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outside temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
★5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
25
Specifications
Si37-701
600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
Model
FXZQ40M8V1B
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
4,000
5,000
Btu/h
15,900
19,900
kW
4.7
5.8
kW
4.5
5.6
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
Btu/h
17,000
21,500
kW
5.0
6.3
Galvanized Steel Plate
260×575×575
2×10×1.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
260×575×575
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×10×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.269
0.269
QTS32C15M
Turbo Fan
QTS32C15M
Turbo Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
55×1
55×1
I/s
183/133
233/166
m³/min
11/8
14/10
cfm
388/282
494/353
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connections
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene/Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene/Foamed Polyethylene
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
VP20
VP20
Drain Pipe
mm
Dia. 26
( External
Internal Dia. 20 )
Dia. 26
( External
Internal Dia. 20 )
Mass (Weight)
kg
18
18
220V
36/28
41/33
240V
220V
36/28
53
41/33
58
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A M(A) Series
BYFQ60BW1
R-410A M(A) Series
BYFQ60BW1
mm
White (Ral 9010)
55×700×700
White (Ral 9010)
55×700×700
kg
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
2.7
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
2.7
Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Paper Pattern for
Installation, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws, Washer for Hanging
Bracket, Insulation for Fitting.
Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Paper Pattern for
Installation, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws, Washer for Hanging
Bracket, Insulation for Fitting.
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Sound Power
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outside unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
FXZQ50M8V1B
kcal/h
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Air Filter
Weight
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3D038929A
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
26
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outside temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
kcal/h
2,500
3,200
4,000
6,300
Btu/h
9,900
12,600
16,000
24,900
kW
2.9
3.7
4.7
7.3
kW
2.8
3.6
4.5
7.1
kcal/h
2,800
3,400
4,300
6,900
Btu/h
10,900
13,600
17,100
27,300
kW
3.2
4.0
5.0
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
215×1,110×710
Galvanized Steel Plate
215×1,110×710
Galvanized Steel Plate
215×1,310×710
3×11×1.75
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXKQ63MAVE
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
215×1,110×710
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×11×1.75
2×11×1.75
2×11×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.226
3D12H1AN1V1
Sirocco Fan
3D12H1AN1V1
Sirocco Fan
3D12H1AP1V1
Sirocco Fan
4D12H1AJ1V1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
15×1
15×1
20×1
45×1
I/s
183/150
183/150
216/166
300/250
m³/min
11/9
11/9
13/10
18/15
cfm
388/318
388/318
459/353
635/530
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyethylene Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyethylene Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyethylene Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Polyethylene Foam
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
kg
31
31
31
34
220V
38/33
38/33
40/34
42/37
240V
Safety Devices
40/35
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
40/35
42/36
44/39
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Units
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK71FJW1
mm
White (10Y9/0.5)
70×1,240×800
White (10Y9/0.5)
70×1,240×800
White (10Y9/0.5)
70×1,440×800
kg
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
8.5
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
8.5
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
8.5
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
9.5
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
C: 3D038813A
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
White (10Y9/0.5)
70×1,240×800
Air Filter
Weight
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1m in front of the unit and 1m downward.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
27
Specifications
Si37-701
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXDQ20NAVE
FXDQ25NAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.176
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
62×1
62×1
I/s
158/125
158/125
175/141
m³/min
9.5/7.5
9.5/7.5
10.5/8.5
cfm
335/265
335/265
371/300
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ32NAVE
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Mass (Weight)
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
kg
26
26
26
dBA
33/29
33/29
33/29
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
C: 3D051253
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
★6
28
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXDQ40NAVE
FXDQ50NAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×1100×620
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.227
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
W
62×1
130×1
130×1
I/s
175/141
208/166
275/216
m³/min
10.5/8.5
12.5/10.0
16.5/13.0
cfm
371/300
441/353
583/459
Pa
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
External Static Pressure
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ63NAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Mass (Weight)
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
kg
27
28
31
dBA
34/30
35/31
36/32
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
C: 3D051253
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
★6
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
29
Specifications
Si37-701
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXDQ20NVET
FXDQ25NVET
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.176
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
62×1
62×1
m³/min
9.5/7.5
9.5/7.5
10.5/8.5
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ32NVET
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
26
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
26
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
26
33/29
33/29
33/29
Mass (Weight)
kg
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
3D049693
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
★5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
★6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
30
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXDQ40NVET
FXDQ50NVET
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×1100×620
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
200×900×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.227
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
—
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
130×1
130×1
m³/min
10.5/8.5
12.5/10.0
16.5/13.0
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ63NVET
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
27
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
28
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
31
34/30
35/31
36/32
Mass (Weight)
kg
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
3D049693
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
★5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
★6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Specifications
31
Specifications
Si37-701
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (PVE: with Drain Pump PVET: without Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ20PVE
FXDQ20PVET
FXDQ25PVE
FXDQ25PVET
FXDQ32PVE
FXDQ32PVET
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
2.3
2.2
2.9
2.8
3.7
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
★3 Heating Capacity
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
mm
200×900×620
2×12×1.5
200×900×620
2×12×1.5
200×900×620
2×12×1.5
m²
0.176
0.176
0.176
—
—
—
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
62×1
62×1
62×1
133/106
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
I/s
133/106
133/106
m³/min
9.5/7.5
9.5/7.5
10.5/8.5
cfm
282/226
282/226
282/226
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
44-15 ★5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Mass (Weight)
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
kg
26
26
26
dBA
33/29
33/29
33/29
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
C: 3D052136
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
★6
32
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Concealed (Duct) Type (Australia exclusive use)
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXDYQ80MV1
FXDYQ100MV1
FXDYQ125MV1
FXDYQ145MV1
kcal/h
8,000
10,000
12,500
14,500
Btu/h
31,700
39,600
49,500
57,700
kW
9.3
11.6
14.5
16.9
kW
9.0
11.2
14.0
16.2
kcal/h
8,600
10,800
13,800
15,900
Btu/h
34,100
42,700
54,600
63,100
kW
10.0
12.5
16.0
18.5
Galvanized Steel Plate
360×1,478×899
Galvanized Steel Plate
360×1,478×899
Galvanized Steel Plate
360×1,478×899
3×18×1.5
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
360×1,168×869
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×18×1.5
2×18×1.5
3×18×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.284
0.435
0.435
0.435
W
Twin Sirocco Fan
290
Twin Sirocco Fan
490
Twin Sirocco Fan
490
Twin Sirocco Fan
655
Type
Motor Output
Fan
Air Flow Rate
l/s
590
815
925
1070
cfm
1250
1726
1959
2266
130 ★5
130 ★5
100 ★5
130 ★5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
—
—
—
—
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
★6 Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
Mass (Weight)
★7 Sound Level (240V)
Safety Devices
VP25
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25) (External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
kg
52
61
65
66
dBA
45
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
46
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
48
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
51
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Standard Accessories
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Drawing No.
4PDA0355
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
★6
★7
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
Air filter is not a standard accessory. A suitable field supplied filter must be installed in the return air duct.
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
33
Specifications
Si37-701
Model
FXDYQ180MV1
FXDYQ200MV1
FXDYQ250MV1
kcal/h
17,700
19,800
24,800
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
70,300
78,500
98,300
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
20.6
20.0
23.0
22.4
28.8
28.0
kcal/h
19,300
21,500
27,000
Btu/h
76,400
85,300
107,500
kW
22.4
Galvanized Steel Plate
25.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
31.5
Galvanized Steel Plate
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
500×1,210×910
500×1,210×910
500×1,410×910
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×22×2.0
3×22×2.0
3×22×2.0
Face Area
Type
m²
0.443
Twin Sirocco Fan
0.443
Twin Sirocco Fan
0.54
Twin Sirocco Fan
Motor Output
Fan
Air Flow Rate
External Static Pressure
W
700
750
1,100
l/s
1,180
1,200
1,400
cfm
Pa
2500
150 ★5
2542
2965
180 ★5
200 ★5
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
★6 Air Filter
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
—
—
—
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ9.5 (Brazing Connection)
φ9.5 (Brazing Connection)
φ9.5 (Brazing Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ19.1 (Brazing Connection)
φ19.1 (Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 (Brazing Connection)
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
mm
kg
BSP 3/4 inch internal thread
77
BSP 3/4 inch internal thread
79
BSP 3/4 inch internal thread
98
★7 Sound Level (240V)
dBA
51
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
51
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
51
Fuse for PC board,
Fuse for Fan Motor,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Piping
Connections
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Hose, Clamps
—
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
★5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
★6 Air filter is not a standard accessory. A suitable field supplied filter must be installed in the return air duct.
★7 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
34
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXSQ20MVE
FXSQ25MVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×550×800
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×550×800
3×14×1.75
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×550×800
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.75
3×14×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.088
0.088
0.088
D18H3A
Sirocco Fan
D18H3A
Sirocco Fan
D18H3A
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
FXSQ32MVE
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
50×1
50×1
50×1
I/s
150/108
150/108
158/116
m³/min
9/6.5
9/6.5
9.5/7
cfm
318/230
318/230
335/247
Pa
88-39-20
88-39-20
64-39-15
Direct Drive
★4 External static
pressure
Temperature Control
Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Piping
Connections
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
Mass (Weight)
kg
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
30
30
30
220V
37/32
37/32
38/32
240V
39/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
39/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
40/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
Model
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×650×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×650×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×650×500
3
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
3
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
C: 3D039431
3
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
mm
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
★4
5
★6
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
35
Specifications
Si37-701
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXSQ40MVE
FXSQ50MVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×700×800
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×1,000×800
3×14×1.75
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×700×800
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.75
3×14×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.132
0.132
0.221
D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
2D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number of
Units
Fan
FXSQ63MVE
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
65×1
85×1
125×1
I/s
191/150
250/183
350/258
m³/min
11.5/9
15/11
21/15.5
cfm
406/318
530/388
741/547
Pa
88-49-20
88-59-29
88-49-20
Direct Drive
★4 External static
pressure
Temperature Control
Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Gas Pipes
Connections
Drain Pipe
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
Mass (Weight)
kg
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
30
31
41
220V
38/32
41/36
42/35
240V
40/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
43/38
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
44/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
Model
BYBS45DJW1
BYBS45DJW1
BYBS71DJW1
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×800×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×800×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×1,100×500
3.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
3.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
C: 3D039431
4.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
mm
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
★4
5
★6
36
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXSQ80MVE
FXSQ100MVE
FXSQ125MVE
kcal/h
8,000
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
31,700
39,600
49,500
kW
9.3
11.6
14.5
kW
9.0
11.2
14.0
kcal/h
8,600
10,800
13,800
Btu/h
34,100
42,700
54,600
kW
10.0
12.5
16.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×1,400×800
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×1,400×800
3×14×1.75
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
300×1,400×800
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.75
3×14×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.338
0.338
0.338
3D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
3D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
3D18H2A
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number of
Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
225×1
225×1
225×1
l/s
450/358
466/366
633/466
m³/min
27/21.5
28/22
38/28
cfm
953/759
988/777
1,341/988
Pa
113-82
107-75
78-39
Direct Drive
★4 External static
pressure
Temperature Control
Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Glass Fiber
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Gas Pipes
Connections
Drain Pipe
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
VP25
(External Dia. 32 Internal Dia. 25)
Mass (Weight)
kg
51
51
52
220V
43/37
43/37
46/41
240V
45/39
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
45/39
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
48/43
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Model
BYBS125DJW1
BYBS125DJW1
BYBS125DJW1
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×1,500×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×1,500×500
White (10Y9/0.5)
55×1,500×500
6.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
6.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
C: 3D039431
6.5
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers.
★6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
mm
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
★4
5
★6
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard”.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
37
Specifications
Si37-701
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXMQ40MAVE
FXMQ50MAVE
FXMQ63MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
8,000
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
31,700
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
9.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
9.0
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
8,600
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
34,100
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
10.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×720×690
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×720×690
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×720×690
3×16×2.0
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×720×690
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
Face Area
m²
0.181
0.181
0.181
0.181
D11/2D3AB1VE
Sirocco Fan
D11/2D3AB1VE
Sirocco Fan
D11/2D3AB1VE
Sirocco Fan
D11/2D3AA1VE
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
FXMQ80MAVE
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
100×1
100×1
100×1
160×1
I/s
233/191
233/191
233/191
325/266
m³/min
14/11.5
14/11.5
14/11.5
19.5/16
cfm
494/406
494/406
494/406
688/565
Pa
157-118 ★4
157-118 ★4
157-118 ★4
157-108 ★4
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
★5
★5
★5
★5
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
External Static
Pressure 50Hz
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Mass (Weight)
kg
★7 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
(
)
(
)
(
VP25
)
44
44
44
45
220V
39/35
39/35
39/35
42/38
240V
41/37
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
41/37
41/37
44/40
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
C: 3D038814A
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
★4
★5
6
★7
38
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXMQ100MAVE
FXMQ125MAVE
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
kcal/h
10,000
12,500
19,800
24,800
Btu/h
39,600
49,500
78,500
98,300
kW
11.6
14.5
23.0
28.8
kW
11.2
14.0
22.4
28.0
kcal/h
10,800
13,800
21,500
27,100
Btu/h
42,700
54,600
85,300
107,000
kW
12.5
16.0
25.0
31.5
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×1,110×690
Galvanized Steel Plate
470×1,380×1,100
Galvanized Steel Plate
470×1,380×1,100
3×26×2.0
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
390×1,110×690
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
3×26×2.0
Face Area
m²
0.319
0.319
0.68
0.68
2D11/2D3AG1VE
Sirocco Fan
2D11/2D3AF1VE
Sirocco Fan
D13/4G2DA1×2
Sirocco Fan
D13/4G2DA1×2
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
270×1
430×1
380×2
380×2
I/s
483/383
600/483
966/833
1,200/1,033
m³/min
29/23
36/29
58/50
72/62
cfm
1,024/812
1,271/1,024
2,047/1,765
2,542/2,189
Pa
157-98 ★4
191-152 ★4
221-132 ★4
270-147 ★4
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
★5
★5
★5
★5
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
External Static
Pressure 50Hz
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ19.1(Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 (Brazing Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
PS1B
PS1B
Mass (Weight)
kg
(
)
(
)
63
65
137
137
220V
43/39
45/42
48/45
48/45
240V
45/41
47/44
Safety Devices
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
49/46
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan
Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
49/46
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan
Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Connectable outdoor unit
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Installation Manual, Sealing
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Connection Pipes,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads,
Screws, Clamps.
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
C: 3D038814A
★7 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
★4
★5
6
★7
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Sealing
Pads, Connection Pipes,
Screws, Clamps.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
39
Specifications
Si37-701
Ceiling Suspended Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
kcal/h
3,200
6,300
10,000
Btu/h
12,600
24,900
39,600
kW
3.7
7.3
11.6
kW
3.6
7.1
11.2
kcal/h
3,400
6,900
10,800
Btu/h
13,600
27,300
42,700
kW
4.0
8.0
12.5
White (10Y9/0.5)
195×1,160×680
White (10Y9/0.5)
195×1,400×680
3×12×1.75
mm
White (10Y9/0.5)
195×960×680
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×12×1.75
3×12×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.182
0.233
0.293
3D12K1AA1
Sirocco Fan
4D12K1AA1
Sirocco Fan
3D12K2AA1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
62×1
130×1
I/s
200/166
291/233
416/325
m³/min
12/10
17.5/14
25/19.5
cfm
424/353
618/494
883/688
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool
Air Filter
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L) (220-240V)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
kg
24
28
33
dBA
36/31
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
39/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
45/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
C: 3D038815A
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
40
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Wall Mounted Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXAQ20MAVE
FXAQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×795×230
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×795×230
2×14×1.4
mm
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×795×230
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
Face Area
m²
0.161
0.161
0.161
QCL9661M
Cross Flow Fan
QCL9661M
Cross Flow Fan
QCL9661M
Cross Flow Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
40×1
40×1
40×1
I/s
125/75
133/83
150/91
m³/min
7.5/4.5
8/5
9/5.5
cfm
265/159
282/177
318/194
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
11
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
11
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
11
35/29
Fuse
36/29
Fuse
37/29
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
FXAQ32MAVE
Mass (Weight)
kg
★5 Sound Level (H/L) (220-240V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3D039370B
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length:7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
41
Specifications
Si37-701
Wall Mounted Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXAQ40MAVE
FXAQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×1,050×230
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×1,050×230
2×14×1.4
mm
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290×1,050×230
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
Face Area
m²
0.213
0.213
0.213
QCL9686M
Cross Flow Fan
QCL9686M
Cross Flow Fan
QCL9686M
Cross Flow Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
43×1
43×1
43×1
I/s
200/150
250/200
316/233
m³/min
12/9
15/12
19/14
cfm
424/318
530/424
671/494
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
14
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
14
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
14
39/34
Fuse
42/36
Fuse
46/39
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
FXAQ63MAVE
Mass (Weight)
kg
★5 Sound Level (H/L) (220-240V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3D039370B
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
42
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Floor Standing Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,000×222
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,140×222
3×14×1.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXLQ32MAVE
mm
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,000×222
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
Sirocco Fan
D14B20
Sirocco Fan
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
15×1
15×1
25×1
I/s
116/100
116/100
133/100
m³/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Air Filter
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Temperature Control
Liquid Pipes
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
Mass (Weight)
kg
25
25
30
220V
35/32
35/32
35/32
240V
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
C: 3D038816A
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
43
Specifications
Si37-701
Floor Standing Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
FXLQ63MAVE
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,420×222
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,420×222
3×14×1.5
mm
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
600×1,140×222
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
25×1
35×1
35×1
I/s
183/141
233/183
266/200
m³/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
cfm
388/300
494/388
565/424
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Air Filter
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
30
36
36
220V
38/33
39/34
40/35
240V
40/35
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
41/36
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
42/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
C: 3D038816A
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
44
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
FXNQ32MAVE
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×930×220
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×1,070×220
3×14×1.5
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×930×220
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
Sirocco Fan
D14B20
Sirocco Fan
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
15×1
15×1
25×1
I/s
116/100
116/100
133/100
m³/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Air Filter
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
19
19
23
220V
35/32
35/32
35/32
240V
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
37/34
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
C: 3D038817A
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
45
Specifications
Si37-701
Concealed Floor Standing Type
Model
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
FXNQ63MAVE
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×1,350×220
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×1,350×220
3×14×1.5
mm
Galvanized Steel Plate
610×1,070×220
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
25×1
35×1
35×1
I/s
183/141
233/183
266/200
m³/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
cfm
388/300
494/388
565/424
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Air Filter
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
23
27
27
220V
38/33
39/34
40/35
240V
40/35
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
41/36
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
42/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
C: 3D038817A
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Mass (Weight)
★5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
★2
★3
4
★5
46
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si37-701
1.3
Specifications
BS Units
Model
Power Supply
BSVQ100PV1
BSVQ160PV1
BSVQ250PV1
1 Phase 50Hz 200-240V
1 Phase 50Hz 200-240V
1 Phase 50Hz 200-240V
20 to 100
More than 100 but 160 or less
More than 160 but 250 or less
Max. 5
Max. 8
Max. 5
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
207×388×326
207×388×326
Total Capacity Index of Indoor Unit
No. of Connectable Indoor Units
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation
Material
Liquid Pipes
Indoor
Unit
Gas Pipes
Piping
Liquid Pipes
Connection
Outdoor Suction Gas Pipes
Unit
HP/LP Gas Pipes
Weight
Foamed polyurethane, Flame resistant
needle felt
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★1
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
22.2mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★3
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection)
12.7mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
12.7mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
22.2mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★3
19.1mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★3
kg
14
14
Installation manual, Attached pipe
Insulation pipe cover, Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Installation manual, Attached pipe
Insulation pipe cover, Clamps
C: 4D057926
Note:
207×388×326
Foamed polyurethane, Flame resistant
Foamed polyurethane, Flame resistant
needle felt
needle felt
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★1
15
Installation manual, Attached pipe
Insulation pipe cover, Clamps
C: 4D057927
C: 4D057928
★1 When connecting with a 20 to 50 class indoor unit, connect to the attached pipe to the field pipe.
(Braze the connection between the attached and field pipe.)
★2 When connecting with an indoor unit of 150 or more and 160 or less, connect to the attached pipe to the field pipe.
(Braze the connection between the attached and field pipe.)
★3 When connecting with a 200 class, or more than 160 and less than 200 class indoor unit, connect to the attached pipe to the field pipe.
(Braze the connection between the attached and field pipe.)
Connection Range for BS Unit
Outdoor unit
model name
REYQ8P
REYQ10P
REYQ12P
REYQ14P
REYQ16P
REYQ18P
REYQ20P
REYQ22P
REYQ24P
REYQ26P
REYQ28P
REYQ30P
REYQ32P
REYQ34P
REYQ36P
REYQ38P
REYQ40P
REYQ42P
REYQ44P
REYQ46P
REYQ48P
Components
Indoor unit total capacity
Note:
Specifications
★
Total capacity of connectable indoor
units
100 to 260 (400)
125 to 325 (500)
150 to 390 (600)
175 to 455 (700)
200 to 520 (800)
225 to 585 (720)
250 to 650 (800)
275 to 715 (880)
300 to 780 (960)
325 to 845 (1,040)
350 to 910 (1,120)
375 to 975 (1,200)
400 to 1,040 (1,280)
425 to 1,105 (1,105)
450 to 1,170 (1,170)
475 to 1,235 (1,235)
500 to 1,300 (1,300)
525 to 1,365 (1,365)
550 to 1,430 (1,430)
575 to 1,495 (1,495)
600 to 1,560 (1,560)
Number of connectable
indoor units
13 (20)
16 (25)
19 (30)
22 (35)
26 (40)
29 (36)
32 (40)
35 (44)
39 (48)
42 (52)
Same number of
45 (56)
BS units
48 (60)
52 (64)
55 (55)
58 (58)
61 (61)
64 (64)
Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity, 200% from single outdoor units, 160% from
double outdoor units, 130% from triple outdoor units.
47
Specifications
48
Si37-701
Specifications
Si37-701
Part 3
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................50
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................50
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................52
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP).........................................................................54
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP) ..................................................56
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1 (Multi 14, 16HP) ..................................................58
BS Unit Functional Parts ........................................................................60
Indoor Units ............................................................................................61
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................62
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................62
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................63
REMQ8P ................................................................................................64
REMQ10P, 12P......................................................................................65
REMQ14P, 16P......................................................................................66
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................67
Refrigerant Circuit
49
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
Name
system
diagram
1
M1C Inverter compressor (INV)
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1
(STD1)
3
M1F
Inverter fan
4
M2F
Inverter fan
5(6)
Y1E
(Y3E)
Y2E
(Y5E)
7(8)
9
10(11)
12
13
14
15
16
17(18)
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Electronic expansion valve
(Main1 (Main2))
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool1 (Subcool2))
Electronic expansion valve
Y4E
(Refrigerant charge EVJ)
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass1
(Y10S) (Main bypass2))
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y3S
regulator liquid pipe SVL)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y1S
regulator gas purging pipe
SVG)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y7S
regulator discharge pipe SVO)
Solenoid valve (Discharge
Y6S
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Y2S
4 way valve (Heat exchanger
(Y9S) switch 20SA)
4 way valve (Dual pressure
Y8S
gas pipe switch 20SB)
S1NPH High pressure sensor
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
S1PH HP pressure switch (For INV)
S2PH HP pressure switch (For STD)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Liquid pipe)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Refrigerant regulator)
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
—
Refrigerant regulator
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
35(45)
—
Capillary tube
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA)
(R10T)
R31T Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
(STD1 discharge
R32T Thermistor
pipe: Tds1)
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R12T) deicer: Tb)
36(46)
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R11T) gas pipe Tg)
37(47)
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R15T) liquid pipe Tf)
38(48)
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
(R13T) exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
32(42)
33
34
39
40(50)
50
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe Tl)
R9T
(R14T) Thermistor (Liquid pipe Tsc)
Major Function
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter, while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply
only. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated in combination with Standard compressor.
REYQ8, 10, 12P : 37 steps
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
This opens in cooling operation.
Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Used to detect high pressure.
Used to detect low pressure.
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1
compressor.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgments
on defrosting operation.
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgments on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
Used to detect gas pipe temperature on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of supercooled heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
(8HP, 10HP, 12HP Single Type)
(INV Unit + STD Unit)
Liquid
Pipe
Subcool Heat Exchanger 2
50
Left
26
Stop
Valve
8
48
46
Heat Exchanger 2
11
45
47
18
6
4
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
19
Stop
Valve
23
S2PH
34
2
STD
29
9
Suction
Pipe
42
Stop
Valve
40
Subcool Heat Exchanger 1
39
Right
26
7
38
Gauge Port
36
24
10
Heat Exchanger 135
37
17
5
S1NPH 20
25
13
3
31
12
27
22 S1PH
33
1
16
INV
14
15
28
Gauge Port
30
32
Refrigerant Circuit
21
S2NPL
51
Refrigerant Circuit
1.2
Si37-701
REYQ14P, 16P
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV1)
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1 (INV2)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 266Hz by using
the inverter. The number of operating steps is as follows.
REYQ14P or 16P : 26 step
3
M1F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
4
M2F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
5(6)
Y1E
(Y3E)
Electronic expansion valve
(Main1 (Main2))
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7(8)
Y2E
(Y5E)
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool1 (Subcool2))
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
9
Y4E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
10(11)
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass1
This opens in cooling operation.
(Y10S) (Main bypass2))
12
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
13
Y3S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe SVL)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
14
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas purging pipe SVG)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe SVO) This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
16
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
17(18)
Y2S
(Y9S)
4 way valve (Heat exchanger
switch 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
19
Y8S
4 way valve (Dual pressure
gas pipe switch 20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
20
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
21
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
S1PH HP pressure switch (For INV
(S2PH) compressor)
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
22(23)
24
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
25
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
26
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
27
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
28
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
29
—
30
R1T
31(41)
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
(R10T)
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV1 discharge
pipe: Tdi)
33
R32T
Thermistor (INV2 discharge
pipe: Tds1)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
35(45)
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R12T) deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgments
on defrosting operation.
36(46)
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R11T) gas pipe Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37(47)
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R15T) liquid pipe Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgments on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38(48)
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
(R13T) exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of supercooled heat exchanger.
39
40(50)
52
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe Tl)
R9T
(R14T) Thermistor (Liquid pipe Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
REYQ14P, 16P
(14HP, 16HP Single Type)
(INV Unit × 2)
Liquid
Pipe
Subcool Heat Exchanger 2
50
Left
26
Stop
Valve
8
48
46
Heat Exchanger 2
11
45
47
18
6
4
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
19
Stop
Valve
23
S2PH
33
2 INV2
28
9
Suction
Pipe
41
Stop
Valve
40
Subcool Heat Exchanger 1
Liquid Pipe
39
Right
26
7
38
36
24
10
Heat Exchanger 135
Gauge Port
37
17
S1NPH
25
13
3
20
5
30
12
27
22 S1PH
32
16
1 INV1
14
15
28
Gauge Port
29
31
Refrigerant Circuit
21
S2NPL
53
Refrigerant Circuit
1.3
Si37-701
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
54
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 104~107.
4
M1F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
6
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool: EVT)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
8
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
9
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass
SVE)
This opens in cooling operation.
10
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
11
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe SVL)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
12
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas purging pipe
SVG)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
13
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
regulator discharge pipe SVO)
14
Y8S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y3S
4 way valve (Heat exchanger
switch 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
16
Y2S
4 way valve (Dual pressure
gas pipe switch 20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
17
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
18
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
19
S1PH
22
HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
23
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
24
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
25
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
26
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
29
—
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
30
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature.
31
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
35
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer Tb)
This detects temperature of some of the liquid pipes for air heat exchanger. Used to
make judgments on defrosting operation.
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgments on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of supercooled heat exchanger.
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe Tl)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ8PY1
40
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
39
24
7
38
36
22
9
35
37
15
6
4
30
17 S1NPH
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
23
11
10
16
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
19 S1PH
25
32
14
1
12
INV
13
26
29
S2NPL
18
8
Gauge Port
Stop Valve
Suction Pipe
31
Refrigerant Circuit
55
Refrigerant Circuit
1.4
Si37-701
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
56
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter, while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply
only. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated in combination with Standard compressor.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 104~107.
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1
(STD1)
4
M1F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
6
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool: EVT)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
8
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
9
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass SVE) This opens in cooling operation.
10
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
11
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe SVL)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
12
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas purging pipe
SVG)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
13
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe SVO) This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
14
Y8S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y3S
4 way valve (Heat exchanger
switch 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
16
Y2S
4 way valve (Dual pressure
gas pipe switch 20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
17
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
18
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
19
S1PH
HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
20
S2PH
HP pressure switch (For STD
compressor 1)
22
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
23
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
24
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
25
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
26
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
27
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1
compressor.
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
29
—
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
30
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
31
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
33
R32T
Thermistor (STD1 discharge
pipe: Tds1)
35
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgments
on defrosting operation.
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgments on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
Used to detect gas pipe temperature on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of supercooled heat exchanger.
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe Tl)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1
40
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
39
24
7
38
9
22
35
36
37
15
6
4
23
S1NPH 17
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
11
30
10
16
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
19 S1PH
20 S2PH
32
33
25
12
14
1
2
INV
S1
13
27
29
26
18 S2NPL
8
Stop Valve
Gauge Port
31
Suction Pipe
Refrigerant Circuit
57
Refrigerant Circuit
1.5
Si37-701
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1 (Multi 14, 16HP)
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
Name
system
diagram
1
M1C Inverter compressor (INV)
2
M2C Standard compressor 1 (STD1)
3
M3C
Standard compressor 2 (STD2)
4
M1F
Inverter fan
5
M2F
Inverter fan
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
58
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
Electronic expansion valve
Y3E
(Subcool: EVT)
Electronic
expansion valve
Y2E
(Refrigerant charge EVJ)
Solenoid valve (Main bypass SVE)
Y6S
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y4S
regulator liquid pipe SVL)
Solenoid
valve (Refrigerant
Y1S
regulator gas purging pipe SVG)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y7S
regulator discharge pipe SVO)
Solenoid valve (Discharge
Y8S
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
4 way valve (Heat exchanger
Y3S
switch 20SA)
4 way valve (Dual pressure
Y2S
gas pipe switch 20SB)
S1NPH High pressure sensor
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
S1PH HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
pressure switch (For STD
S2PH HP
compressor 1)
HP pressure switch (For STD
S3PH compressor 2)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Liquid pipe)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Refrigerant regulator)
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
—
Refrigerant regulator
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA)
R31T Thermistor (INV discharge pipe: Tdi)
R32T Thermistor (STD1 discharge pipe: Tds1)
R33T Thermistor (STD2 discharge pipe: Tds2)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
R4T
deicer: Tb)
Y1E
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe Tg)
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe Tf)
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe Tl)
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe Tsc)
Major Function
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using the inverter,
while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply only. The number of
operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is operated in combination with Standard
compressor.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 104~107.
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
This opens in cooling operation.
Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Used to detect high pressure.
Used to detect low pressure.
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1 compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD2 compressor.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgments
on defrosting operation.
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgments on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of supercooled heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
40
39
24
7
38
9
22
35
36
37
6
15
5
4
17
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
30
S1NPH
23
11
10
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
16
19 S1PH
20 S2PH
21 S3PH
33
34
32
1
2
INV
3
S1
25
S2
27
12
28
13
26
29
18 S2NPL
8
Stop Valve
Gauge Port
31
Suction Pipe
Refrigerant Circuit
59
Refrigerant Circuit
1.6
Si37-701
BS Unit Functional Parts
BSVQ100,160,250PV1
No.
Name
Symbol
1
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Y4E
2
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Y5E
3
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Y2E
4
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Y3E
5
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Y1E
6
Capillary tube
Function
Opens while in heating operation or all indoor units are in cooling
operation. (Max : 760pls)
Opens while in cooling operation. (Max : 760pls)
Opens while in heating operation or all indoor units are in cooling
operation. (Max : 480pls)
Opens while in cooling operation. (Max : 480pls)
In simultaneous cooling and heating operation, it is used to subcool
liquid refrigerants when an indoor unit downstream of this BS unit is in
heating operation.(Max : 480pls)
Used to bypass high pressure gas to low pressure side to protect
“Refrigerant accumulation” in high and low pressure gas pipes.
Note : Factory set of all EV opening : 60pls
Liquid
Liquid
Dual Pressure
Indoor
side
Outdoor
side
Gas
Suction
60
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
1.7
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Units
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXDQ, FXDYQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
Gas-side
Piping
Fan
Liquid-side
Piping
Filter
No.
Refrigerant Circuit
Name
Electronic
Expansion Valve Filter
Symbol
Function
Used to control superheated degree of gas when
cooling and subcooled degree when heating. (Max.
2000 pls)
Electronic
expansion valve
Y1E
R1T
Used for thermostat control.
Suction air
thermistor
Liquid pipe
thermistor
R2T
Used to control superheated degree of gas when
cooling and subcooled degree when heating.
Gas pipe
thermistor
R3T
Used for gas superheated degree control when
cooling.
61
Functional Parts Layout
Si37-701
2. Functional Parts Layout
2.1
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
Plan
18
10
19
17
13
11
14
16
23
15
12
22
33
34
Front View
40
7
4
3
36
5
9
38
6
20
8
21
46
37
47
31
48
32
42
39
45
1
2
35
Note:
62
For reference numbers, refer to page 50.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
2.2
Functional Parts Layout
REYQ14P, 16P
Plan
10
17
19
13
18
14
11
16
15
23
12
22
32
33
Front View
40
4
7
36
3
5
9
38
6
8
20
46
21
47
30
48
37
41
39
45
31
1
2
Note:
Refrigerant Circuit
35
For reference numbers, refer to page 52.
63
Functional Parts Layout
2.3
Si37-701
REMQ8P
Plan
31
10
25 REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
11
7
8
9
18
40
19
38
32
Front View
4
16
15
6
17
36
30
37
14
39
35
1
12
13
Note:
64
For reference numbers, refer to page 54.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
2.4
Functional Parts Layout
REMQ10P, 12P
Plan
31
10
25 REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
11
7
8
18
9
20
40
19
38
33
31
Front View
4
16
15
6
17
36
37
30
39
14
35
12
2
13
1
Note:
Refrigerant Circuit
For reference number, refer to page 56.
65
Functional Parts Layout
2.5
Si37-701
REMQ14P, 16P
Plan
31
10
25 REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
19
11
20
7
21
8
9
18
34
40
33
32
38
Front View
4
5
16
15
17
6
36
30
37
39
35
3
12
13
1
Note:
66
2
For reference number, refer to page 58.
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
Cooling Operation
67
68
Heating
Unit
192pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Suction
Pipe
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Stop Valve
Stop Valve
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
192pls
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
69
70
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVLS
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVLS
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"Low temperature, low pressure"
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
71
72
Heating
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
0pls
Heating
Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tb
Tf
EVT
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Ta
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
73
74
Heating
Unit
0pls
Heating
Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tb
Tf
EVT
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Ta
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
STD
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ14P, 16P
Cooling Operation
75
76
Heating
Unit
192pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
192pls
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
77
78
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
79
80
Heating
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
0pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
INV
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
81
82
Heating
Unit
0pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVLS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVL
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tdi
HPS
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
Indoor Unit
EVH
EVHS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Tsc
SVP
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
TL
Tf
SVE
EVT
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ18P, 20P
Cooling Operation
83
84
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
192pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
192pls
Indoor Unit
EVH
EVHS
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
192pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
85
86
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
192pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
TL
Tf
SVE
EVT
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan"OFF"
224pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
TL
Tf
SVE
EVT
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
87
88
Cooling
Unit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
224pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
89
90
Cooling
Unit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVH
EVLS
EVL
EVLS
EVHS
EVHS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVLS
EVSC
EVH
EVL
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Operation "ON"
Theromstat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
SENPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
SENPL
INVFAN
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
SVT
Tb
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP)
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Tsc
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
SENPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
HPS
20SA
INV
Tg
SENPL
S1
Tb
Tds1
HPS
INVFAN
Tsh
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Operation of refrigerant regulator
1. Recovery of refrigerant
Surplus refrigerant is recovered to refrigerant regulator by opening of SVL and SVG when
the indoor unit load is small.
Liquid
Pipe
Tsc
Right
TL
EVT
Tsh
SVE
Tg
Tb
20SA
Tf
Pressure
regulating valve
EVM
SVL
Ta
S1NPH
Equalizing
Pipe
SVP
Refrigerant
Regulator
S1PH
Tdi
SVG
INV
SVO
S2NPL
TS_A
Suction Pipe
2. Discharge of refrigerant
Discharge refrigerant from refrigerant regulator by opening of SVC when the load of the
outdoor unit is large.
Liquid
Pipe
Tsc
Right
TL
EVT
Tsh
SVE
Tg
Tb
20SA
Tf
Pressure
regulating valve
EVM
SVL
Ta
S1NPH
Equalizing
Pipe
SVP
Refrigerant
Regulator
S1PH
Tdi
SVG
INV
SVO
Suction Pipe
TS_A
S2NPL
3. Pressure regulating valve (Refrigerant regulator)
The circuit will be closed when SVL, SVO, SVG are all closed. In this case, the increased
pressure in the refrigerant regulator will be transferred to the liquid refrigerant pipe side, to
regulate the pressure.
Refrigerant Circuit
91
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si37-701
Pressure equalizing when switching operation cooling/ heating
1. When switching operation from to cooling to heating
First, the electric expansion valves for EVHS, EVH, EVL and EVLS of the indoor unit will be
closed.
Next, open the EVHS, and it makes to balance the system pressure.
Finally, EVH and EVHS are opened and the electric expansion valve of the indoor unit is
opened to start the operation as a heating circuit.
In cooling
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH
EVL
Cooling
Unit
Suction
Pipe
EVLS
In equalization
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
(Close)
EVHS (Open)
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH (Close)
EVL (Close)
Suction
Pipe
EVLS (Close)
To heating
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH
EVL
Heating
Unit
92
Suction
Pipe
EVLS
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
2. When switching operation from heating to cooling
First, the electric expansion valve and the solenoid valve for EVHS, EVH, EVL and EVLS of
the indoor unit will be closed.
Next, open the EVLS, and it makes to balance the system pressure.
Finally, EVL and EVLS are opened and the electric expansion valve of the indoor unit is
opened to start the operation as a cooling circuit.
In heating
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH
EVL
Heating
Unit
Suction
Pipe
EVLS
In equalization
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
(Close)
EVHS (Close)
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH (Close)
EVL (Close)
To cooling
operation
Suction
Pipe
In
equalization
EVLS (Open)
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVH
EVL
Cooling
Unit
Refrigerant Circuit
Suction
Pipe
EVLS
93
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
94
Si37-701
Refrigerant Circuit
Si37-701
Part 4
Function
1. Function General...................................................................................96
1.1 Symbol ...................................................................................................96
1.2 Operation Mode......................................................................................98
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................99
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Normal Operation ...................................................................................99
Compressor PI Control.........................................................................100
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................108
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................108
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................109
Heat Exchanger Control .......................................................................110
3. Special Control....................................................................................111
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Startup Control .....................................................................................111
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)...........................................113
Oil Return Operation ............................................................................114
Defrost Operation .................................................................................118
Pump-down Residual Operation ..........................................................120
Standby ................................................................................................122
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................123
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................124
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................124
Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................126
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................128
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................129
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................131
5. Other Control.......................................................................................132
5.1 Backup Operation.................................................................................132
5.2 Demand Operation ...............................................................................132
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition ..............................................................132
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................133
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Function
Operation Flow Chart ...........................................................................133
Thermostat Control...............................................................................135
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................139
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve .................................................141
Freeze Prevention ................................................................................142
Heater Control (Optional PC Board KRP1B...is required.) ...................143
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................144
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)......................................145
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................146
95
Function General
Si37-701
1. Function General
1.1
Symbol
20SA
Symbol
Electric symbol
Description or function
REYQ8~16P REMQ8~16P
Y2S
(Heat
exchanger1)
Y9S
(Heat
exchanger2)
Y3S
Four way valve (Heat exchanger switch)
Four way valve (High/low pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
DSH
–
–
Discharge pipe superheated degree
DSHi
–
–
Discharge pipe superheat of inverter compressor
DSHs
–
–
Discharge pipe superheat of standard compressor
EV
–
–
Opening of electronic expansion valve
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve for main heat exchanger
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve for subcooling heat exchanger
EVM
EVT
Y1E (Main1)
Y3E (Main2)
Y2E
(Subcooling1)
Y5E
(Subcooling2)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve at the refrigerant charge port
HTDi
–
–
Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature compensated with outdoor
air temperature
HTDs
–
–
Value of STD compressor discharge pipe temperature compensated with outdoor
air temperature
Pc
S1NPH
S1NPH
Value detected by high pressure sensor
Pe
S2NPL
S2NPL
Value detected by low pressure sensor
SH
–
–
Evaporator outlet superheat
–
–
Target evaporator outlet superheat
Y6S
Main bypass solenoid valve
SHS
SVE
Y5S
(Bypass1)
Y10S
(Bypass2)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
Solenoid valve for hot gas
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
Refrigerant regulator liquid pipe solenoid valve
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
Refrigerant regulator gas pipe solenoid valve
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
Refrigerant regulator exhaust pipe solenoid valve
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
Refrigerant regulator discharge pipe solenoid valve
96
Function
Si37-701
Symbol
Ta
TsA
Tb
Tg
Tf
Tsh
Tl
Tsc
Function General
Electric symbol
Description or function
REYQ8~16P REMQ8~16P
R1T (A1P)
R8T (Suction
pipe1)
R10T (Suction
pipe2)
R4T
(Deicer1)
R12T
(Deicer2)
R2T
(Gas pipe1)
R11T
(Gas pipe2)
R7T
(Liquid pipe1)
R15T
(Liquid pipe2)
R5T
(Gas pipe1)
R13T
(Gas pipe2)
R6T
(Liquid pipe1)
R14T
(Liquid pipe2)
R9T
R1T (A1P)
Outdoor air temperature
R8T
Suction pipe temperature
R4T
Heat exchanger outlet temperature at cooling
R2T
Heat exchanger gas pipe temperature
R7T
Temperature of liquid pipe between heat exchanger and main electronic expansion
valve
R5T
Temperature detected with the subcooling heat exchanger outlet thermistor
R6T
Liquid pipe temperature detected with the liquid pipe thermistor
R9T
Temperature of liquid pipe between liquid shutoff valve and supercooled heat
exchanger
Tc
–
–
High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TcS
–
–
Target temperature of Tc
Te
–
–
Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TeS
–
–
Target temperature of Te
Tfin
R1T (A4P) (A5P)
R1T (A3P)
Inverter fin temperature
Tp
–
–
Calculated value of compressor port temperature
Tdi
R31T (R32T) R31T
Discharge pipe temperature of inverter compressor
Tds
R32T
Discharge pipe temperature of standard compressor
Function
R32T, R33T
97
Function General
1.2
Si37-701
Operation Mode
Thermostat ON
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit
stop or
thermostat
OFF
Operation
mode
changeover
Pressure egualization
prior to startup
Restart
stanby
Thermostat ON
Malfunction/
Stanby
Rotation
Malfunction/
Stanby
Indoor unit stop
or thermostat OFF
Cooling
startup
Heating
startup
Thermostat ON
After completion of
startup control
Malfunction/
Stanby
Indoor unit stop
or thermostat OFF
Pump-down
residual
operation
Operation
mode
changeover
Normal operation
Large capacity
Compressor PI control
startup
Motorized valve PI control
Protection control
in
operation
Malfunction/
Stanby
Oil return IN
conditions are met
Yes
Indoor unit stop
or thermostat
OFF
Oil return
operation∗
No
Defrost IN
conditions are met
Yes
Defrosting
operation∗
No
Operation mode
changeover
Yes
Operation mode
changeover
Mode
changeover∗
No
Malfunction/Stand by
∗ “Oil return”, “Defrost” and “Mode changeover” move on to the next process after the completion of
above function in progress even if the thermostat is OFF during the operation.
98
Function
Si37-701
Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1
Normal Operation
2.1.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation
Part Name
Symbol
(Electric
Symbol)
Function of Functional Part
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3

M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
Compressor 1

Compressor 2

Outdoor unit fan 2
Normal Cooling
PI control, High
pressure protection,
Low pressure
protection,
Td protection,
INV protection,
Cooling fan control
M2F
M2F
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
1375 pls
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Supercooling)
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
PI control
PI control
PI control
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
Y3S
OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Condenser / OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Evaporator / ON
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Condenser / OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Evaporator / ON
Y2S
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
Y2S
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger switch)
20SA
Y9S
Four way valve (High/low
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
SVP
Y5S
Y6S
Y10S
Y4S Y5S
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
ON for oil level control ON for oil level control ON for oil level control
Solenoid valve (Main bypass) SVE
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator exhaust pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Normal Simultaneous
Cooling / Heating
PI control, High
PI control, High
pressure protection,
pressure protection,
Low pressure
Low pressure
protection,
protection,
Td protection,
Td protection,
INV protection,
INV protection,
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Condenser / Cooling
Condenser / Cooling
fan control
fan control
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Evaporator / Fan step Evaporator / Fan step
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Condenser / Liquid
Condenser / Liquid
pressure control
pressure control
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Evaporator / PI control Evaporator / PI control
Normal Heating
Indoor unit actuator
Thermostat ON unit
Fan
Stopping unit
Thermostat OFF unit
Thermostat ON unit
Electronic
expansion
Stopping unit
valve
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal cooling
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening *1
0 pls
0 pls
Normal heating
Remote controller setting
OFF
LL
Normal opening *2
192 pls
192 pls
*1. PI control : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) constant.
*2. PI control : Condenser outlet subcooled degree (SC) constant.
*1 and 2 : Refer to “6.4 Control of Electronic Expansion Valve” on page 141.
Electric
symbol
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Y4E
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Y5E
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Y1E
BS unit actuator
Function
Normal cooling
760 pls (fully opened)
760 pls (fully opened)
480 pls (fully opened)
480 pls (fully opened)
0 pls
Normal heating / Normal simultaneous Cooling /
Heating operation
760 pls ( fully opened )
0 pls
480 pls ( fully opened )
0 pls
0 pls (simultaneous Cooling / Heating operation : PI control)
99
Basic Control
2.2
Si37-701
Compressor PI Control
Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation
achieve target value (TeS).
temperature (°C)
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting TeS : Target Te value
mode 2.)
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
Te setting
L
M (Normal)
H
*On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made
(factory
according to values of the first-priority unit, which is
setting)
detected with the pressure sensor.
3
6
7
8
9 10 11
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation
achieve target value (TcS).
temperature (°C)
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting TcS : Target Tc value
mode 2.)
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
Tc setting
L
M (Normal)
H
*On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made
(factory
according to values of the first-priority unit, which is
setting)
detected with the pressure sensor.
43
46
48
Rotation of outdoor units
In order to make operating time equal for each compressor of multi connection outdoor units,
outdoor units are used in rotation.
However this is not applicable to single units.
[Rotation of outdoor units]
[System with two outdoor units]
Outdoor Unit 1
Outdoor Unit 2
Previous time
This time
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 2
Priority 1
Next time
Priority 1
Priority 2
[System with three outdoor units]
Outdoor Unit 1
Outdoor Unit 2
Outdoor Unit 3
Previous time
This time
Priority 1
Priority 3
Priority 2
Priority 1
Priority 3
Priority 2
Next time
One time after the
next
Priority 2
Priority 3
Priority 1
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 3
[Timing of outdoor rotation]
In start of startup control
100
Function
Si37-701
Basic Control
„ Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors
Each compressor operates in the following order of priority.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each compressor operates in any of Pattern 1
through Pattern 3 according to the rotation of outdoor units.
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
INV: Inverter compressor
STD1: Standard compressor 1
STD2: Standard compressor 2
Pattern 3
REYQ14P, 16P
No. 2 No. 1
No. 2 No. 1
STD1
INV2
INV
INV1
REYQ22P, 24P
REYQ18P, 20P
No. 1
No. 2 No. 3
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 2
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1 No. 3
INV
INV
INV
INV
STD1
STD1
STD1
REYQ30P, 32P
REYQ26P, 28P
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4 No. 5
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
INV
STD1
INV
INV
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
INV
STD1 STD2
REYQ34P, 36P
No. 1
No. 2
No. 4
No. 3 No. 5 No. 6
No. 3
No. 1
No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 6
No. 2
No. 3
No. 5
No. 1 No. 4 No. 6
INV
Function
INV
STD1
INV
STD1 STD2
101
Basic Control
Si37-701
REYQ38P, 40P
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6 No. 7
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV
INV
STD1
STD1
INV
STD1 STD2
REYQ42P, 44P
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV
INV
INV
STD1
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
REYQ46P, 48P
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV
INV
INV
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
*
• In the case of combination of 3 outdoor units, the above diagram shows master unit, slave unit 1, and slave unit 2
from left to right.
• Compressors may operate in any pattern other than those mentioned above according to the operating status.
102
Function
Si37-701
Basic Control
„ Compressor Step Control
Compressor operations vary with the following steps according to information in "2.2 Compressor PI Control".
Furthermore, the operating priority of compressors is subject to information in "„ Operating Priority and Rotation of
Compressors".
Single unit installation
REYQ8PY1, 10PY1, 12PY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
52Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
STD1
Initial step
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
REYQ14PY1, 16PY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
INV1
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
66Hz
70Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
92Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
218Hz
232Hz
248Hz
266Hz
INV2
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
66Hz
70Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
92Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
218Hz
232Hz
248Hz
266Hz
Initial step
REYQ8PY1 upper limit
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD1 : Standard compressor 1
STD2 : Standard compressor 2
2. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns
other than those aforementioned.
Function
103
Basic Control
Si37-701
Two-unit multi system
REYQ18PY1, 20PY1 (8+10/12HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON
88Hz
88Hz
ON
96Hz
96Hz
ON
104Hz 104Hz
ON
116Hz 116Hz
ON
124Hz 124Hz
ON
132Hz 132Hz
ON
144Hz 144Hz
ON
158Hz 158Hz
ON
176Hz 176Hz
ON
188Hz 188Hz
ON
202Hz 202Hz
ON
210Hz 210Hz
ON
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
REYQ22PY1, 24PY1 (10/12+12HP)
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON
62Hz
62Hz
ON
68Hz
68Hz
ON
74Hz
74Hz
ON
80Hz
80Hz
ON
88Hz
88Hz
ON
96Hz
96Hz
ON
104Hz 104Hz
ON
116Hz 116Hz
ON
124Hz 124Hz
ON
132Hz 132Hz
ON
144Hz 144Hz
ON
158Hz 158Hz
ON
176Hz 176Hz
ON
188Hz 188Hz
ON
202Hz 202Hz
ON
210Hz 210Hz
ON
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
158Hz 158Hz
ON2
166Hz 176Hz
ON2
176Hz 158Hz
ON2
188Hz 188Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
158Hz 158Hz
ON2
166Hz 166Hz
ON2
176Hz 176Hz
ON2
188Hz 188Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
104
Function
Si37-701
Basic Control
Three-unit multi system
REYQ26PY1, 28PY1 (10/12+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
158Hz 158Hz
ON3
166Hz 166Hz
ON3
176Hz 176Hz
ON3
188Hz 188Hz
ON3
202Hz 202Hz
ON3
210Hz 210Hz
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
REYQ 32PY1 (16+16HP)
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
52Hz
52Hz
ON3
62Hz
62Hz
ON3
74Hz
74Hz
ON3
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
158Hz 158Hz
ON3
166Hz 166Hz
ON3
176Hz 176Hz
ON3
188Hz 188Hz
ON3
202Hz 202Hz
ON3
210Hz 210Hz
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
96Hz
96Hz
ON4
104Hz 104Hz
ON4
116Hz 116Hz
ON4
124Hz 124Hz
ON4
144Hz 144Hz
ON4
158Hz 158Hz
ON4
166Hz 166Hz
ON4
176Hz 176Hz
ON4
188Hz 188Hz
ON4
202Hz 202Hz
ON4
210Hz 210Hz
ON4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
52Hz
52Hz
ON3
62Hz
62Hz
ON3
74Hz
74Hz
ON3
96Hz
96Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
52Hz
52Hz
ON4
62Hz
62Hz
ON4
74Hz
74Hz
ON4
96Hz
96Hz
ON4
104Hz 104Hz
ON4
116Hz 116Hz
ON4
124Hz 124Hz
ON4
144Hz 144Hz
ON4
158Hz 158Hz
ON4
166Hz 166Hz
ON4
176Hz 176Hz
ON4
188Hz 188Hz
ON4
202Hz 202Hz
ON4
210Hz 210Hz
ON4
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
Function
105
Basic Control
Si37-701
REYQ34PY1, 36PY1 (8+10/12+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
REYQ38PY1, 40PY1 (10/12+12+16HP)
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
106
Function
Si37-701
Basic Control
REYQ46PY1, 48PY1 (14/16+16+16HP)
REYQ42PY1, 44PY1 (10/12+16+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
Function
107
Basic Control
2.3
Si37-701
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control
Main electronic expansion valve EVM control
When the outdoor unit heat exchanging is performed via the evaporator (20SA is set to ON),
this function is used to exert PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y1E or Y3E) so that
the evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tg - Te
SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(°C)
Tg : Suction pipe temperature (°C) detected
by the heat exchanger gas pipe
thermistor R2T.
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature (°C)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve EVT control
In order to make the maximum use of the subcool heat exchanger, this function is used to exert
PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y2E, Y5E or Y3E) so that the evaporator-side gas
pipe superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tsh - Te
SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(°C)
Tsh:Suction pipe temperature (°C) detected
by the subcool heat exchanger outlet
thermistor R5T
Te: Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature (°C)
Refrigerant charge electronic expansion valve EVJ control
While in automatic refrigerant charge mode, this function is used to exert PI control on the
opening degree of the electronic expansion valve (Y2E or Y4E) in response to outdoor
temperature and close the valve after the completion of refrigerant charge.
For normal operation, fully open this electronic expansion valve.
2.4
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans
Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below, according to condition changes.
Fan revolutions (rpm)
STEP No.
Single type
Multiple type
0
8HP
0
10HP
0
12HP
0
14HP
0
16HP
0
M8
0
M10
0
M12
0
M14
0/0
M16
0/0
1
2
285/255
315/285
285/255
315/285
285/255
315/285
285/255
360/315
285/255
360/315
350
370
350
370
350
370
230/0
380/0
230/0
380/0
3
4
360/330
430/400
360/330
430/400
360/330
430/400
395/365
480/440
395/365
480/440
400
450
400
450
400
450
290/260
375/345
290/260
375/345
5
6
590/560
690/660
590/560
690/660
590/560
690/660
560/530
760/730
560/530
760/730
540
610
560
680
560
680
570/540
720/690
570/540
720/690
7
8
820/790
920/890
820/790
920/890
820/790
951/931
960/930 960/930
1125/1095 1155/1125
680
710
710
750
710
775
910/880 910/880
1091/1061 1091/1061
920/890 920/890 1020/990 1125/1095 1200/1170
Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2
796
821
870
1136/1106 1136/1106
Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2
9
* Figures listed above are all those controlled while in standard mode, which vary when the system is set to high static
pressure or capacity precedence mode.
108
Function
Si37-701
2.5
Basic Control
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation
While in cooling operation, if the outdoor temperature is low, this mode provides high-pressure
control using the outdoor unit fan to retain appropriate liquid pressure, thus ensuring refrigerant
circulation rate to be supplied to indoor units.
Fan step 9
Pc>3.28MPa
PI control
Fan step 8
PI control
Pc>3.18MPa
Fan step 7
Pc>3.08MPa
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
PI control
Hold
the
current
-1 step on
+1 step on
step on outdoor
outdoor unit fan
outdoor
unit fan
unit fan
PI control
Function
Lapse of 20 sec.
109
Basic Control
2.6
Si37-701
Heat Exchanger Control
While in heating or cool/heat simultaneous operation, ensure target condensing and
evaporating temperature by changing over the air heat exchange of outdoor unit to the
evaporator or the condenser in response to loads.
[Single system]
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Left side Right side
Left side Right side
representing the current
Condenser Condenser
Evaporator
balanced condition and
GR > 25
Note 1. "GR" is a numeric value
–
calculated from target
GR < -20
GR > 15
Outdoor unit
condensing temperature,
target evaporating
Outdoor unit
GR > 25
Left side Right side
GR < -20
Evaporator Condenser
GR < -10
Left side Right side
temperature, current
Evaporator Evaporator
condensing temperature,
and current evaporating
temperature.
[Multi outdoor unit system]
A1
Outdoor unit
1
2
3
Condenser Condenser Condenser
GR > 15
A2
GR < -10
Note 1. "GR" is a numeric value representing the current balanced
condition and calculated from target condensing temperature,
target evaporating temperature, current condensing
temperature, and current evaporating temperature.
Note 2. On the system with two outdoor units, if there is no step for the
destination of transition, that step will be skipped.
Outdoor unit
2
1
B1
3
Condenser Condenser Condenser
GR > 25
A3
GR < -20
Outdoor unit
2
1
GR > 15
A4
GR > 25
–
2
3
Condenser Evaporator Evaporator
110
3
Evaporator
–
B2
GR < -20
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
2
1
GR > 15
GR > 25
3
Evaporator Evaporator
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
1
2
–
GR > 15
3
Condenser Condenser
Outdoor unit
1
B3
–
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
1
2
3
Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator
Function
Si37-701
Special Control
3. Special Control
3.1
Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made
and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units
simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation
Actuator
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
M2F
M2F
Control
before
startup
Startup control
STEP1
STEP2
0 Hz
52 Hz+OFF+OFF
52Hz+OFF+OFF+2STEP / 20
sec.
(Until it reaches
Pc-Pe>0.39 MPa)
STEP4
Ta<20°C: OFF
Ta≥20°C: STEP4
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
1375 pls
1375 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Supercooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Refrigerant
charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Four way valve (High/low
pressure gas pipe switch) 20SB
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator gas SVG
vent pipe)
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
OFF
A lapse of
60 sec.
A lapse of 15 sec.
Ending conditions
Function
OR
• A lapse of 90 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39 MPa
111
Special Control
Si37-701
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation
Actuator
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3
—
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
—
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
M2F
M2F
Control
before
startup
Startup control
STEP1
STEP2
0 Hz
52 Hz+OFF+OFF
52Hz+OFF+OFF+2STEP / 20
sec.
(Until it reaches
Pc-Pe>0.39 MPa)
STEP4
20SA=ON: STEP7
20SA=OFF
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
20SA=ON: STEP7
20SA=OFF
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
20SA=ON: SH Control
20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
20SA=ON: SH Control
20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Supercooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Refrigerant
charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When
outdoor
heat
exchanger
is
evaporator:
ON
When
outdoor
heat
exchanger
is
condenser:
OFF
When outdoor heat
exchanger is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat
exchanger is condenser:
OFF
When outdoor heat
exchanger is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat
exchanger is condenser:
OFF
Four way valve (High/low 20SB
pressure gas pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator gas SVG
vent pipe)
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
OFF
A lapse of
60 sec.
A lapse of 15 sec.
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger switch)
Ending conditions
112
OR
• A lapse of 90 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39 MPa
Function
Si37-701
3.2
Special Control
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)
For startup, oil return operation, or setup after defrosting, start up multiple compressors at a high speed according to the
conditions of indoor units with thermostat ON, thus maximizing the equipment capacity.
INV
STD
25
20
Pc
9
15
Pressure
8
7
10
Number of
compressors
6
5
Pe
0
5
4
3
Time
Start up STD compressors at intervals of 15 seconds.
[Starting conditions]
OR
• The system starts heating operation with thermostat ON at a high load.
• The system completes defrosting operation.
• The system switches the operation mode from cooling to heating or
simultaneous cooling and heating operation.
[Control]
1. Start multiple INV compressors in the system at one time.
2. Start multiple STD compressors in the system at intervals of 15 seconds.
Function
113
Special Control
3.3
Si37-701
Oil Return Operation
This function is used to recover refrigerant oil that flows out from the compressor to the system side by conducting oil
return operation in order to prevent the compressor from running out of refrigerant oil.
3.3.1 Cooling Oil Return Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start cooling oil return operation.
• Integral oil rise rate is reached to specified level.
OR
• When cumulative compressor operating time exceeds 8 hours (2 hours when the power supply turns ON for
the first time)
Furthermore, the integral oil rise rate is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
The higher the compressor operating step No., the cumulative refrigerant oil consumption increases.
Outdoor unit actuator
Symbol
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
—
Elect. symbol
Oil return operation
REYQ REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
Operation after oil return
52Hz+ON+ON
(Subsequently, constant low
pressure control)
Maintain the number of
compressors that were used
before oil return operation)
52Hz+ON+ON
(Subsequently, constant low
pressure control)
Maintain the number of
compressors that were used
before oil return operation)
Cooling fan control
Cooling fan control
Four way valve (for heat
exchanger selection)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
OFF
OFF
Four way valve (for highand low-pressure gas
pipe selection)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
Electronic expansion
valve (main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
1375pls
1375pls
Electronic expansion
valve (subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
SH control
SH control
Electronic expansion
valve (refilling refrigerant) EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80pls
80pls
Solenoid valve (main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (liquid
pipe of refrigerant
regulator)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve (gas
discharge pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve (drain pipe
SVO
of refrigerant regulator)
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve (discharge
pipe of refrigerant
SVT
regulator)
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
0pls
End conditions
or
• After a lapse of 5 min.
• TsA - Te<5°C
or
• After a lapse of 3 min.
• Pe_min<5°C
• Pc_max>3.63MPa
• HTdmax>100°C
*1: In case of multi outdoor unit system:
Master unit: It conducts the operation listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above.
Non-operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above after the "Oil returning" process.
(Non-operating units stop while in "Preparation" mode.)
114
Function
Si37-701
Special Control
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Oil return operation
Thermo ON unit
Fan
Motorized valve
Cooling BS unit actuator
Remote controller setting
Unit not in operation
OFF
Thermo OFF unit
Remote controller setting
Thermo ON unit
Normal opening degree
Unit not in operation
192pls
Thermo OFF unit
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Elect. symbol
Oil return operation
Electronic expansion vale (EVH)
Y4E
600pls
Electronic expansion vale (EVL)
Y5E
760pls
Electronic expansion vale (EVHS)
Y2E
480pls
Electronic expansion vale (EVLS)
Y3E
480pls
Electronic expansion vale (EVSC)
Y1E
0pls
Function
115
Special Control
Si37-701
3.3.2 Heating Oil Return Operation (including cooling / heating
simultaneous operation)
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start heating oil return operation.
• Integral oil rise rate is reached to specified level.
• When cumulative compressor operating time exceeds 8 hours (2 hours when the power supply turns ON for
OR
the first time)
Furthermore, the integral oil rise rate is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
The higher the compressor operating step No., the cumulative refrigerant oil consumption increases.
Actuator
Symbol
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Elect. symbol
Y1E
Maintain load that was applied before oil return
operation.
When current circulation rate < circulation rate required
for oil return operation, turn ON the STD compressor
every 10 seconds (up to 3 units at maximum).
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is condenser, the
fan will run under cooling fan control.
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is evaporator, the
fan will run at the fan step 7 or 8.
20SA=ON : PI control
20SA=OFF : 418pls
Y3E
PI control
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
Oil return operation
REYQ REMQ
EVT
Y1E
Y3E
Y2E
Y5E
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80pls
Four way valve (for heat changer
selection)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is condenser, the
valve will turn OFF.
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is evaporator, the
valve will turn ON.
Four way valve (for high- and lowpressure gas pipe selection)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
Solenoid valve (main bypass)
SVE
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
Solenoid valve (liquid pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (gas discharge pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (drain pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (discharge pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
SVP
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
Y4S
Y5S
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
Electronic expansion valve (main)
Electronic expansion valve
(subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve (refilling
refrigerant)
End conditions
EVM
OFF
0pls
or
• Pe_min<0.22MPa
• After a lapse of 9 min.
*1: In case of multi outdoor unit system:
Master unit: It conducts the operation listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above.
Non-operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above after the "Oil returning" process.
(Non-operating units stop while in "Preparation" mode.)
116
Function
Si37-701
Fan
Motorized valve
Fan
Motorized valve
Special Control
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Oil return operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening degree
192pls
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Heating indoor unit actuator
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Oil return operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
LL
Normal opening degree
224 pls
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Cooling BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion vale (EVH)
Electronic expansion vale (EVL)
Electronic expansion vale (EVHS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVLS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Oil return operation
0pls
760pls
0pls (60pls when Pc_max>2.85MPa)
480pls
PI control
Heating BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion vale (EVH)
Electronic expansion vale (EVL)
Electronic expansion vale (EVHS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVLS)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Oil return operation
760pls
0pls
60pls
0pls (60pls when Pc_max>2.85MPa)
0pls (PI control at simultaneous cooling / heating
operation)
Electronic expansion vale (EVSC)
Function
Y1E
117
Special Control
3.4
Si37-701
Defrost Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start defrost operation.
• When there is a decrease in the coefficient of heat transfer of outdoor unit heat exchanger
• When there is a drop in the temperature of outdoor unit heat exchanger outlet (Tb)
&
• When the low pressure stays low for a certain amount of time (2 hours minimum)
Furthermore, the thermal conductivity of outdoor unit heat exchanger is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Defrosting outdoor unit actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
Compressor 1
Defrost operation
Compressor 3
M1C M1C REYQ8•10•12P: 232Hz+ON
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
M2C M2C REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
— M3C REMQ14•16P: 202Hz+ON+ON
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F M1F Pcmax>2.45MPa
Compressor 2
—
Operation after defrost
REMQ
REYQ8•10•12P: upper limit
124Hz(STD Holds)
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
REMQ14•16P: 210Hz+ON+ON
OFF
OFF
Pcmax<2.36MPa
Pcmax<2.36MPa Pcmax>2.45MPa
Outdoor unit fan 2
FANSTEP4
FANSTEP4
—
M2F M2F
Pcmax>3.04MPa
Pcmax<2.95MPa Pcmax>3.04MPa
Four way valve (for heat changer 20SA Y2S Y3S
selection)
Y9S
Four way valve (for high- and low- 20SB Y8S Y2S
pressure gas pipe selection)
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve (main) EVM Y3E Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
EVT Y2E Y3E
(subcooling)
Y5E
Electronic expansion valve
EVJ Y4E Y2E
(refilling refrigerant)
Solenoid valve (main bypass)
SVE Y5S Y6S
Y10S
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
Solenoid valve (liquid pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (gas discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (drain pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (discharge pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
OFF
OFF
Holds
Holds
1375pls
0pls
SH control
0pls
80pls
80pls
ON
OFF
SVP
Y4S Y5S OFF
OFF
SVL
Y3S Y4S 0pls
0pls
SVG Y1S Y1S 0pls
0pls
SVO Y7S Y7S 0pls
0pls
SVT
0pls
Y6S Y8S 0pls
Pcmax<2.95MPa
FANSTEP6
FANSTEP6
REYP8 to 16P (by unit)
or
• 6 min. and 30 sec.
• Tb > 11°C continues for a
period of 90 consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MP
REMQ8 to 12P (by unit)
End conditions
or
• 5 min. and 30 sec.
or
• Tb > 11°C for a period of
10 consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MPa
• 30 sec.
• Pc_max>3.04MPa
REMQ14 and16P (by unit)
or
118
• 5 min. and 30 sec.
• Tb > 11°C for a period of 30
consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MPa
Function
Si37-701
Special Control
Evaporating outdoor unit actuator Symbol
Compressor 1
—
Compressor 3
20SA
Electronic expansion valve (main)
EVM
Electronic expansion valve
(subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve
(refilling refrigerant)
EVT
Solenoid valve (main bypass)
SVE
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
Solenoid valve (liquid pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (gas discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (drain pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Solenoid valve (discharge pipe of
refrigerant regulator)
Motorized valve
—
20SB
EVJ
Upper limit 124Hz (STD Holds)
REYP400•480A: 232Hz+232Hz
REMP224A: 210Hz
REMP280•335A: 210Hz+ON
REMP400•450A:
210Hz+ON+ON
M1F
M2F
Y2S
Y9S
M1F
M2F
Fan control
Fan control
Y3S
ON
ON
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Holds
Y1E
PI control
PI control
Y3E
SH control
0pls
Y2E
80pls
80pls
M2C
Y1E
Y3E
Y2E
Y5E
Y4E
Y6S
OFF
OFF
SVP
Y5S
Y10S
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
0pls
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
0pls
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
0pls
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
0pls
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Motorized valve
Defrost operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening degree
0pls
0pls
Defrost operation
Heating indoor unit actuator
Fan
Operation after defrost
M1C REYQ8•10•12P: 232Hz+ON
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
M2C REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
M3C REMQ14•16P: 210Hz+ON+ON
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
Four way valve (for heat changer
selection)
Four way valve (for high- and lowpressure gas pipe selection)
Defrost operation
REYQ REMQ
M1C
Compressor 2
Fan
Elect. symbol
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
Thermo ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo OFF unit
REYQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
0pls
0pls
0pls
REMQ
LL
LL
LL
224pls
0pls
224pls
Cooling BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion vale (EVH)
Electronic expansion vale (EVL)
Electronic expansion vale (EVHS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVLS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Defrost operation
0pls
760pls
0pls
480pls
0pls
Heating BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion vale (EVH)
Electronic expansion vale (EVL)
Electronic expansion vale (EVHS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVLS)
Electronic expansion vale (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Defrost operation
760pls
0pls
60pls
0pls (REYQ8~16P) 60pls (REMQ8~16P)
0pls (PI control for cool/heat concurrent operation)
Function
119
Special Control
3.5
Si37-701
Pump-down Residual Operation
3.5.1 Pump-down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation
If the liquid refrigerant stays in the Evaporator at the startup of a compressor, this liquid refrigerant enters the
compressor, thus resulting in diluted oil in the compressor and then degraded lubrication performance.
Consequently, in order to recover the refrigerant in the Evaporator while the compressor stops, the pump-down residual
operation is conducted.
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
M3C
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
Electronic expansion valve (Main) EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Supercooling)
EVT
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
Master unit operation
Slave unit operation
124 Hz+OFF+OFF
OFF
Fan control
Fan control
Y1E
1375 pls
1375 pls
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
OFF
OFF
Four way valve (High/low pressure
20SB
gas pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
Ending conditions
—
or
• 5 min.
• Pe_min<0.49 MPa ∗
• Pc_max<2.94 MPa ∗
• Master unit Tdi>110°C
• Master unit Tp>125°C
* Pe_min and Pc_max indicate the minimum and maximum values in the system, respectively.
120
Function
Si37-701
Special Control
3.5.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation and
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3
M3C
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
Electronic expansion valve (Main) EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Supercooling)
EVT
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Slave unit operation
124 Hz+OFF+OFF
OFF
Fan control
Fan control
Y1E
When 20SA=ON: 0 pls
When 20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
When 20SA=ON: 0 pls
When 20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When outdoor heat exchanger
is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat exchanger
is condenser: OFF
When outdoor heat exchanger
is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat exchanger
is condenser: OFF
Four way valve (High/low pressure 20SB
gas pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan 2
Ending conditions
—
Master unit operation
—
or
• 3 min.
• Pe_min<0.25 MPa ∗
• Pc_max<3.13 MPa ∗
• Master unit Tdi>110°C
• Master unit Tp>140°C
* Pe_min and Pc_max indicate the minimum and maximum values in the system, respectively.
Function
121
Special Control
3.6
Si37-701
Standby
3.6.1 Restart Standby
Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 2 minutes, in order to prevent the frequent ON/OFF of the
compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system.
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
Operation
REYQ
REMQ
REYQ8~16P
REMQ8P
REMQ10•12P
REMQ14•16P
Compressor1
—
M1C
M1C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Compressor2
—
M2C
M2C
OFF
—
OFF
OFF
Compressor3
—
M3C
M3C
—
—
—
OFF
Outdoor unit fan1
—
MF1
MF1
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Outdoor unit fan2
—
MF2
MF2
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Supercooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
Holds
Four way valve (High/low
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Solenoid valve (Main bypass) SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
Ending conditions
—
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
—
—
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
2 min.
3.6.2 Crankcase Heater Control
In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode, this mode is used to control
the crankcase heater.
Discharge pipe
temperature < 70˚C
Crankcase heater
OFF
122
Discharge pipe
temperature > 75˚C
Crankcase heater
ON
Function
Si37-701
3.7
Special Control
Stopping Operation
3.7.1 When System is in Stop Mode (Normal operation stop)
This mode is used to define actuator operations when the system stops.
Actuator
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
Operation
REYQ
REMQ
REYQ8~16P
REMQ8P
REMQ10•12P
REMQ14•16P
Compressor1
—
M1C
M1C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Compressor2
—
M2C
M2C
OFF
—
OFF
OFF
Compressor3
—
M3C
M3C
—
—
—
OFF
Outdoor unit fan1
—
M1F
M1F
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan2
—
M2F
M2F
OFF
—
—
OFF
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Supercooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
Holds
Four way valve (High/low
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe )
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator exhaust pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
Ending conditions
—
Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
3.7.2 Stop due to Malfunction
In order to protect compressors, if any of the following items has an abnormal value, the system will make "stop with
thermostat OFF" and the malfunction will be determined according to the number of retry times.
Item
Judgment Criteria
Malfunction Code
1. Abnormal low pressure level
0.07MPa
E4
2. Abnormal high pressure level
4.0MPa
E3
3. Abnormal discharge pipe temperature level
135°C
F3
4. Abnormal power supply voltage
Reverse-phase power supply
U1
5. Abnormal inverter current level
16.1A: 260 sec.
L8
6. Abnormal radiator fin temperature level
93°C
L4
Function
123
Protection Control
Si37-701
4. Protection Control
4.1
High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling operation]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
★
Pc_max indicates the maximum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pc_max>3.47MPa
When high
pressure is limited
Pc_max
>3.47MPa
Pc_max
>3.55MPa
Upper limit compressor step=max (Max. Step)
Upper limit
compressor step:
2-step down
After 10 sec.
Pc_max
<3.24MPa
Upper limit
compressor step:
1-step up
Current step maintained
After 15 sec.
After 10 sec.
For multi units:
When STD compressor is in operation
STD compressor standby
When STD compressor stays stopped
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
For single unit:
8 to 12HP
52Hz+OFF
14, 16HP
52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
Pc_max
>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
124
When occurring 3 times within
30 min., HPS is activated without high
pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code “E3”.
Function
Si37-701
Protection Control
[Heating Operation and Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
★
Pc_max indicates the maximum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pc_max>3.31MPa
Pc_max<2.94MPa
When high
pressure is limited
Compressor step:
7 STEP down
Pc_max
>3.42MPa
&
After 10 sec.
Pc_max>3.31MPa
Set the compressor
step to STEP 1
Pc_max>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 3 times within
30 min., HPS is activated without high
pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code “E3” .
125
Protection Control
4.2
Si37-701
Low Pressure Protection Control
This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Because of common low pressure, the following control is performed in the system.
★
Pe_min indicates the minimum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pe_min<0.34MPa
Pe_min>0.39MPa
During the control
of low pressure
protection
Single type:
Compressor step of the present
situation × 0.5
Multi type:
210Hz+OFF+OFF (upper)
Pe_min<0.25MPa
Single type:
8~12HP: 52Hz+OFF
14~16HP: 52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
Multi type:
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
Pe_min<0.15MPa
Pe_min>0.29MPa
∗1: Y4S for single system.
Y5S for multi system.
Hot gas solenoid valve (∗ 1)
ON
Pe_min<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
126
When occurring 4 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code “E4” is output.
Function
Si37-701
Protection Control
[In heating operation and Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation]
The following control is performed in the system.
★
Pe_min indicates the minimum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pe_min
<0.17MPa
&
Pe_min>0.23MPa
Upper limit compressor step=max (Max. step)
During the control of low pressure protection
Compressor step:
2-step down
After 10 sec.
Pe_min
>0.27MPa
For single unit:
8 to 12HP: 52Hz+OFF
14 to 16HP: 52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
Pe_min
<0.17MPa
Pe_min
<0.13MPa
Current
step maintained
After 15 sec.
Pe_min
>0.20MPa
Upper limit compressor step:
2-step up
After 15 sec.
Upper limit compressor step:
1-step up
For multi units:
When STD compressor is in
operation
One STD compressor stops
When STD compressor stays
stopped
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
After 10 sec.
Pe_min<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 4 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code “ E4 ” is output.
127
Protection Control
4.3
Si37-701
Discharge Pipe Protection Control
This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[Contents]
The following control is performed for each compressor of single unit as well as multi units.
★
[INV compressor]
Normal operation
or
HTdi>115˚C
Tp>135˚C
&
INV Comp. upper
limit step:
1-step down
After 30 sec.
or
HTdi<100˚C
Tp<110˚C
INV upper limit step=max (Max. step)
INV Comp. upper
limit step:
1-step up
After 20 sec.
HTdi>115˚C
Tp>135˚C
&
HTdi<110˚C
Tp<125˚C
In control of discharge pipe temperature protection
Frequency agreement
HTdi>130˚C
or
HTdi>120˚C continues for 90 seconds
or more.
52Hz+OFF+OFF
or
HTdi>135˚C
HTdi>120˚C continues for 10 minutes or more.
Discharge pipe
temperature
standby
When occuring 3 times within 100 min.,
the malfunction code “F3” is output.
[STD compressor]
HTds : Value of STD compressor discharge
pipe temperature ( Tds) compensated
with outdoor air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te , and suction
superheated degree.
or
HTds>120˚C continues for 5 min. or more.
HTds>135˚C
Tp>135˚C continues for 10 min. or more.
Discharge pipe temp.
protection control not limited
Applicable STD
compressor stops.
After 10 min.
128
Function
Si37-701
4.4
Protection Control
Inverter Protection Control
Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
★
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each INV compressor performs these controls in
the following sequence.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
★
Normal operation
Inverter current value
>14.7A
&
Inverter current value<14.7A
INV upper limit frequency=max (210Hz)
During the control of
inverter protection
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step down
Inverter current value
>14.7A
10 seconds
Current status
maintained
Inverter current value
<14.7A
continues for 20 seconds
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step up
Inverter current>16.1A continues for 260 seconds.
Inverter current standby
Function
When occuring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L8” is output.
129
Protection Control
Si37-701
[Inverter fin temperature control]
Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
★
Normal operation
Tfin>84˚C
&
Tfin<81˚C
INV upper limit frequency=max (210Hz)
During the control of fin
temperature protection
INV Comp. upper limit step:
1-step down
Tfin>84˚C
10 seconds
Current status
maintained
Tfin<81˚C
continues for 3 minutes
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step up
Tfin>93˚C
Fin temperature standby
130
When occuring 4 times within 60 min., the
malfunction code “L4” is output.
Function
Si37-701
4.5
Protection Control
STD Compressor Overload Protection
This control is used to prevent abnormal heating due to overcurrent to the compressor resulting
from failures of STD compressor such as locking.
STD compressor ON
Demand to operate.
*If the power supply is reset while in
CT detection current value>15.0A operation prohibition mode, the prohibition
timer will continue counting when the
power supply is turned ON.
STD compressor OFF for 30 min.*
When occurring 3 times within 90 min.,
the malfunction code “ E6 ”is output.
Function
131
Other Control
Si37-701
5. Other Control
5.1
Backup Operation
If any of the compressors goes wrong, disable the relevant compressor or the relevant outdoor
unit from operating, and then conduct emergency operation only with operational compressors
or outdoor units.
"Emergency operation with remote controller reset" and "Emergency operation with outdoor unit
PC board setting" are available
Operating method (1) Emergency operation with (2) Emergency operation with
remote controller reset
outdoor unit PC board setting
(Auto backup operation)
(Manual backup operation)
Backup operation by the
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1
–
compressor
Applicable model
REYQ18 ~ 48PY1
Backup operation by the
indoor unit
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
(1) Emergency operation with remote controller reset
[Operating method]
Reset the remote controller. (Press the RUN/STOP button for 4 seconds or more.)
[Details of operation]
Disable the defective outdoor unit from operating, and then only operate other outdoor
units.
(On systems with 1 outdoor unit, this emergency operation is not available.)
(2) Emergency operation with outdoor unit PC board setting
[Setting method]
Make setting of the compressor, "the operation of which is to be disabled", in field setting
mode (setting mode 2).
(For detail of the setting method, refer to page 204.)
[Details of operation]
Disable the compressor with "operation disable setting" made from operating and only
operate other compressors.
(On the system with 1 compressor "REYQ8PY1", this emergency operation is not
available.)
5.2
Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting” or “Demand 2 Setting”.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting” or
external input by external control adapter is required.
Set item
Demand 1
Demand 2
5.3
Condition
Mode 1
Content
The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating.
Mode 2
The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating.
Mode 3

The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 40% or less of rating.
Heating Operation Prohibition
Heating operation is prohibited above 24°C ambient temperature.
132
Function
Si37-701
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.1
Operation Flow Chart
Cooling Operation
Start
(Option)
Turn ON
power supply
Aux. electric
heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Initialize electronic
expansion valve 20E
Detect louver lock
LED in remote
controller turns ON
Cyclic operation with
RUN/STOP pushbutton
(
The previous settings of air
flow rate, wind direction, and
temperature are displayed.
)
Swing flap
Stop
Run or Stop?
No
Dew
prevention condition?
Yes
Yes
No
Run
RUN indicating lamp: OFF
Swing flap
Is the
safety device
activated?
Yes
RUN indicating lamp: Blink
Malfunction code: Displayed *1
No
Is the RUN
indicating lamp
blinking?
A
(Option)
RUN indicating lamp: OFF
Malfunction mode display: Reset
Is
Yes Drain pump kit
Restart prevention
: OFF after 5-min.
operation in progress?
MP residual operation
(5 min.)
No
(Option)
Is
*4
Yes Drain pump kit
freeze prevention
operation in progress?
MP :ON
Fan
*2 Fan MF : Stop
Electronic
expansion valve
20E : Closed
No
Louver MA : Stop
Cooling or
Heating?
Is
test run
in progress?
(Option)
Heating
Heating Operation
Microcomputer dry operation
Fan: MF
Operating with set air flow rate
Temp. control
Cooling Operation
ON
Microcomputer dry display:
Reset
Press the RESET
RUN/STOP
pushbutton.
RUN indicating lamp: ON
Air flow rate display: Displayed
Wind direction display: Displayed
Temp. setting display: Displayed
Cooling
Microcomputer dry
ON/OFF
OFF
Yes
No
Fan or Temp.
control?
Dew prevention position
Cassette type: P1
Ceiling suspended type: P0
Set wind direction
*3 Drain
pump kit MP : OFF
Fan Operation
Aux. electric
heater
No
*5
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Electronic expansion valve
20E : Capacity control
A
(Option)
OFF Drain pump kit
Thermostat status
after 5-min.
MP : OFF
residual operation
ON
Thermostat-ONoperation signal to
outdoor unit: Output
Electronic expansion valve
20E : Closed
Thermostat-ONoperation signal to
outdoor unit: Output
(Option)
*6
*1. If any malfunction occurs, the relevant malfunction code will be displayed according to the malfunction
code display of the remote controller.
*2. When the aux. electric heater turns ON, the fan will stop after it conducts residual operation for 1 min.
*3. When the drain pump kit turns ON, the drain pump kit will stop after it conducts residual operation for a
period of 5 min.
*4. If the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not more than -5°C for a period of cumulative 10 min. or
not more than -1°C for a cumulative period of 40 min., frost prevention operation will be conducted. If
the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not less than 7°C for a consecutive period of 10 min., the
frost prevention operation will be reset.
*5. Thermostat status
Set temperature
OFF
a
ON
Drain pump kit
MP : ON
A
Suction air temperature
a=b=1
(a=b=0.5 is only available for the FXCQ, FXFQ, FXHQ, and FXKQ series.)
b
*6. The FXCQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, and FXSQ series have the drain pump as standard equipment.
Function
133
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Si37-701
Microcomputer dry operation
Heating Operation
(option)
Microcomputer
dry display
*7
Drain
pump kit
MP : OFF
*8
Thermostat status
OFF
Fan MF : Operating
in L mode after it stops for 6 min.
ON
Fan MF :
Operating in L mode
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Superheated degree control
No
Swing flap?
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Closed
*12
(Option)
*12
Yes
Set wind direction
Swing flap
Drain pump kit
OFF after 5-min.
MP : residual
operation
Is
defrost operation in Yes
progress?
No
*13
Is hot
Yes
starting in progress?
A
No
*7. Microcomputer dry display
No set temperature and air flow rate of the remote controller are displayed.
*8. Thermostat status
Set temperature when operating the microcomputer dry mechanism.
DEFROST/HOT START
indicating lamp: ON
DEFROST/HOT START
indicating lamp: OFF
Restart
prevention operating
in progress?
(4 min.)
Yes
No
Is test run
in progress?
a
b
Suction air temperature
(1)
*14
Thermostat status
(3)
(2)
(Option)
*9
Aux.
electric heater
Fan Operation
Aux.
electric heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
(Option)
Drain
pump kit
(Option)
Aux.
electric heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : ON
52H : ON
Humidifier Mu : ON
Aux.
electric heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
MP : OFF
Aux.
electric heater 52H
: OFF
*15
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Swing flap
Is
outlet air temperature
drop protection in
progress?
Fan MF :
LL operation
No
Fan MF :
Operating with set air flow rate
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Closed
Electronic expansion valve 20E :
Capacity control
Yes
Fan MF :
Operating in L mode
Fan MF :
Stop
No
Yes
Swing flap
*10
Set wind direction
*11
Fan MF:
Operating with set air flow rate
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Closed
A
*9. Fan operation
By setting the remote controller to Fan, the fan
will operate with thermostat OFF in set
temperature control operation mode.
*10. Set wind direction
According to wind direction instruction from the
remote controller, the wind direction is set to
100% horizontal while in heating operation.
*11. Fan
According to fan speed instruction from the
remote controller, the fan is put into operation in
LL mode while in heating operation.
134
(Option)
(Option)
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Open
A
*12. Wind direction
When the heating thermostat turns OFF, the wind direction will be set to 100% horizontal.
*13. Hot start
If the condenser inlet temperature exceeds 34°C at the time of starting operation or after the
completion of defrost operation, or until 3 minutes pass or Tc is above 52°C, hot starting will be
conducted.
*14. Thermostat status
(3)
a
(2)
b
-4
(1)
-2
Set temp.
Suction air temp.
*15. Outlet air temperature drop protection
When the set temperature is below 24°C or the electronic expansion valve opening is small, the
protection will be activated.
Function
Si37-701
6.2
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Thermostat Control
6.2.1 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller
Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote controller and air suction
thermostat in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat
sensor in remote controller is set to “Use” .)
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the
remote controller near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset
temperature.
„ Ex: When cooling
Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C → E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A).
Function
135
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Heating
Si37-701
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the
preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the
occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote
controller can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
„ Ex: When heating Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and
the suction temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C → D).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A):
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A).
136
Function
Si37-701
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.2.2 Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation
VRV multi systems are set at factory to thermostat control mode using the remote controller.
While in normal thermostat differential control mode (i.e., factory set mode), the thermostat
turns OFF when the system reaches a temperature of -1°C from the set temperature while in
cooling operation or of +1°C from that while in heating operation.
Cooling operation:
Tr < Set temperature -1ºC
Normal
Thermostat OFF
operation
Heating operation:
Tr > Set temperature +1ºC
Normal
Thermostat OFF
operation
Tr: Temperature detected with the suction
air thermistor (R1T)
While in a single remote controller group control, the body thermostat is only used for this
control.
Furthermore, while in heating operation, cassette-mounted indoor units conduct the thermostat
control by a value compensated by -2°C for the value detected with the body thermostat.
(Through field settings, the thermostat differential setting can be changed from 1°C to 0.5°C.
For details on the changing procedure, refer to information on page onward.)
6.2.3 Thermostat Control in Dry Operation
While in dry operation, the thermostat control is conducted according to a suction temperature
at the time of starting the dry operation.
Assuming that the suction air temperature at the time of starting the dry operation is Tro and the
suction air temperature in operation is Tr,
Tr < Tro - 1ºC
when Tro ≤ 24.5ºC:
In dry operation
Thermostat OFF
Tro: Suction air temperature at the
time of starting the dry operation
Tr < Tro - 1.5ºC
when Tro > 24.5ºC:
In dry operation
Thermostat OFF
Tr: Temperature detected with the
suction air thermistor (R1T)
Furthermore, while in dry operation mode, fans operate at L flow rate, stops for a period of six
minutes while the thermostat is OFF, and then return to operation at L flow rate. (This control is
used to prevent a rise in indoor temperature while in thermostat OFF mode.)
Function
137
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Si37-701
6.2.4 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to "AUTO"
When the operation mode is set to "AUTO" on the remote controller, the system will conduct the
temperature control shown below.
Furthermore, setting changes of the differential value (D°C) can be made according to
information in the "Field settings with remote controller (p. 172 and later)" section.
Mode
No.
Setting position No.
Setting
switch No.
Contents of setting
4
Differential value while in "AUTO"
operation mode
12
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
0°C
1°C
2°C
3°C
4°C
5°C
6°C
7°C
: Factory setting
Set heating temperature Set cooling temperature
(A-D)°C
A°C
D°C
Cooling thermostat ON
Cooling thermostat OFF
Display change
Cooling → Heating
Display change
Heating → Cooling
Heating thermostat OFF
Heating thermostat ON
3°C
(D
2 +2)°C
(Ex.) When automatic cooling temperature is set to 27°C:
Differential value :0°C
Differential value set to 4°C
Set cooling/
heating temp.
25°C
27°C
Set heating temp.
23°C
30°C
Cooling mode
Set cooling temp.
27°C
26°C
Control temp.
Control temp.
Heating mode
Heating mode
Differential value set to 1°C
Set heating temp.
26°C
24.5°C
Differential value set to 5°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
29°C
Cooling mode
Set heating temp.
Set cooling temp.
22°C
27°C
22.5°C 25°C
Heating mode
Differential value set to 2°C
Set heating temp.
25°C
24°C
Differential value set to 6°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
28°C
Cooling mode
Set heating temp.
21°C
22°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
24°C
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Heating mode
Set heating temp.
24°C
23.5°C
Control temp.
Heating mode
Differential value set to 3°C
Differential value set to 7°C
Set heating temp.
Set cooling temp.
27°C
Cooling mode
20°C
21.5°C 23°C
Control temp.
138
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Control temp.
Heating mode
Heating mode
Cooling mode
Set cooling temp.
27°C
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Heating mode
Function
Si37-701
6.3
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Drain Pump Control
1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.3.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
∗ 1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of
the indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
6.3.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF :
Function
139
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Si37-701
6.3.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5
seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
6.3.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the
Remote Controller:
Note:
140
If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have
occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues.
Function
Si37-701
6.4
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic expansion valves in indoor units have the functions of conducting superheated
degree control in cooling operation and subcooled degree control in heating operation.
However, if the indoor units receive any control command such as a protection control
command or a special control command from the outdoor unit, the units will give a priority to the
control command.
• Superheated degree control in cooling operation
This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that
superheated degree (SH), which is calculated from the detection temperature (Tg) of the gas
pipe thermistor (R3T) and the detection temperature (T1) of the liquid temperature thermistor
(R2T) of the indoor unit, will come close to a target superheated degree (SHS).
At that time, correction to the superheated degree is made according to the differences (∆T)
between set temperature and suction air thermistor temperature.
SH = Tg - T1
SH:Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C)
Tg:Indoor unit gas pipe temperature (R3T)
T1:Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SHS:Target superheated degree
SHS (Target SH value)
• Normally 5°C.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SHS becomes
lower.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes samller, SHS
becomes higher.
• Sub cooled degree control in heating operation
This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that the highpressure equivalent saturated temperature (Tc), which is converted from the detected pressure
of the high pressure sensor in the outdoor unit, and the subcooled degree (SC), which is
calculated from the detected temperature (T1) of the liquid temperature thermistor (R2T) in the
indoor unit, will come close to the target subcooled degree (SCS).
At that time, corrections to the subcooled degree are made according to differences (∆T)
between set temperature and suction air thermistor temperatures.
SC = Tc - T1
SC:Condenser outlet subcooled degree (°C)
Tc:High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
detected by the high pressure sensor (S1NPH)
T1:Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SCS:Target supercooled degree
SCS (Target SC value)
• Normally 5°C.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SCS becomes
lower.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes lower, SCS becomes
larger.
Function
141
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.5
Si37-701
Freeze Prevention
Freeze
Prevention by Off
Cycle (Indoor
Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with
the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
When freeze prevention is activated, the electronic expansion valve is closed, the drain pump
turns ON and the fan tap is fixed to L air flow. When the following conditions for stopping are
satisfied, it returns.
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is -1°C or less for total of 40 min., or
temperature is -5°C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min.
continuously
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
–5ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
(VG005)
10 min.
OR
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
–1ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
t1
t2
t3
t4
t >40min.
[Conditions for starting when air flow direction is two-way or three-way]
Conditions for starting: Temperature is 1ºC or less for a total of 15 minutes or 0ºC or less for 1
minute continuously.
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
1 min.
OR
10 min.
+7ºC
+1ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
t1
142
t2
t3
t4
t >15min.
Function
Si37-701
6.6
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Heater Control (Optional PC Board KRP1B...is required.)
The heater control is conducted in the following manner.
[Normal control]
While in heating operation, the heater
ON
control (ON/OFF) is conducted as
shown on the right.
[Overload control]
Set temperature
OFF
2ºC
When the system is overloaded in
heating operation, the heater will
ON
43ºC
be turned OFF in the following two
manners.
(1) The heater control (ON/OFF) is
conducted through the liquid
pipe temperature (R2T) of the
indoor unit.
(2) The heater control (ON/OFF)
ON
50ºC
is conducted by converting
the heater temperature into
the condensing pressure
equivalent saturated
temperature (Tc) according
to the temperature detection
through the high pressure sensor (SINPH) of the outdoor unit.
2ºC
50ºC Liquid pipe temperature
OFF
60ºC
Condensing pressure
equivalent saturated
temperature
OFF
[Fan residual operation]
While the heater turns OFF, in order to prevent the activation of the thermal protector, the fan
conducts residual operation for a given period of time after the heater turns OFF. (This
operation is conducted regardless of with or without heater equipped.)
Residual operation time = 100 seconds on ceiling suspended type or 60 seconds on other types
Function
143
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.7
Si37-701
List of Swing Flap Operations
Swing flaps operate as shown in table below.
Flap
Fan
FXAQ
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Swing
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Swing
LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
LL
Hot start from thermostat Swing
OFF mode (for prevention
of cold air)
Wind direction set LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set L*1
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set Set
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Wind direction set OFF
Set
Horizontal
Totally closed
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
Set
Set
Set
Hot start from defrosting
operation
Swing
FXCQ
FXHQ
FXKQ
FXFQ
Defrosting operation
Heating Thermostat OFF
Swing
Stop
Thermostat ON in dry
operation using micro
computer
Thermostat OFF in dry
operation using micro
computer
Cooling Thermostat OFF in
cooling
Swing
L*1
OFF or L
Wind direction set
Swing
Set
OFF
Stop
Micro computer control
(including cooling
operation)
L
Wind direction set L
*1. L or LL only on FXFQ models
144
Function
Si37-701
6.8
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)
At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown
below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending
or Thermostat ON
Hot start control
Hot start ending conditions
· lapse of 3 minutes
OR · [TH2]>34˚C
· "Tc">52˚C
Hot start in progress
Normal control
Fan
H/L remote
controller setting
LL
Louver
OFF
Remote controller
setting
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
Normal control
Po (Horizontal)
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
Function
145
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.9
Si37-701
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt
We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Ceiling soiling prevention
position
Standard Setting
position
Draft prevention position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0
P0
P1
P1
P3
P4
P4
P4'
P0
P1
P2
P2
P0'
P1'
P2'
P2
Draft
prevention
position
P0
P4
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P4'' P3''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Separated into 5 positions
(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment
Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
The factory set position is standard position.
146
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Separated into 5 positions
(P2 - 4)
(VL012)
Function
Si37-701
Part 5
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................148
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................148
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................149
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................167
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ...........................................................168
3. Field Setting ........................................................................................169
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................169
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................182
Test Operation
147
Test Operation
Si37-701
1. Test Operation
1.1
Installation Process
Below Figure shows the installation process. Install in the order of the steps shown.
3. Selection of Location
4. Inspecting and Handling the Unit
5. Placing the Unit
7. Field Wiring
6. Refrigerant Piping
8. Airtight Test and Vacuum Drying
9. Pipe Insulation
10. Checking of Device and Installation Conditions
11. Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation
Operations which require the
power to be turned on.
13. Test Run
148
Test Operation
Si37-701
1.2
Test Operation
Procedure and Outline
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.2.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On
Check the below items.
2Power wiring
2Control transmission wiring
between units
2Earth wire
Is the wiring performed as specified?
Is the designated wire used?
Is the wiring screw of wiring not loose?
Is the grounding work completed?
Is the insulation of the main power supply circuit deteriorated?
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation. (*1)
2 Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 200V (or
240V) circuit.
*1:Measure to be taken against decreased insulation resistance in
the compressor
If the compressor is left to stand for
Terminal
an extended period of time after the
refrigerant charge with the stop valve
open and the power supply OFF, the
Dryer
(1000W)
refrigerant may be mixed in the
compressor, thus decreasing the
insulation resistance.
Heat the compressor as shown on
the right and then recheck the
insulation.
Check on refrigerant piping /
insulation materials
Is the pipe size proper?
Are the design pressures for the liquid pipe, suction pipe, dual
pressure gas pipe, and pressure equalizer pipe (in case of multi
units) all not less than 4.0 MPa?
Is the pipe insulation material installed securely?
Liquid, suction and high & low pressure gas pipe need to be
insulated. (Otherwise causes water leak.)
Check airtight test and vacuum
drying.
Have the airtight test and the vacuum drying been conducted
according to the procedure in the Installation Manual?
Test Operation
149
Test Operation
Si37-701
Check on amount of refrigerant
charge
•
Is a proper quantity of refrigerant charged?
The following method is available for additional charging of
refrigerant.
(1) Calculate additional refrigerant quantity.
Calculate a necessary additional refrigerant charging amount according to the procedure for
calculation shown below.
Procedure for calculating additional refrigerant charging amount (Unit: 0.1 kg)
*
R
Total length of
φ22.2-mm
× 0.37
liquid pipe)
Total length of
φ19.1-mm
× 0.26
liquid pipe)
Total length of
φ15.9-mm
× 0.18
liquid pipe)
× 1.02
Total length of
φ9.5-mm
× 0.059
liquid pipe)
Total length of
φ12.7-mm
× 0.12
liquid pipe)
Correction amount with indoor unit
+
Correction amount with a total capacity of indoor units
Correction
amount
System name
Model REYQ8-16PY1
3.6 kg
Model REYQ18-20PY1
1.0kg
Model REYQ22-24PY1
1.5kg
Model REYQ26PY1
2.0kg
Model REYQ28-30PY1
2.5kg
Model REYQ32-40PY1
3.0kg
Model REYQ42PY1
3.5kg
Model REYQ44-46PY1
4.0kg
Model REYQ48PY1
4.5kg
Total length of
φ6.4-mm
× 0.022
liquid pipe)
Correction amount
Ratio of total capacity of the
connected indoor units to
the rated capacity of the
Model
Model
outdoor unit (A)
REYQ18 REYQ34 32PY1
48PY1
+
100%<A≤120%
120%<A≤130%
0.5kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
•
If there is a refrigerant shortage, charge a liquid refrigerant through the stop valve service
port with the stop valves of liquid and those of gas closes after the completion of vacuum
drying.
• If the refrigerant charging is still insufficient, "turn ON the power supply" following the
information on the page 154 ~.
Has the additional refrigerant charging amount been
recorded on the "Precautions for servicing" label?
Check the stop valves for
conditions.
150
Check to be sure the stop valves are under the following
conditions.
Liquid-pipe
stop valve
Equalizing pipe
stop valve
Open
Open
Dual pressure gas Suction pipe
stop valve
pipe stop valve
Open
Open
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
1.2.2 Turn Power On
Turn outdoor unit and indoor
unit power on.
Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect
compressors. (to power on clankcase heater)
Check the LED display of the
outdoor unit PC board.
Check to be sure the transmission is normal.
The transmission is normal if the LEDs display conditions as shown in
table below.
LED display 7 ON 7 OFF 9 Blinking
COOL / HEAT select
MicroLow
computer
LED display
Demand Multi
MODE
TEST
noise
(Default status before operation
MASTER
SLAVE
IND
monitor
delivery)
HAP
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
One outdoor unit installed
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
When multiple Master
outdoor unit
Slave 1
installed (*)
Slave 2
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
(*) The master unit is the outdoor unit to which the transmission wiring for
the indoor units is conncted.
The other outdoor units are slave units.
Make field settings with outdoor
unit PC board.
<REYQ8~16PY1>
Make field settings if needed.
(For the setting procedure, refer to information in "3.2. Field Setting
from Outdoor Unit" on page 182 onward.)
For the outdoor-multi system, make field settings with the master unit.
(Field settings made with the slave unit will be all invalid.)
<REMQ8~12PY1>
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PC board
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PC board
<REMQ14, 16PY1>
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PC board
* Another switch box is provided on the front left
side of the unit, but it requires no field settings.
Conduct check operations.
Check for normal operation.
Test Operation
The check operations shown below will be automatically initiated.
• Check for erroneous wirings
• Check for failure to open stop valves
• Check for excessive refrigerant refilling
• Automatic judgment of piping length
Before starting the normal operation after the completion of check
operations, make sure indoor and outdoor units normally operate.
151
Test Operation
Si37-701
1.2.3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying
Note:
„ Always use nitrogen gas for the airtightness test.
„ Absolutely do not open the shutoff valve until the main power circuit insulation measurement
has been completed. (measuring after the shutoff valve is opened will cause the insulation
value to drop.)
<Needed tools>
• To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resistance,
Gauge manifold
always use the special tools dedicated for R-410A.
Charge hose valve • Use charge hose that have pushing stick for connecting to service port of
shutoff valves or refrigerant charge port.
• The vacuum pump for vacuum drying should be able to lower the pressure to
–100.7kPa (5 Torr –755mm Hg).
• Take care the pump oil never flow backward into the refrigerant pipe during
the pump stops.
Vacuum pump
<The system for air tight test and vacuum drying>
• Referring to next figure, connect an nitrogen tank, refrigerant tank, and a vacuum pump to the
outdoor unit.
The refrigerant tank and the charge hose connection to refrigerant charge port or the valve A
in next figure are needed in “1.2.5 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation”.
REYQ8~16PY1
Nitrogen
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Outdoor unit
Valve B
Measuring
device
R410A tank (with siphon)
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Suction gas pipe shutoff valve
Liquid pipe shutoff valve
Valve C
Vacuum pump
: Field piping
: Gas flow
To BS
(or indoor) unit
Valve A
(
: Shutoff valve
: Service port )
REYQ18~48PY1
Equalizer pipe shutoff valve
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Suction gas pipe shutoff valve
Measuring
device
Nitrogen
Gauge manifold
R-410A tank
(with siphon)
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Liquid pipe shutoff
Charge hose valve
Refrigerant charge port
Valve A
Valve B
Vacuum pump
: Field piping
: Gas flow
Valve C
To BS
(or indoor) unit
(
: Shutoff valve
: Service port )
Note:
„ The airtightness test and vacuum drying should be done using the service
ports of equalizer pipe, HP/LP gas pipe, suction gas pipe and liquid pipe
shutoff valve.
See the [R-410A] Label attached to the front plate of the outdoor unit for
details on the location of the service port (see figure at right)
„ See [Shutoff valve operation procedure] in “1.2.5.1 Before Working”
for details on handling the shutoff valve.
[R-410A] Label
„ The refrigerant charge port is connected to unit pipe.
When shipped, the unit contains the refrigerant, so use caution when attaching the charge
hose.
152
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
<Air tight test>
Pressurize the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe, HP/LP gas pipe and equalizer pipe from the
service ports of each shutoff valve to 4.0MPa (40bar) (do not pressurize more than 4.0MPa
(40bar)). If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours, the system passes the test.
If there is a pressure drop, check for leaks, make repairs and perform the airtight test again.
<Vacuum drying>
Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2
hours and bring the system to –100.7kPa or less. After keeping the system under that condition
for more than 1 hour, check if the vacuum gauge rises or not. If it rises, the system may either
contain moisture inside or have leaks.
Note:
„ If moisture might enter the piping, follow below.
(I.e., if doing work during the rainy season, if the actual work takes long enough that
condensation may form on the inside of the pipes, if rain might enter the pipes during
work, etc.)
1. After performing the vacuum drying for two hours, pressurize to 0.05 MPa (i.e., vacuum
breakdown) with nitrogen gas, then depressurize down to –100.7 kPa for an hour using the
vacuum pump (vacuum drying).
2. If the pressure does not reach –100.7 kPa even after depressurizing for at least two hours,
repeat the vacuum breakdown - vacuum drying process.
After vacuum drying, maintain the vacuum for an hour and make sure the pressure does not rise
by monitoring with a vacuum gauge.
1.2.4 Pipe Insulation
„ Insulation of pipes should be done after performing “1.2.3. Air Tight Test and Vacuum
Drying”.
„ Always insulate the liquid piping, the HP/LP gas piping, the gas piping, the equalizer pipe
„
„
„
„
Test Operation
(between the outdoor units for the outdoor multi system) and these pipe connections.
Failing to insulate the pipes may cause leaking or burns.
Especially, be sure to insulate the HP/LP gas piping as withstanding as the suction pipe
because the suction gas follows in the HP/LP gas piping when the system is whole cooling
mode.
And be sure to use the insulation which can withstand such temperatures of 120°C or more
for the HP/LP gas piping, the equalizer pipe and the gas piping because the HP/LP gas
follows in these pipings.
Reinforce the insulation on the refrigerant piping according to the installation environment.
Condensation might form on the surface of the insulation. Refer to the below.
• Ambient temperature : 30°C, humidity : 75% to 80% RH : min. thickness : 15mm.
• If the ambient temperature exceeds 30°C and the humidity 80% RH, then the min.
thickness is 20mm.
See the Engineering data book for detail.
If there is a possibility that condensation on the shutoff valve might drip down into the indoor
unit through gaps in the insulation and piping because the outdoor unit is located higher than
the indoor unit, etc., this must be prevented by caulking the connections, etc. (Refer to next
figure)
The piping lead-out hole lid should be attached after opening a knock hole. (Refer to next
figure)
If small animals and the like might enter the unit through the piping lead-out hole, close the
hole with blocking material (procured on site) after completion of “1.2.5 Additional
Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation”. (Refer to next figure)
153
Test Operation
Si37-701
Caulking, etc.
Insulation material
Piping lead-out hole lid
Open a knock hole at “
Block “
”.
”.
Note:
„ After knocking out the holes, we recommend you remove burrs in the knock holes (See
above figure) and paint the edges and areas around the edges using the repair paint.
1.2.5 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation
The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant when shipped from the factory, but depending on
the size and length of the piping when installed, it may require additional charging.
For charging the additional refrigerant, follow the procedure in this chapter.
And then carry out the check operation.
Note: Total amount of refrigerant should be 100kg or less
1.2.5.1
Before Working
[About the refrigerant cylinder]
Check whether the cylinder has a siphon pipe before charging and place the cylinder so that the
refrigerant is charged in liquid form. (See the figure below.)
With siphon pipe
Stand the cylinder upright and charge.
(The siphon pipe goes all the way inside,
so the cylinder does not need be put
upside-down charge in liquid form.)
Other tanks
Stand the cylinder upside-down and charge.
Note:
„ Always use the proper refrigerant (R-410A). If charged with the refrigerant containing an
improper material, it may cause an explosion or accident.
„ R-410A is a mixed refrigerant, so charging it as a gas will cause the refrigerant composition
to change, which may prevent normal operation.
154
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
[Shutoff Valve Operation Procedure]
When operating the shutoff valve, follow the procedure instructed below.
Note:
„ Do not open the shutoff valve until “1.2.1 Check work prior to turn power supply on” in page
149 are completed. If the shutoff valve is left open without turning on the power, it may cause
refrigerant to buildup in the compressor, leading insulation degradation.
„ Be sure to use the correct tools.
„ The shutoff valve is not a back-seat type. If forced it to open, it might break the valve body.
„ When using a service port, use the charge hose.
„ After tightening the cap, make sure no refrigerant gas is leaking.
[Tightening torque]
The sizes of the shutoff valves on each model and the tightening torque for each size are listed
in the table below.
<Size of Shutoff Valve>
REYQ8~16PY1
8HP type
10HP type
12HP type
14HP type
16HP type
φ9.5
Liquid pipe shutoff valve
The 12HP type corresponds to the 12.7diameter onsite piping using the accessory
pipe.
φ12.7
φ25.4
The 8HP type corresponds to the 19.1-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
Suction gas shutoff valve The 10HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
The 12-16 HP type corresponds to the 28.6-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
HP/LP gas shutoff valve
The 8HP type corresponds to the 15.9-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
The 14·16 HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
REYQ18~48PY1
8HP type
10HP type
12HP type
14HP type
16HP type
φ9.5
Liquid pipe shutoff valve
The 12HP type corresponds to the 12.7diameter onsite piping using the accessory
pipe.
φ12.7
φ25.4
The 8 · 10HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using
Suction gas shutoff valve the accessory pipe.
The 12-16 HP type corresponds to the 28.6-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
HP/LP gas shutoff valve
Equalizer pipe shutoff
valve
Test Operation
The 14 · 16 HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping
using the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
155
Test Operation
Si37-701
Service port
Cap
Seal section
Hex holes
Shaft (valve body)
fig 34
[To open]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft counterclockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Turn it until the shaft stops.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
[To close]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft clockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Securely tighten the valve until the shaft contacts the main body seal.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
<Tightening torque>
Shutoff valve
size
Shaft (valve body)
φ 9.5
5.4 - 6.6
φ 12.7
8.1 - 9.9
φ 19.1
φ 25.4
156
Tightening torque N·m (Turn clockwise to close)
27.0 - 33.0
Hexagonal wrench
4 mm
Hexagonal wrench
8 mm
Cap (valve lid)
Service port
13.5 - 16.5
18.0 - 22.0
11.5 - 13.9
22.5 - 27.5
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
[How to Check How Many Units are Connected]
It is possible to find out how many indoor or outdoor unit in the system are turned on by
operating the push button on the PC-board (A1P) of outdoor unit (In case of multi system
master unit).
Follow the procedure below to check how many indoor or outdoor units are turned on.
LED display
(LED display: h ...OFF
k ...ON l ...Blinking ∗ ...Uncertain)
1. Press the MODE button (BS1) once at Setting Mode 1 (H1P: off) and set
the MONITOR MODE (H1P: Blinking).
2.
Press the SET button (BS2) the number of
times until the LED display matches that at
right.
H H H H H H H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P P P P P P P
l hhhhhh
For checking the
number of outdoor units:
eight times
l hhkhhh
For checking the
number of indoor units:
five times
l hhhkhk
3. Press the RETURN button (BS3) and read the number of units from the
display of H2P through H7P.
[Reading Method]
The display of H2P through H7P should be read as a binary number,
with l standing for “1” and h standing for “0”.
l ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
Ex: For the LED display at right, this would be “0 1 0 1 1 0 ”,
which would mean 22 units are connected.
l h l h l l h
32 × 0 + 16 × 1 + 8 × 0 + 4 × 1 + 2 × 1 + 1 × 0 = 22 units
Note: “000000” indicates 64 units.
4. Press the MODE button (BS1) once. This returns to Setting Mode 1
(H1P: OFF, default).
hhkhhhh
Note:
Press the “MODE button” (BS1) if you get confused while operating.
This returns to Setting Mode 1 (H1P: OFF, default).
Test Operation
157
Test Operation
1.2.5.2
Si37-701
Procedure of Adding Refrigerant Charging and Check Operation
Warning
Electric Shock Warning
„ Make sure to close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid before turning on the power when performing
the refrigerant charging operation.
„ Perform the setting on the PC board (A1P) of the outdoor unit and check the LED display
after the power is on via the inspection door which is in the EL. COMPO. BOX lid.
Lift the protruding part to
open the inspection door
EL. COMPO. BOX
Inspection door
EL. COMPO. BOX lid
LED
(H1~8P)
Inspection door
Push button(BS1~5)
„ Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the EL. COMPO. BOX’s inspection door.
There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts, since this operation must be
performed with the power on.
Caution
„ Make sure to use the protect tool (protective groves and goggles) when charging the
refrigerant.
„ Due to a danger of liquid hammer, the refrigerant must not be charged over the allowable
maximum amount when charging the refrigerant.
„ Do not perform the refrigerant charging operation under working for the BS and indoor unit.
„ When opening the front panel, make sure to take caution to the fan rotation during the
working.
After the outdoor unit stops operating, the fan may keep rotation for a while.
Note:
„ If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the BS, indoor and outdoor units are turned
on, H2P will be lit on and the compressor will not operate.
Check the LED display indicate as shown [Display of normal system] in chapter 1.2.5.2.1.
„ In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take up to around 10 minutes for the
compressor to start up after the unit starting operating. This is not a malfunction.
„ The refrigerant charge port is connected to the piping inside the unit.
When the unit is shipped from the factory, the unit’s internal piping is already charged with
refrigerant, so be careful when connecting the charge hose.
„ After adding the refrigerant, make sure to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port.
The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5 to 13.9 Nm.
„ See [Shutoff valve operation procedure] in chapter 1.2.5.1 for details on how to handle
shutoff valves.
„ When done or when pausing the refrigerant charging operation, close the valve of the
refrigerant tank immediately.
The refrigerant charge port of this product have electric expansion valve.
The valve will be closed at end of refrigerant charging. However the valve will be opened on
operation after refrigerant charging (check operation, normal operation, etc.).
If the tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged
may be off the point.
„ Make sure to perform the check operation after installation. Otherwise, the malfunction code
“U3” will be displayed and normal operation cannot be performed.
And the failure of “Check of miswiring” may also cause abnormal operation. Performance
may drop due to the failure of “Judgment of piping length”.
„ Check operation must be performed for each refrigerant piping system.
Checking is impossible if plural systems are being done at once.
„ The individual problems of indoor units can not be checked.
About these problems check by test run after the check operation is completed. (See
chapter 1.2.6)
„ The check operation cannot be performed in recovery or other service modes.
158
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
1.2.5.2.1 Procedure of Adding Refrigerant charging
1. Make sure the following works are complete in accordance with the installation manual.
„ Piping work
„ Wiring work
„ Air tight test
„ Vacuum drying
„ Installation work for BS, indoor unit
2. Calculate the “additional charging amount” using “How to calculate the additional refrigerant
to be charged” in “6 Example of Connection”.
3. Open the valve B (See next figure. The valve A,C and the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe, HP/
LP gas pipe, equalizer pipe shutoff valves must be left closed), and charge the refrigerant of
the “additional charging amount” from the liquid side shutout valve service port.
REYQ8~16PY1
Charge hose
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Suction gas shutoff valve
Liquid pipe shutoff valve
Valve B
Measuring device
Outdoor
unit
Valve C
R-410A tank (with siphon)
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow
Valve A
To BS,
indoor unit
(
: Shutoff valve
: Service port )
REYQ18~48PY1
Equalizer pipe shutoff valve
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Charge hose
Suction gas
shutoff valve
Liquid pipe
shutoff valve
Outdoor
unit A
Outdoor
unit B
Outdoor
unit C
Refrigerant
charge port
Measuring device
R-410A tank (with siphon)
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow
Valve A
Valve B
Valve C
To BS,
indoor unit
: Shutoff valve
( : Service port )
4. If the “additional charging amount” was charged fully, close the valve B and go to step 7.
If the “additional charging amount” was not charged fully, close the valve B and go to step 5.
5. Perform the refrigerant charging operation following [Refrigerant charging operation
procedure] as shown below, and charge the remaining refrigerant of the “additional charging
amount”. For performing the refrigerant charging operation the push button on the PC board
(A1P) of outdoor unit (In case of multi system, master unit) are use. (See the figure on the
previous page) In addition, the refrigerant are charged from the refrigerant charge port via
the valve A.
(See the next figure)
For operating the push button and opening and closing the valve, follow the work procedure.
Test Operation
159
Test Operation
Si37-701
Note:
The refrigerant will be charged about 30kg in one hour at outdoor temp. 30°C DB (12kg at
0°CDB).
If you need to speedup in case of multi system, connect the refrigerant tanks to each outdoor
unit as shown in the next figure.
REYQ8~16PY1
Charge hose
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Suction gas shutoff valve
Liquid pipe shutoff valve
Valve B
Measuring device
Outdoor
unit
Valve C
R-410A tank (with siphon)
Valve A
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow when charging
(
: Shutoff valve
: Service port )
To BS, indoor unit
REYQ18~48PY1
Equalizer pipe shutoff valve
HP/LP gas pipe shutoff valve
Charge hose
Suction pipe
shutoff valve
Liquid pipe
shutoff valve
Outdoor
unit A
The refrigerant will be charged about 30kg in one hour at
outdoor temp. 30˚CDB (12kg at 0˚CDB). (According to
outdoor temp. or the refrigerant amount in the tank, the
charging rate may speed up). If you need to speed up in
case of multi system, connect
the refrigerant tanksto each
Outdoor
Outdoor
unit B
unit C
outdoor unit.
Refrigerant
charge port
Measuring device
Valve A
Valve B
R-410A tank (with siphon)
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow when charging
160
Valve C
To BS,
indoor unit
: Shutoff valve
( : Service port )
Valve A
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
[Refrigerant Charging Operation Procedure]
STEP 1 Open the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe, HP/LP gas pipe and equalizer pipe shutoff
valves (The valve A~C must be closed. The valve A~C means the valves in the figure
of REYQ8~16PY1 on page 159.)
STEP 2 • Close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid and all front panel except on the side of the EL.
COMPO. BOX (*1) and turn the power to the outdoor unit and all connected indoor
units. (*2)
• After H2P stop blinking (about 12 minutes after turning on the power), check LED
displays as shown in Table : Display of normal system and the system is normal
state.
If H2P is blinking, check the malfunction code in the remote controller, and correct
the malfunction in accordance with [Remote controller display malfunction code] in
chapter 1.2.5.2.2.
(*1) Lead the refrigerant charge hose etc from the pipe intake. All front panels must be closed
at the procedure (3).
(*2) • If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system that have
the power off unit, the operation cannot finish properly.
For confirming the number of the outdoor and indoor units with the power on, see [How
to check how many units are connected] in chapter 1.2.5.1. In case of a multi system,
turn on the power to all outdoor units in the refrigerant system.
• To energize the crankcase heater, make sure to turn on for 6 hours before starting
operation.
Table : Display of normal system
TEST/
SERV.
LED display
MONITOR MODE HWL
(Default status of shipped)
HAP
H1P
H2P
Single system
l
h
h
Multi
system
(*)
C/H SELECTOR
L.N.O.P DEMA-ND MULTI
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
k
H4P
h
H5P
h
H6P
h
H7P
h
H8P
h
Master unit
Slave unit 1
l
l
h
h
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
l
Slave unit 2
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
LED display: h...OFF, k...ON, l...Blinking
(*) How to distinguish the master unit, slave unit 1, and slave unit 2 in the multi system.
Method 1 : By the H8P (MULTI) LED display
k (ON) : Master unit
l (Blinking) : Slave unit 1 7 (OFF) : Slave unit 2
Method 2 : By the transmission wiring to indoor unit
Transmission wiring is connected : Master unit
Transmission wiring is not connected : Slave unit 1 or Slave unit 2
STEP 3 Charge the remained refrigerant by additional refrigerant charging operation of
service mode.
About the method of additional refrigerant charging operation, refer to the [Service
Precaution] labe (lower) attached on the EL. COMPO. BOX lid of the outdoor unit.
EL. COMPO.BOX lid
Inspection door
[Service Precaution] label (upper)
[Service Precaution] label (lower)
STEP 4 Close the valve A if the “additional charging amount” of refrigerant was charged, and
push the RETURN button (BS3) once.
Test Operation
161
Test Operation
Si37-701
STEP 5 After completing the additional refrigerant charging, record the charging amount on
the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATON” label (Installation records) and
adhere it to the back side of the front panel. Also, record the factory charged
refrigerant amount, additional refrigerant amount in the field and total refrigerant
amount of the system to “ADDITIONAL REF. CHARGE” label and adhere in the
proximity of the refrigerant charge port. About “ADDITIONAL REF. CHARGE” label.
1.2.5.2.2 Procedure of check operation
„ Check operation perform the following work. Do the check operation following below.
Otherwise, malfunction code “U3” will be displayed in the remote controller and nomal
operation can not be carried out.
• Check of shutoff valve opening
• Check of miswiring
• Judgment of piping length
• Check of refrigerant overcharge
Note:
„ Check operation can not carried out at outdoor temp. less than -5°C.
Perform the check operation at day or time that outdoor temp. is -5°C or more.
[Check Operation Procedure]
STEP 1 Close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid and all front panels except as the side of the EL.
COMPO. BOX and turn on the power to the outdoor unit and all connected BS, indoor
units. (Be sure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation in order to have
power running to the crank case heater.)
STEP 2 Make the onsite settings as needed using the push button (BS1-BS5) on the outdoor
unit PC board (A1P) with the power on. (See “1.2.6 Onsite Settings”)
STEP 3 Perform the check operation following the Check Operation Method below. The
system operation for about 40~60 minutes and automatically stops the check
operation.
If the malfunction code is not displayed in the remote controller after the system stop,
check operation is completed. Normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes. If the
malfunction code is displayed in the remote controller, correct the malfunction
following [Remote controller displays malfunction code] and perform the check
operation again.
Note:
For interrupting the check operation, push RETURN button (BS3).
Check operation method
Note: Make sure to open the equalizer (only for Multi system), suction pipe, dual pressure gas
pipe and liquid pipe shutoff valves completely.
• In the check operation, the following works will be automatically performed.
Check of miswiring / Check of shutoff valve opening / Check of refrigerant overcharge /
Judgment of piping length
• Make sure to carry out the check operation after the first installation.
Otherwise, the malfunction code "U3" will be displayed in the remote controller and normal
operation cannot be carried out.
When the check operation is finished normally, normal operation can be carried out after 5
minutes.
• For Multi system, check the setting and result on the master unit.
• The abnormality of each indoor unit can not be checked. After the check operation is finished,
check the indoor units individually by normal operation using the remote controller.
162
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
[Operation procedure]
To protect the compressor, make sure to turn on the power supply for 6 hours before stating
operation.
(After turning on the power supply, the unit can not start the operation until the H2P LED
goes off. (maximum 12 minutes))
Set to the SETTING MODE 1 (H1P : light OFF)
Push the TEST button (BS4) for 5 seconds or more. Then the unit will start the check
operation.
• The check operation is automatically carried out in a cooling mode. H2P will flash up
and "Test operation" and "Under centralized control" will be displayed in the remote
controller.
• It may take 10 minutes to bring the state of refrigerant uniform before the
compressor starts.
• During the check operation, the refrigerant running sound or the magnetic sound of
a solenoid valve may become loud during operation. And the LED display may
change, but these are not malfunctions.
• During the check operation, it is impossible to stop the unit from the remote
controller. When discontinue the operation, push the RETURN button (BS3). The
system will stop after behind operation for 30 seconds.
Close the front panel. (Otherwise, it may cause a misjudgment.)
When the checks are completed, the system will stop
STATE H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
automatically. After the system stopes the operation,
Normal h h k h h h h
check the operation results by the outdoor unit LED
Abnormal
h k k h h h h
display. (See the table shown right.)
(
)
[Measure for abnormal finish]
Confirm the malfunction code by the remote controller, and correct the abnormality. (For how
to correct the abnormality, see the installation manual.)
After correcting the abnormality, push the RETURN button (BS3) and reset the malfunction
code.
Carry out the check operation again and confirm that the abnormality is properly corrected.
Test Operation
163
Test Operation
Si37-701
[Remote controller displays malfunction code]
REYQ8~16PY1
Malfunction code
E3, E4
F3, F6
UF
Installation error
Remedial action
The shutoff valve of the outdoor unit is
Open the shutoff valve.
left closed.
U1
The phases of the power to the outdoor Exchange two of the three phases (L1,
unit is reversed.
L2, L3) to make a proper connection.
U1
U4
LC
No power is supplied to an outdoor, BS Make sure the power source wire is
or indoor unit (including phase
properly connected to the outdoor, BS or
interruption).
indoor unit and revise if necessary.
UF
There is conflict on the connection of
transmission wiring in the system.
Check if the refrigerant piping line and the
transmission wiring are consistent with
each other.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recalculate the additional amount
refrigerant from the piping length and
correct the refrigerant charge level by
recovering any excessive refrigerant with
a refrigerant recovery machine.
Insufficient refrigerant.
• Check if the additional refrigerant
charge has been finished correctly.
• Recalculate the additional amount
refrigerant from the piping length and
add the adequate amount.
E3
F6
UF
E4
F3
U7, U4
UF, UH
UA
Field wiring is connected to “TO MULTI
UNIT (Q1,Q2)” terminal on the outdoor Remove the line from the “TO MULTI
unit PC board (A1P) when the system UNIT (Q1, Q2)” terminal.
is one outdoor system.
The internal transmission wiring to “TO Connect the internal transmission wiring
MULTI UNIT (Q1,Q2)” for the single
to “TO MULTI UNIT (Q1,Q2)”. (See the
outdoor unit system are disconnected. wiring diagram.)
REYQ18~48PY1
Malfunction code
E3, E4, F3, F6
UF
U1
U1, U4, LC
UF
E3, F6, UF
E4, F3
Installation error
Remedial action
The shutoff valve of the outdoor unit is
Open the shutoff valve.
left closed.
The phases of the power to the outdoor Exchange two of the three phases (L1,
unit is reversed.
L2, L3) to make a proper connection.
No power is supplied to an outdoor, BS Make sure the power source wire is
or indoor unit (including phase
properly connected to the outdoor, BS or
interruption).
indoor unit and revise if necessary.
There is conflict on the connection of
transmission wiring in the system.
Check if the refrigerant piping line and the
transmission wiring are consistent with
each other.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recalculate the additional amount
refrigerant from the piping length and
correct the refrigerant charge level by
recovering any excessive refrigerant with
a refrigerant recovery machine.
Insufficient refrigerant.
• Check if the additional refrigerant
charge has been finished correctly.
• Recalculate the additional amount
refrigerant from the piping length and
add the adequate amount.
Field wiring is connected to "TO MULTI
U7, U4, UF, UH UNIT (Q1,Q2)" terminal on the outdoor Remove the line from the “TO MULTI
unit PC board (A1P) when the system UNIT (Q1, Q2)” terminal.
is one outdoor system.
Note:
If any malfunction codes other than the above are displayed, check the service manual for how
to respond.
164
Test Operation
Si37-701
Test Operation
1.2.6 Onsite Settings
NOTE:
In the case of a multi system, all onsite settings should be made on the master unit. Settings
made on slave units are invalid.
The outdoor unit to which the indoor unit transmission wire are connected is the master unit,
and all other units are slave units.
Use the push button switches (BS1 through BS5) on the outdoor unit PC board (A1P) to make
the necessary onsite settings.
See the “Service Precautions” label (upper) on the EL. CONPO. BOX lid for details on the
positions and operating method of the push button switches and on the onsite setting.
Make sure to record the setting on the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label.
Warning
Electric Shock Warning
Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the inspection door of EL. COMPO. BOX
lid.
There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts, since this operation must be
performed with the power on.
Test Operation
165
Test Operation
Si37-701
1.2.7 Test Run
1.2.7.1
Before Test Run
• Make sure the following works are completed in accordance with the installation manual.
„Piping work
„Wiring work
„Air tight test
„Vacuum drying
„Additional refrigerant charge
„Check operation
• Check that all work for the BS unit and indoor unit are finished and there are no danger to
operate.
1.2.7.2
Test Run
After check operation is completed, operate the unit normally and check the following.
(1) Make sure the indoor and outdoor units are operating normally.
(2) Operate each indoor unit one by one and make sure the corresponding outdoor unit is also
operating.
(3) Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out from the indoor unit.
(4) Push the fan direction and strength buttons on the remote controller to see if they operate
properly.
NOTE:
• Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24°C or higher. Refer to the Operation
manual.
• If a knocking sound can be heard in the liquid compression of the compressor, stop the unit
immediately and then energize the crank case heater for a sufficient length of time before
restarting the operation.
• Once stopping, the compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the On/Off button of
the remote controller is pushed.
• When the system operation is stopped by the remote controller, the outdoor units may
continue operating for further 5 minutes at maximum.
• The outdoor unit fan may rotate at low speeds if the Night-time low noise setting or the
External low noise level setting is made, but this is not a malfunction.
• If the check operation was not performed at first installation, the malfunction code “U3” will be
displayed in the remote controller. Perform the check operation following “ 1.2.5.2.2
Procedure of check operation”.
1.2.7.3
Checks after Test Run
Perform the following checks after the test run is complete.
• Record the contents of field setting.
→Record them on the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
• Record the installation date.
→Record the installation date on the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label in
accordance with the IEC60335-2-40.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
NOTE:
After the test run, when handing the unit over to the customer, make sure the EL.COMPO.BOX
lid, the inspection door, and the unit casing are all attached.
166
Test Operation
Si37-701
1.3
Test Operation
Operation when Power is Turned On
1.3.1 When Turning On Power First Time
The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the "UH"
malfunction indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent
Tap the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board. Operation becomes possible for about 2
minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to
automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... ON
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the "UH" or "U4"
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is
complete.)
Service cover
[Service Precautions] label
Switch box cover
Switch box
(the upper right)
Caution When the 400 volt power supply is applyed to "N" phase by mistake,
replace Inverter PC board (A2P) and control transformer (T1R, T2R) in
switch box together.
(V0847)
Test Operation
167
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
Si37-701
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
Outdoor unit PC board
(2) Set mode display (LED)
HAP
(3) Mode setting switch
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
DS1
DS2
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
(1) Microcomputer normal monitor
(4) Local setting switch
Connection terminal for transmission use
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
Indoor −
Outdoor
Outdoor −
Outdoor
Multi outdoor
(V3054)
(1) Microcomputer normal monitor
This monitor blinks while in normal operation, and turns on or off when a malfunction occurs.
(2) Set mode display (LED)
LEDs display mode according to the setting.
(3) Mode setting switch
Used to change mode.
(4) Local setting switch
Used to make field settings.
168
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3. Field Setting
3.1
Field Setting from Remote Controller
Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause malfunction.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired Remote Controller <BRC1C61, 62>
UNIT NO.
MODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
.
FIRST
CODE NO.
.
FIELD
SET
MODE
UNIT NO.
SETTING
3
4
.
1 7
TEST
6
5
2
(V0292)
1. When in the normal mode, press the “
” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the
FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “
” button ().
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been
selected), push the “
” button () and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
4. Push the “
” upper button () and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Push the “
” lower button () and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Push the “
” button () once and the present settings are SET.
7. Push the “
” button () to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION,
HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
169
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit
BRC7C type
BRC7E type
BRC4C type
1. When in the normal mode, push the “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the “field set mode.”
2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “
” button.
3. Pushing the “
” button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the “
” button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer “
” button and check the settings.
6. Push the “
” button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and setting position No. to “02”.
170
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3.1.3 Simplified Remote Controller
BRC2A51
BRC2C51
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.
2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set), and the FIELD SET
MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▲) and the
[BS3] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▼).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), push the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and
SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
171
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – VRV Indoor unit
Mode Setting
No. Switch
Note 2 No.
Second Code No.(Note 3)
Setting Contents
01
Super
long life
filter
0
10(20)
VRV
system 12(22)
indoor
unit
settings
13(23)
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Light
03
04
Details
No
—
—
(1)
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Approx.
1,250
hrs.
Heavy
Approx.
200
hrs.
Approx.
100
hrs.
Long life filter
Super long life filter
—
—
(2)
Thermostat sensor in remote controller
Remote
controller + Body
thermostat
Only body
thermostat
Only remote
controller
thermostat
—
(3)
3
Display time to clean air filter
calculation (Set when filter sign is not
to be displayed.)
Display
No display
—
—
(4)
0
Optional accessories output selection
(field selection of output for adaptor for
wiring)
Indoor unit
turned ON by
thermostat
—
Operation
output
Malfunction
output
(5)
1
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when
ON/OFF is to be controlled from
outside.)
Forced OFF
ON/OFF control
External
protection
device input
—
(6)
2
Thermostat differential changeover
(Set when remote sensor is to be used.)
1°C
0.5°C
—
—
(7)
3
Air flow setting when heating
thermostat is OFF
LL
Set fan speed
—
—
(8)
4
Automatic mode differential (automatic
temperature differential setting for VRV
system heat recovery series cool/heat)
01:0
5
Power failure automatic reset
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(9)
6
Air flow setting when Cooling
thermostat is OFF
LL
Set fan speed
—
—
(10)
0
Setting of normal air flow
N
H
S
—
(11)
1
Selection of air flow direction
(Set when a blocking pad kit has been
installed.)
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2
directions)
—
(12)
3
Operation of downward flow flap: Yes/No
Equipped
Not equipped
—
—
(13)
Draft prevention
Standard
Ceiling
Soiling
prevention
—
(14)
1
Long life filter type
2
02:1
03:2
04:3
05:4
06:5
07:6
08:7
—
4
Field set air flow position setting
5
Setting of static pressure selection
Standard
High static
pressure
—
—
(15)
1
Thermostat OFF excess humidity
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(16)
2
Direct duct connection
(when the indoor unit and heat reclaim
ventilation unit are connected by duct
directly.) ∗Note 6
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(17)
3
Drain pump humidifier interlock
selection
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(18)
5
Field set selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote controller
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(19)
15(25)
Notes :
172
Filter contamination heavy/
light (Setting for display
Long life
time to clean air filter)
(Sets display time to clean filter
air filter to half when there is
heavy filter contamination.)
Standard
filter
02
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so
they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked
are factory set.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting
Ceiling mounted cassette type
Multi flow
Double
flow
Corner
type
Slim
Ceiling
mounted
duct type
Ceiling
Concealed
(Duct)
Type (Aus.
exclusive
use)
Ceiling
mounted
built-in
type
Ceiling
Ceiling
mounted suspended
duct type type
Wall
mounted
type
Floor
standing
type
Concealed
Floor
standing
type
FXFQ
FXZQ
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXDQ
FDYQ
FXSQ
FXMQ
FXHQ
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
Filter sign
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Ultra long life
filter sign
{
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Remote
controller
thermostat
sensor
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Set fan
speed when
thermostat
OFF
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Air flow
adjustment
Ceiling
height
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
Air flow
direction
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Air flow
direction
adjustment
(Down flow
operation)
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Air flow
direction
adjustment
range
{
{
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Field set fan
speed
selection
{
—
—
—
{∗1
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
Discharge
air temp.
(Cooling)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Discharge
air temp.
(Heating)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
∗1 Static pressure selection
Test Operation
173
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes
(1) Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting
Standard
Long Life
Ultra Long Life Filter
Contamination Light
Contamination Heavy
200 hrs.
100 hrs.
2,500 hrs.
1,250 hrs.
10,000 hrs.
5,000 hrs.
(2) Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting
When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No.
Setting Switch No.
Setting Position No.
01
Setting
Long-Life Filter
10 (20)
1
02
03
Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1)
—
(3) Selection of Thermistor
Select the thermistor to control room temperature.
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
2
Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature
Indoor air thermistor for remote controller
01
and suction air thermistor for indoor unit
02
03
Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
Thermistor for remote controller
The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the
indoor unit suction air thermistor and remote controller thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by the remote
controller thermistor.
(4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed
Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
3
Second Code No.
01
"Filter Cleaning" display
Display
02
No display
(5) Optional Output Switching
Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided.
Output signal is output between terminals K1 and K2 of "customized wiring adapter," an optional
accessory.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
12 (22)
0
03
04
174
Remarks
Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is
provided.
Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote
controller is provided.
In case of "Malfunction Display" appears
on the remote controller, output is
provided.
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
(6) External ON/OFF input
This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T1 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No.
Setting
Switch No.
Setting
Position No.
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote
controller)
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF → ON: Permission of operation
ON → OFF: Stop
01
12 (22)
1
Operation by input of the signal A
02
ON: Operation
OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
03
(7) Thermostat Switching
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed. (For details, refer to "6.4
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation" on page 137.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
12(22)
2
Second Code No.
01
Differential value
1ºC
02
0.5ºC
(8) Air Flow Setting When Heating Thermostat is OFF
This setting is used to set air flow when heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ When thermostat OFF air flow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required
before deciding installation location. During heating operation, this setting takes precedence
over "(7) Fan Stop When Thermostat is OFF."
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
3
Second Code No.
01
Contents
LL air flow
02
Preset air flow
(9) Setting of operation mode to "AUTO"
This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic
operation mode.
Mode No.
Setting switch No.
12 (22)
4
01
02
Setting position No.
03
04
05
06
0°C
1°C
2°C
3°C
4°C
5°C
07
08
6°C
7°C
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector"
button.
Test Operation
175
Field Setting
Si37-701
(10) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before
power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power
failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
(11) Air Flow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF
This is used to set air flow to "LL air flow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
6
Second Code No.
01
Contents
LL air flow
02
Preset air flow
(12) Setting of Normal Air Flow
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01”
at the factory.
„ In the Case of FXAQ, FXHQ
Mode No.
Setting Switch
No.
13(23)
0
Setting Position
Setting
No.
01
Wall-mounted type: Standard
02
03
Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
Wall-mounted type: Normal increase
„ In the Case of FXFQ25~80
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
code
code
Setting
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
0
02
03
Ceiling height
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.5 m
—
„ In the Case of FXFQ100~125
Mode
No.
13 (23)
176
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
0
Ceiling height
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
01
02
Standard (N)
High Ceiling (H)
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.2 m Lower than 4.2 m
2-way Outlets
Lower than 3.2 m Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.2 m
Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m
—
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
(13) Air Flow Direction Setting
Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.”
Setting Table
Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code
No.
1
01
02
F : 4-direction air flow
T : 3-direction air flow
03
W : 2-direction air flow
Setting
(14) Operation of Downward Flow Flap: Yes/No
Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
3
Second Code No.
01
Setting
Down-flow operation: Yes
02
Down-flow operation: No
(15) Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment Range
Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
13 (23)
4
02
03
Setting
Upward (Draft
prevention)
Standard
Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
∗ Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
(16) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection (for FXDQ model)
Model No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
External static pressure
5
01
02
Standard (15Pa)
High static pressure (44Pa)
(17) Humidification When Heating Thermostat is OFF
Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction temperature is 20ºC or
above and turns OFF the humidifier if suction temperature is 18ºC or below when the heating
thermostat is OFF.
Test Operation
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Setting
15 (25)
1
01
02
—
Setting of humidifier
177
Field Setting
Si37-701
(18) Setting of Direct Duct Connection
This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries
out residual operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of
preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
15 (25)
2
02
Contents
Without direct duct
connection
With direct duct
connection equipped
with fan
(19) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump
This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the
unit, this setting is unnecessary.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
15 (25)
3
02
Contents
Individual operation of
humidifier
Interlocked operation
between humidifier and
drain pump
(20) Individual Setting of Ventilation
This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote controller/
central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
178
Mode No.
First Code No.
15 (25)
5
Second Code No.
01
Contents
—
02
Individual operation of
ventilation
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting
BRC1C Type
In order to conduct the central remote control using the central remote controller and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
controller.
Make Group No. settings for central remote control using the operating remote controller.
1. While in normal mode, press and hold the “
” switch for a period of four seconds or
more to set the system to “Field Setting Mode”.
2. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “
” button.
3. Use the “
” button to select the group No. for each group.
(Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.)
4. Press “
” to set the selected group No.
5. Press “
” to return to the NORMAL MODE.
MODE NO.
GROUP NO.
UNIT NO.
FIELD SET
MODE
SETTING
TEST
5
4
3
2,6
Note:
„ For wireless remote controller, see the following.
„ For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
„ Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, push “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
enters the “field set mode.”
2. Set mode No. “00” with “
” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “
”“
” button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “
” button.
5. Push “
” button and return to the normal mode.
Test Operation
179
Field Setting
Si37-701
Group No. Setting
Example
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Centoral Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-00
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Main RC
F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
1-03
Caution
RC Sub
1-01
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Group Control by Remote Contoller
(autmatic unit address)
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-04
(V0917)
When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller
(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote
controller ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to
information in the next page.)
Central remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor
is connected)
3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes
Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
‹ ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.)
‹ OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and off by remote controller
only.
‹ Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and turn on/off freely by
remote controller during set time.
‹ Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote controller and remote controller.
‹ Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want
to start operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
180
Test Operation
Si37-701
How to Select
Operation Mode
Example
ON by remote
controller
(Unified ON by
central remote
controller)
↓
Rejection
Field Setting
Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
OFF by remote
controller
(Unified OFF by
central remote
controller)
OFF by
remote
controller
↓
Rejection
↓
Rejection
Temperature
control by
remote controller
Operation mode
setting by
remote controller
↓
Acceptance
↓
Acceptance
Control
mode is "1."
(VL069)
Control by remote controller
Operation
Control mode
Unified operation,
individual operation
by central remote
controller, or
operation controlled
by timer
Unified OFF,
individual stop by
central remote
controller, or timer
stop
OFF
Temperature
Operation Control mode
control
mode setting
Rejection
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote controller
Rejection
(Example)
Acceptance
(Example)
Rejection (Example)
Rejection
OFF control only
possible by
remote controller
Rejection (Example)
Acceptance
Rejection
Centralized
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
Individual
Acceptance
Acceptance
Timer operation
possible by
remote controller
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
0
Rejection
10
Acceptance
(Example)
1(Example)
Rejection
11
Acceptance
2
Rejection
12
Acceptance
3
Rejection
13
Acceptance
4
Rejection
14
Acceptance
5
Rejection
15
Acceptance
6
Rejection
16
Acceptance
Rejection
7 ∗1
17
Acceptance
8
Rejection
18
Acceptance
9
Rejection
19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote controller” if not using a remote controller.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
∗1. Factory setting
Test Operation
181
Field Setting
3.2
Si37-701
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2.1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
„ List of Field Setting Items
This following section indicates the list of field setting items. For the lists of dip switch contents,
Setting mode 1, and Setting mode 2, refer to information in tables shown on the following page
onward.
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on page 191 onward.
Setting item
Content and objective of setting
Overview of setting procedure
A. Use external input to step down the upper „ Use the "External control adaptor for
limit of the fan (factory set to Step 8),
outdoor unit".
providing low noise level.
Set to "External control adaptor for
(1) Mode 1: Step 5 or lower
outdoor unit" with No. 12 of "Setting mode
(2) Mode 2: Step 4 or lower
2" and select the mode with No. 25.
(3) Mode 3: Step 3 or lower
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
setting" to ON with No. 29.
Function setting
2
3
4
6
7
8
182
Setting of low B. The low noise operation aforementioned
noise
is enabled in nighttime automatic low
„ Make this setting while in "Setting mode
operation (*1)
noise operation mode.
2".
Start time: Possible to select in the range
Select a mode with No. 22 of "Setting
of 20:00 to 24:00 hours.
mode 2".
End time: Possible to select in the range
Select the start time with No. 26 and the
of 06:00 to 08:00 hours.
end time with No. 27.
(Use the said time as a guide since the
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
start time and the end time are estimated
setting" to ON with No. 29.
according to outdoor temperatures.)
„ Used to place limits on the compressor „ For setting with the use of "external
operating frequency to control the upper
control adapter":
limit of power consumption.
Set the system to "External control
(1) Mode 1 of Demand 1: 60% or less of
adaptor for outdoor unit" with No. 12 of
Setting of
rating
Setting mode 2" and select the mode with
demand
(2) Mode 2 of Demand 1: 70% or less of
No. 30.
operation (*1)
rating
(3) Mode 3 of Demand 1: 80% or less of „ For setting only in "Setting mode 2":
Set the system to Normal demand mode
rating
with No. 32 of "Setting mode 2" and select
(4) Demand 2: 40% or less of rating
the mode with No. 30.
Setting of
„ Used to make address setting with AirNet „ Set the AirNet to an intended address
AirNet
connected.
using binary numbers with No. 13 of
address
"Setting mode 2".
Reference
page
198~202
198~202
198~202
198~202
191~194
„ Make this setting to operate a system with
191~194
diffuser duct while in high static pressure
mode. (Use this setting mode when
Setting of
shields are installed on upper floors or
high static
„ Set No. 18 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
balconies.)
pressure
* In order to mount the diffuser duct,
remove the cover from the outdoor unit
fan.
Prevention of „ Make this setting to prevent a rise in room
191~194
minute
temperature due to minute heating
heating
capacity generated by heating thermostat
„ Set the Setting item No. 41 of “Setting
operation by
OFF unit or non-heating-operation unit
mode 2” to heating thermostat OFF unit or
heating
while in heating operation.
non-heating-operation unit.
thermostat
(Overseas unit: Default set to “ON”)
OFF unit or
non-heatingoperation unit
Setting of BS „ Make this setting to shorten the BS CoolCool-Heat
Heat selection control time.
„ Set the Setting item No. 42 of “Setting
selection
mode 2” to “ON”.
control time
191~194
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
Setting item
1
2
3
4
Service setting
5
Content and objective of setting
Overview of setting procedure
Indoor unit
fan forced H
operation
„ Used to operate the indoor unit in the
stopped state in forced H operation
mode.
Indoor unit
forced
operation
Change of
targeted
evaporating
temperature
(in cooling)
„ Used to operate the indoor unit in forced „ Set No. 6 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor
operation mode.
unit forced operation mode.
Change of
targeted
condensing
temperature
(in heating)
Setting of
defrost
selection
„ Set No. 5 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor
unit forced fan H.
„ In cooling operation, used to change the
„ Select high side or low side with No. 8 of
targeted evaporating temperature for
"Setting mode 2".
compressor capacity control.
„ In heating operation, used to change the „ Select high side or low side with No. 9 of
targeted condensing temperature for
"Setting mode 2".
compressor capacity control.
„ Used to change a temperature at which
the defrost operation is initiated, thus
making the initiation easy or hard.
„ Select fast side or slow side with No. 10 of
"Setting mode 2".
„ Used to start units not in sequence but
simultaneously.
„ Set No. 11 of "Setting mode 2" to NONE.
6
Setting of
sequential
startup
7
„ If the compressor has a failure, used to
prohibit the operation of outdoor unit(s)
Emergency
concerned and to conduct emergency
operation (*1)
operation of the system only with
operable or outdoor unit(s).
8
Additional
refrigerant
charging
9
Refrigerant
recovery
mode (*1)
„ Make this setting while in "Setting mode
2".
For system with multiple outdoor units:
Set with No. 38, 39, or 40.
„ If a necessary amount of refrigerant
cannot be charged due to the stop of
„ Set No. 20 of "Setting mode 2" to ON and
outdoor unit, operate the outdoor unit and
then charge refrigerant.
then refill refrigerant.
„ Used to recover refrigerant on site.
With operations of indoor and outdoor
units prohibited, open the outdoor/indoor
„ Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
expansion valve fully while indoor/
outdoor operation is prohibited and turn
ON some of the solenoid valves.
„ Used to conduct vacuuming on site.
Open the outdoor/indoor expansion valve
fully while indoor/outdoor operation is
10 Vacuuming
„ Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
mode (*1)
prohibited and turn ON some of the
solenoid valves. Use a vacuum pump to
conduct vacuuming.
„ Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT.
ENECUT test
(Be noted this mode is not functional with
11 operation
the indoor unit remote controller turned „ Set No. 24 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
ON.)
Power
12 transistor
check mode
„ Used for the troubleshooting of DC
compressors.
Inverter waveform output makes it
possible to judge whether a malfunction
results from the compressor or the PC
board.
Setting of
model with
13 spare PC
board
„ For this setting, set the DS2-2, -3, and-4
„ In order to replace the PC board by a
switches on the PC board to the model
spare one, be sure to make model setting.
concerned.
Reference
page
191~194
191~194
191~194
191~194
191~194
191~194
204, 207
154~163
203
203
191~194
191~194
„ Set No. 28 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
184~187
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on page 191 onward.
Test Operation
183
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.2.2 Setting by Dip Switches
(1) Factory setting of initial PC board.
Do not make any changes in all factory settings of the DIP switches on the control PC board.
Status of DIP switches
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
: Represents the factory setting positions
of the switches.
Setting at replacement by spare PC board
Caution
DIP switch Setting after changing the main PC board(A1P) to spare parts PC board
After the replacement by the spare PC board, be sure to make settings shown below.
When you change the main PC board(A1P) to spare parts PC board, please carry out the
following setting.
Initial conditions of dip switches
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
DIP Switch Detail
DS No.
Item
DS1-2 Power supply
specification
ON
Contents
200V class (220V)
OFF (Factory 400V class (380V)
setting of spare
PC board)
DS1-3 Cooling only/HeatON
Cooling only setting
Except pump setting
OFF (Factory Heat pump setting
Multiple
setting of spare
use
PC board)
DS1-4 Unit allocation
setting
ON
DS2-1
OFF (Factory
setting of spare
PC board)
Make the following settings according to allocation of
unit. (All models are set to OFF at factory.)
Multiple
Single use
use Single
(sab)
use (Main)
Domestic
Japan
Overseas
General
Europe
DS1-4 DS1-3
OFF
OFF
ON
DS2-1 DS1-4
OFF
ON
OFF
DS2-2 Model setting
DS2-3
Make the settings according to models of outdoor units. (All
models are set to OFF at factory.)
* Refer to following pages for setting detail.
DS2-4
*
184
For detail of the setting procedure, refer to information on the following pages.
While the PC board assembly is replaced, the "U3" malfunction (Test run not carried out yet)
code is displayed. In this case, carry out the test run again.
If the "PJ", "UA", or "U7" malfunction code is displayed, recheck for DIP switch settings.
After the completion of rechecking for the settings, turn ON the power supply again.
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
“Detail of DS1-1~4, DS2-1~4 setting”
Single Unit
A1P (Main)
LED
EB****
Factory Set (
represents the position of switches)
DS1 DS2
ON
OFF
1
Allocation
Setting method (
Application model
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REYQ8PY1
2 3
DS1
DS1
4
1
2 3
DS2
4
represents the position of switches)
DS2
ON
Set DS2-1 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1 to ON.
OFF
General
overseas
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
ON
REYQ14PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
ON
REYQ16PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REYQ8PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
ON
REYQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
ON
REYQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS1-4 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
1 2 3 4
185
Field Setting
Si37-701
Single Unit
A3P (Sub)
LED
EB****
Factory Set (
represents the position of switches)
DS1 DS2
ON
OFF
1
Allocation
Setting method (
Application model
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REYQ8PY1
2 3
DS1
DS1
4
1
2 3
DS2
4
represents the position of switches)
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
General
overseas
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
ON
REYQ14PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-1 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
ON
REYQ16PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-1 and DS2-3
to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REYQ8PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
ON
REYQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
ON
REYQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-3
to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
186
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
a
Multi Unit
Allocation
Application model
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REMQ8PY1
Setting method (
DS1
represents the position of switches)
DS2
ON
Set DS2-1, DS2-2 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
ON
REMQ10PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
General
overseas
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
ON
REMQ12PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1, DS2-2 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
ON
REMQ14PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1, DS2-3 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
ON
REMQ16PY1
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS2-1, DS2-2, DS2-3 and
DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(8HP)
REMQ8PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4, DS2-2 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(10HP)
REMQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY(12HP)
REMQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4, DS2-2 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(14HP)
REMQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4, DS2-3 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY(16HP)
REMQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
ON
Set DS1-4, DS2-2, DS2-3 and
DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
1 2 3 4
187
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.2.3 Setting by Push Button Switches
The following settings are made by push button switches on PC board.
In case of multi-outdoor unit system, various items should be set with the master unit.
(Setting with the slave unit is disabled.)
The master unit and slave unit can be discriminated with the LED display as shown below.
LED display
Single-outdoor-unit
system
Outdoormulti
system
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
COOL/HEAT select
Multi;
MASTER
H4P
SLAVE
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Demand
IND
H3P
H7P
H8P
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
(Factory setting)
Pushbutton switches
MODE
BS1
SET
BS2
RETURN
BS3
TEST
BS4
Used for
onsite setting
Used to change
the setting mode
REWIRING
BS5
Used to set up address
when wiring is changed
or an indoor unit is added
Used for check operation and
test operation
There are the following three setting modes.
c Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Used to select the cool/heat setting. Also indicates during
“abnormal”, “low noise control” and “demand control”.
d Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
e Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
„ Mode changing procedure 1
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Setting mode 2
(Normal)
Push and hold the BS1
(MODE button) for 5 seconds.
Setting mode 1
Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE
MODE
On
H1P
Push the BS1(MODE button)
one time.
Monitor mode
MODE
Blinking
Off
H1P
H1P
(V2761)
188
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
„ Mode changing procedure 2
(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec.
Setting mode 1
(Initial condition)
Press BS1(MODE button).
Setting mode 2
Monitor mode
Setting item selection
(SET button)
Check item selection
(SET button)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
selection (SET button)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Contents display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS1
(MODE button).
Press BS1
(MODE button).
(V2762)
Test Operation
189
Field Setting
Si37-701
a. “Setting mode 1”
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
Check items ··········· The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(3) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
mode other than that, push the
MODE (BS1) button to set the
system to "Setting mode 1".
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
7
7
COOL/HEAT select
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H7P
H6P
H3P
H4P
H5P
8
7
7
7
7
Current operating conditions
7Normal 8Abnormal
9In preparation or in
check operation
Check the system for each condition
through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.)
Low noise operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In low noise operation
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button
will bring the system to the initial
state of "Setting mode 1".
(V2763)
190
Demand operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In demand operation
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
No.
b. “Setting mode 2”
Push and hold the MODE (BS1)
button for 5 seconds and set to
“Setting mode 2”.
0
Digital pressure
gauge kit display
1
Cool/heat unified
address
Low noise/demand
address
2
3
<Selection of setting items>
5
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item
shown in the table on the right.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the item. (The present setting
condition is blinked.)
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
<Selection of setting conditions>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the condition.
18
20
21
22
24
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
set to the initial status of “Setting
mode 2”.
Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Address for low noise/demand operation
Used to conduct test operation without making changes
to the PC board and replacing the refrigerant, after the
completion of maintenance.
Indoor unit forced
Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
fan H
stopped. (H tap)
Indoor unit forced
Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
operation
(Forced thermostat ON)
Te setting
Target evaporation temperature for cooling
Tc setting
Target condensation temperature for heating
Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to
setting
quick defrost or slow defrost.
Sequential
Sets sequential operation
operation setting
(Factory set to ON)
External low noise
setting / Demand
Reception of external low noise or demand signal
setting
AIRNET address
Set address for AIRNET.
Make this setting in the case of operating in high static
High static pressure pressure mode with diffuser duct mounted.
setting
(In order to mount the diffuser duct, remove the cover
from the outdoor unit fan.)
Additional
refrigerant charge
Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
Refrigerant recovery/
vacuuming mode
Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
setting
Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple
Night-time low
way.
noise setting
The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending
set”.
Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT. (Be noted that the
ENECUT test
ENECUT is only functional with outdoor unit in the
operation
stopped state - Japanese domestic model only.)
Test operation
settings
Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
from outside.
29
Capacity
precedence setting
30
Demand setting 1
32
Normal demand
setting
If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
automatically released by this setting during carrying out
low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation.
Changes target value of power consumption when
demand control 1 is input.
Normally enables demand control 1 without external
input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
27
(V2764)
28
Test Operation
Description
Used to make setting of contents to display on the digital
pressure gauges (e.g. pressure sensors and temperature
sensors)
Setting of external
low noise level
Night-time low
noise operation
start setting
Night-time low
noise operation end
setting
Power transistor
check mode
∗Check after
disconnection of
compressor wires
25
26
∗ If you become unsure of how to
proceed, push the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1.
Setting item
Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
comes from the compressor or PC board.
191
Field Setting
Si37-701
No.
Setting item
38
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
1 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
39
40
41
42
51
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
2 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
3 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
Description
Used to temporarily prohibit the applicable outdoor unit
from operating should there be any faulty part in multioutdoor-unit system. Since the comfortable environment
is extremely impaired, prompt replacement of the part is
required.
Make this setting to shorten the BS Cool-Heat selection
control time.
However, make the setting, pay careful attention to the
Prevention of
following:
minute heating
• If the refrigerant piping between each BS unit
operation by
connected to outdoor unit and indoor unit is not more
heating thermostat
than 10 m in length, this setting will be enabled.
OFF unit or non• If the refrigerant piping between BS unit and indoor unit
heating-operation
is long in length, refrigerant passing sounds may
unit
become louder at the time of BS Cool-Heat selection.
• This setting shortens the Cool-Heat selection time of all
BS units provided in the same refrigerant system.
Make this setting to prevent a rise in room temperature
due to minute heating capacity generated by heating
thermostat OFF unit or non-heating-operation unit while
in heating operation.
• Used to prevent minute heating operation by setting
the BS unit to COOL while in heating thermostat OFF
Setting of BS Coolor non-heating-operation mode.
Heat selection
• With the BS unit set to default, enabling the minute
control time
heating prevention setting of outdoor unit will enable
the minute heating prevention setting of all BS units
connected to the outdoor unit. (BS unit default setting)
• To make this setting by BS unit, make a change to the
minute heating prevention setting of the BS unit. (In
this case, enable the outdoor unit setting.)
Set-up of master
and slave units for
multi outdoor units
Set up master and slave units for multi-connection
outdoor units.
After setting up, press the BS5 (REWIRING) button for
5 seconds or more.
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press
the SET (BS2) button.
192
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
pressure
0 Digital
gauge kit display
MODE
H1P
8
TEST
H2P
7
IND
H3P
7
C/H selection
Master Slave
H4P
H5P
7
7
Low
noise
H6P
7
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
7
Address
0
Binary number
1
(4 digits)
~
15
1
Cool / Heat
Unified address
8
7
7
7
7
7
8
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
Low noise/demand
address
8
7
7
7
7
8
7
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
5
6
Test operation
Indoor forced fan H
Indoor forced
operation
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
7
8
8
7
7
7
8
8
7
External low noise/demand:
NO
8788888
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777788
8777877
8777878
8777887
8777888
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777778 ∗
External low noise/demand:
YES
8777787
Test operation: OFF
Test operation: ON
Normal operation
Indoor forced fan H
Normal operation
Indoor forced operation
Low (Level L)
Normal (Level M)
High
8
Te setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
7
High
High
(Level H)
High
High
Low
9
Tc setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
8
Normal (factory setting)
High
Slow defrost
changeover
10 Defrost
setting
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
Normal (factory setting)
Quick defrost
Sequential operation
11 setting
8
7
7
8
7
8
8
low noise/
12 External
demand setting
8
7
7
8
8
7
7
13 Airnet address
8
7
7
8
8
7
8
OFF
ON
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
8
7
8
7
7
8
7
Additional refrigerant
20 charging operation
setting
8
7
8
7
8
7
7
Refrigerant
21 recovery/vacuuming
mode setting
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
High static pressure setting:
OFF
8888888
8777778 ∗
High static pressure setting:
ON
8777787
Refrigerant charging: OFF
Refrigerant charging: ON
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: OFF
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: ON
OFF
low noise
22 Night-time
setting
8
7
8
7
8
8
7
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
Test Operation
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
63
18 High static pressure
setting
8788888
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
31
3
8778888
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
31
2
∗ Factory set
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777787
8777788
193
Field Setting
Si37-701
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
ENECUT test
24 operation (Domestic
Japan only)
MODE
H1P
8
TEST
H2P
7
IND
H3P
8
C/H selection
Master
Slave
H4P
H5P
8
7
Low
noise
H6P
7
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
7
ENECUT output OFF
ENECUT output forced ON
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
25 Low noise setting
8
7
8
8
7
7
8
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
About 20:00
Night-time low noise
26 operation start
setting
8
7
8
8
7
8
7
About 22:00 (factory setting)
About 24:00
About 6:00
Night-time low noise
27 operation end
setting
8
7
8
8
7
8
8
About 7:00
About 8:00 (factory setting)
transistor
28 Power
check mode
8
7
8
8
8
7
7
Capacity
29 precedence setting
8
7
8
8
8
7
8
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
60 % demand
30 Demand setting 1
8
7
8
8
8
8
7
70 % demand
80 % demand
OFF
demand
32 Normal
setting
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
Demand 1
Demand 2
OFF
Emergency
38 operation
(Master unit is
inhibited to operate.)
8
Emergency
39 operation
(Slave unit 1 is
inhibited to operate.)
8
Emergency
40 operation
(Slave unit 2 is
inhibited to operate.)
8
Prevention of minute
heating operation by
thermostat
41 heating
OFF unit or nonheating-operation
unit
8
Setting of BS Cool42 Heat selection
control time
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
8
8
7
7
7
Master unit operation: Inhibited
8777787
OFF
8777778 ∗
Slave unit 1 operation: Inhibited
8777787
OFF
8777778 ∗
Slave unit 2 operation: Inhibited
8777787
OFF
8777777
8777778
8777787
8777788 ∗
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777787
8777788
8
7
8
Non-heating-operation unit
Heating thermostat OFF unit
Non-heating-operation + Thermostat OFF unit
8
7
8
7
8
7
6 min.
4 min.
Automatic judgment
Master-slave set-up
51 for multi outdoor
units
8
8
8
7
7
8
∗ Factory set
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787
8777877 ∗
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777877
8777778 ∗
8
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
194
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
c. Monitor mode
No.
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
Setting item
<Confirmation on setting contents>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of set items.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
(V2765)
Test Operation
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
0
Various settings
1
C/H unified address
2
Low noise/demand address
3
Not used
4
Airnet address
9
9
9
9
9
5
Number of connected indoor units
*1
9 7 7 7 8 7 8
6
Number of connected BS units *2
9 7 7 7 8 8 7
7
Number of connected zone units
(Fixed to "0")
9 7 7 7 8 8 8
8
Number of outdoor units *3
9
Number of BS units *4
9 7 7 8 7 7 7
9 7 7 8 7 7 8
10
Number of BS units *4
11
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
LED display
H1P
Data display
Lower 4 digits
Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
upper
Lower 4 digits:
lower
Number of zone units
9 7 7 8 7 8 7
9 7 7 8 7 8 8
12
Number of terminal units *5
9 7 7 8 8 7 7
Lower 4 digits:
upper
13
Number of terminal units *5
9 7 7 8 8 7 8
Lower 4 digits:
lower
14
Contents of malfunction (the
latest)
9 7 7 8 8 8 7
Malfunction
code table
15
Contents of malfunction
(1 cycle before)
9 7 7 8 8 8 8
Refer page
226.
16
(2 cycle before)
20
Contents of retry (the latest)
21
Contents of retry (1 cycle before)
22
Contents of retry (2 cycle before)
9
9
9
9
25
Number of multi connection
outdoor units
9 7 8 8 7 7 8
Contents of malfunction
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
Lower 6 digits
7
7
8
7
Lower 6 digits
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
*1: Number of connected indoor units
Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*2: Number of connected BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*3: Number of outdoor units
Used to make setting of the number of outdoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
*4: Number of BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to DIII-NET that is
one of the communication lines.
*5: Number of terminal units
Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
(Only available for VRV indoor units)
195
Field Setting
Si37-701
Setting item 0 Display contents of “Number of units for various settings”
EMG operation /
backup operation
setting
ON
Defrost select setting
Short
OFF
Medium
Long
Te setting
L
M
H ~
Tc setting
L
M
H
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
8
★ Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
9 797997
16
32
4
8
1
2
In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to
16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
977 7979
64 16
No.12 128 32
977 7997
4
No.13
8
The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary
number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as
an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
★ See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
196
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3.2.4 Cool / Heat Mode Switching
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each BS Unit by Cool/Heat Selector.
Set remote controller change over switch (SS1, SS2) as following:
• When using COOL/HEAT selector, turn this switch to the BS side.
1
NOTE: This setting must be completed
before turning power supply ON.
1
2
2
SS1
SS2
When using cool/heat selector, connect to the terminal A, B and C on the EC of the electric
parts box.
EXAMPLE OF TRANSMISSION LINE CONNECTION
• Example of connecting transmission wiring.
Connect the transmission wirings as shown in the Fig. 1.
In case of the indoor unit connect as the cool-only unit, it wire
he terminal F1 F2 of the last BS unit.
OUT/D.BS
F1 F2
IN/D
F1 F2
OUT/D.BS
Final BS unit
To the indoor unit where
the selection of heating
and cooling is available.
Use 2-core wires.
(There is no polarity.)
TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT
F1 F2 F1 F2
F1
F1 F2
F1 F2
OUT/D.BS
COOL/HEAT
selector
B
C
F1 F2
F1
F2
IN/D
F1 F2
OUT/D.BS
Final BS unit
COOL/HEAT
selector
Fig. 1
Test Operation
Cooling only
A
BS unit B
BS unit A
F1 F2
F2
IN/D
C
Final unit
F1 F2
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
A
B
1st unit
Use 3-core wires.
(Keep in mind the polarity.)
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
F1 F2 F1 F2
IN/D
OUT/D.BS
F1 F2
Cool/heat selector remote
control wiring
Branch wiring
Outside unit
F1 F2
A
B
C
F1 F2
F1 F2
COOL/HEAT
selector
Indoor unit for cooling
197
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.2.5 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation
Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external
control adaptor (optional), you can lower operating noise.
Setting
Content
Level 1
Level 2
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 5 or lower.
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 4 or lower.
Level 3
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 3 or lower.
A. When the low noise operation is carried out by external instructions (with the use
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
1. Connect the external adaptor for the outdoor unit, and then connect the external input wiring
to the low-noise operation input terminal on the terminal block (X1M). (Refer to the figure
shown below.)
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
low noise/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., Level 1", "Level 2",
or "Level 3") for set item No. 25 (Setting of external low noise level).
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for the set item No. 29
(Setting of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the low
noise operation command will be ignored to put the system into normal operation mode.)
B. When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external
control adaptor for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Level 1", "Level 2", or "Level 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the terminals
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit as shown below.
F1
F2
N
P
X1M
1 2 3 C Low
Demand noise
To other external control adaptor
for outdoor unit
Outside
wiring
indicated by
dotted line.
Host computer monitor panel or demand controller
198
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
Image of operation in the case of A
Operation sound
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound of
level 1
Approx. 55 db (target)
Operation sound of
level 2
Approx. 50 db (target)
Operation sound of
level 3
Approx. 45 db (target)
Note1: Above values are reference only (measured in silent room)
Note2: Above values are for 1 module only.
Image of operation in the case of B
Operation sound
of level 1
Operation sound
of level 2
Operation sound
of level 3
Image of operation in the case of A and B
Operation sound
of level 1
Operation sound
of level 2
Operation sound
of level 3
Mole 2 precedes Level 1
and Level 3 precedes Level 2.
Test Operation
199
Field Setting
Si37-701
Setting of Demand Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control
adaptor (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Description of setting
Setting
item
Demand 1
Setting procedure
Condition
Description
Level 1
Operate with power
of approx. 60% or
less of the rating.
Level 2
Level 3
Demand 2
–
Demand 3
–
Operate with power
of approx. 70% or
less of the rating.
Operate with power
of approx. 80% or
less of the rating.
External control
adaptor
Short-circuit
between "1" and
"C" of the
terminal block
(TeS1).
Outdoor unit PC board
Set the setting item No. 32 to
"Demand 1" and the setting item
No. 30 to "Level 1".
Set the setting item No. 32 to
"Demand 1" and the setting item
No. 30 to "Level 2".
Set the setting item No. 32 to
"Demand1" and the setting item
No. 30 to "Level 3".
Operate with power Short-circuit
Set the setting item No. 32 to
of approx. 40% or
between "2" and "Demand 2".
less of the rating.
"C".
Short-circuit
Operate with forced between "3" and
–
thermostat OFF
"C"
A. When the demand operation is carried out by external instructions (with the use of the
external control adaptor for outdoor unit).
1. Connect the external adaptor of the outdoor unit, and then connect the external input wiring
to the low-noise operation input terminal on the terminal block (X1M). (Refer to the figure
shown below.)
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
low noise/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1
level) and then set the setting condition to targeted mode.
B. When the Normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control
adapter for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the terminals
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit as shown below.
F1
F2
N
P
X1M
1 2 3 C Low
Demand noise
To other external control adaptor
for outdoor unit
Outside
wiring
indicated by
dotted line.
Host computer monitor panel or demand controller
200
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
Image of operation in the case of A
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
Demand level 1 instructing Demand level 2 instructing Demand level 3 instructing
Power consumption set by
"Demand 1 level setting".
40 % of rated power consumption
Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
The power
consumption during
the demand level 1
instructing can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting".
("70 % of rated
power consumption"
has been set at
factory.)
(V3081)
Image of operation in the case of B
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
When the "Normal
demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
factory.) , the power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
(V3082)
Image of operation in the case of A and B
The power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
40 % of rated power consumption
Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
0Demand level 2 instructing 0Demand level 3 instructing
0During continuous demand operation,
when the external demand instruction is
received repeatedly, the instruction with
higher demand level has the precedence.
(V3083)
Test Operation
201
Field Setting
Si37-701
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
c In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 2 is entered and
H1P lights.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
c In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting
mode 2 is entered and H1P lights.
d Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
e Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown below) you want.
f Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to c.
g Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
{: ON z: OFF 9: Blink
d
c
Setting
No.
Setting
contents
e
Setting No. indication
Setting No. indication
Setting
contents
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12
22
External
low noise /
Demand
setting
{
z
z
z
z
z
Night-time
low noise
setting
z
{
{
z
z
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
{
z
z
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
NO
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
YES
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
9
9
z
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
9
z
9
9
Mode 2
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
Mode 3
{
z
z
z
9
z
z
PM 8:00
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
PM 10:00
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
AM 6:00
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
9
z
z
z
z
9
AM 7:00
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
AM 8:00
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
9
z
z
Low noise
precedence
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
Capacity
precedence
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
60 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
70 % of
rated power
consumption
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
80 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
9
z
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
ON
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
25
26
External
low noise
setting
{
Night-time
low noise
start setting
{
z
z
{
{
{
{
z
z
z
{
{
z
Mode 1
PM 0:00
27
29
30
32
{
Night-time
low noise
end setting
Capacity
precedence
setting
{
Demand
setting 1
{
Normal
demand
setting
{
Setting mode indication section
202
z
z
z
z
{
{
{
z
{
{
{
z
z
{
{
z
{
z
{
z
Setting No. indication section
{
{
z
z
Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
Set contents indication section
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
3.2.6 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode
When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective expansion valve of
indoor and outdoor units.
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
c In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode, set “Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode” to
ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. (H2P turns
to display “TEST OPERATION” (blinks), “TEST OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL” are displayed on the remote controller, and the all indoor / outdoor unit
operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to the
refrigerant recovery unit for more detal.)
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.7 Setting of Vacuuming Mode
In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and
outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
c With Setting Mode 2 while the unit stops, set “Refrigerant recovery / Vacuuming mode” to
ON. The expansion valves of indoor and outdoor units fully open and some of solenoid
valves open.
(H2P blinks to indicate the test operation, and the remote controller displays "Test
Operation" and "Under centralized control", thus prohibiting operation.)
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation.
d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.8 Check Operation Detail
CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
(Press the MODE button BS1 once and set to SETTING MODE 1 (H1P: OFF))
LED display (H1P~H7P) (8:ON
Unit stopping
3:OFF 9:BLINK)
3383333
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1
3933338
Pressure equalizing
10 sec to 10 minutes
Step 2
Cooling start control
Step 3
Stop valve close check
3933383
20 sec to 2 minutes
• Stop valve close check
3933388 Stop valve check
3933833 Stop valve check
Step4~8
Step 9
Judgement function
• Wrong wiring check
• Correct Refrigerant charge check
• Piping length check
3933838 Wrong wiring check
3933883 Piping length check
3938338
Pump down residual operation
5 minutes
Step 10
3938383
Standby for restarting
5 minutes
Completion
Test Operation
203
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.2.9 Emergency Operation
If any of the compressors goes wrong, disable the relevant compressor or the relevant outdoor
unit from operating, and then conduct emergency operation only with operational compressors
or outdoor units.
There are two ways of conducting the Emergency operation : with remote controller reset and
by setting outdoor unit PC board.
Operating method Emergency operation with
remote controller reset
Applicable model
(Auto backup operation)
Emergency operation with
outdoor unit PC board setting
(Manual backup operation)
REYQ8 to 16PY1
–
Backup operation by the
compressor
REYQ18 to 48PY1
Backup operation by the
indoor unit
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
Emergency operation with remote controller reset
On the multi outdoor unit system, if any of the outdoor unit line causes a malfunction (in this
case, the system will stop and the relevant malfunction code will be displayed on the indoor
remote controller), disable only the relevant outdoor unit from operating for a 8 hours using
the indoor remote controller, and then conduct emergency operation with operational
outdoor units.
[Emergency operation method]
• Reset the remote controller (i.e., press the RUN/STOP button on the remote controller for 4
seconds or more) when the outdoor unit stops because of malfunction state.
[Details of operation]
• Automatically disable the defective outdoor unit from operating, and then operate other
outdoor units.
• The following section shows malfunction codes on which this emergency operation is
possible.
*1: When malfunction codes E7 and H7 are shown, the
E3, E4, E5, E7 (*1)
possibility of emergency operation is decided as
F3
follows.
H7 (*1), H9
While in heating or cooling-heating concurrent
operation
J2, J3, J5, J6, J7, J9, JA, JC
• One out of three connected outdoor units
L3, L4, L5, L8, L9, LC
malfunctions. → Emergency operation is
U2, UJ
possible.
• Two out of three connected outdoor units
malfunction. → Emergency operation is not
possible.
• One out of two connected outdoor units
malfunctions. → Emergency operation is not
possible.
Emergency operation by setting outdoor unit PC board
In malfunction stop state of the outdoor unit due to defective compressor, by setting the
relevant compressor or relevant outdoor unit to "Disabling operation setting", the emergency
operation is conducted with operational compressors or outdoor units.
<REYQ8 to 16PY1>
8 Disabling the compressor 1 (on the right side) from operating:
Set No. 38 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-compressor-1 operation".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
8811881
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111119(Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111191
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
204
8111111
1181111
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
8 Disabling the compressor 2 (on the left side) from operating:
Set No. 39 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-compressor-2 operation".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
8811888
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111119(Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111191
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
8111111
1181111
<REYQ18 to 48PY1>
Make disable-operation setting by each outdoor unit.
Make the following setting on the outdoor unit 1. (If this setting is made on an outdoor unit other
than the outdoor unit 2, the setting will become invalid.)
* It is possible to tell the outdoor units 1, 2, and 3 according the LED displays shown below.
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
H1P-----------H7P H8P
Outdoor unit 1: 1181111 8
Outdoor unit 2: 1111111 9
Outdoor unit 3: 1111111 1(Factory setting)
8 Disabling the outdoor unit 1 to operate:
Set No. 38 of setting mode 2 to "Disable outdoor unit 1 operation".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
8811881
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111119(Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111191
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
8111111
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
1181111
8 Disabling the outdoor unit 2 from operating:
Set No. 39 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-outdoor-unit-2 operation".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
8811888
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111119(Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111191
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
8111111
1181111
8 Disabling the outdoor unit 3 from operating:
Set No. 40 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-outdoor-unit-1 operation".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 40
times.
8818111
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111119(Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111191
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
Test Operation
8111111
1181111
205
Field Setting
Si37-701
[Cancel of Emergency Operation]
To cancel the emergency operation, conduct the following setting. (Return to Factory setting.)
<REYQ8 to 16PY1>
8Cancel disabling the compressor 1 (on the right side) from operating:
Set No. 38 "Disable-compressor-1 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
8811881
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111191
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111119(Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
8111111
1181111
8Cancel disabling the compressor 2 (on the left side) from operating:
Set No. 39 "Disable-compressor-2 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
8811888
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111191
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111119(Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
8111111
1181111
<REYQ18 to 48PY1>
Cancel the disable-operation setting by each outdoor unit.
Make the following setting on the outdoor unit 1. (If this setting is made on an outdoor unit other
than the outdoor unit 2, the setting will become invalid.)
*It is possible to tell the outdoor units 1, 2, and 3 according the LED displays shown below.
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
H1P-----------H7P H8P
Outdoor unit 1: 1181111 8
Outdoor unit 2: 1111111 9
Outdoor unit 3: 1111111 1(Factory setting)
8Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 1 from operating:
Set No. 38 "Disable outdoor unit 1 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
8811881
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111191
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111119(Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
206
8111111
1181111
Test Operation
Si37-701
Field Setting
8Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 2 from operating:
Set No. 39 "Disable-outdoor-unit-2 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
8811888
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111191
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111119(Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
8111111
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
1181111
8Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 3 from operating:
Set No. 40 "Disable-outdoor-unit-3 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (8: ON, 1: OFF, 9: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
8111111
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 40
times.
8818111
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
8111191
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. 8111119(Factory setting)
Test Operation
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
8111111
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
1181111
207
Field Setting
Si37-701
3.2.10 Prevention of Small Heating in Non-operating Unit
In heating operation, this setting is made to prevent room temperature from rising due to small
heating capacity generated in the unit with its heating thermostat OFF or in the unit with its
heating operation stopped.
•
By switching the BS units to cooling when the system turns OFF the heating thermostat or
stops heating operation, small heating is prevented.
• By enabling the small heating prevention setting of the outdoor unit, prevention of small
heating of all BS units connected to the outdoor unit is enabled. (Default setting of BS unit)
• Setting by BS unit is enabled by changing the small heating prevention setting of every BS
unit. (In this case, enable the outdoor unit setting.)
3.2.11 Reduction of Cooling/Heating Selection Time of BS Units
Make this setting to reduce selection time between cooling and heating of the BS units, with
careful attention paid to the following points.
•
This setting is only enabled in case the refrigerant piping length between every BS unit
connected to the outdoor unit and the indoor unit is not more than 10 m. (Refer to the figure
shown below: (a)≤10 m and (b)+(c)≤10 m and …)
• In case the refrigerant piping length between the BS units and the indoor units is long,
refrigerant passing sounds may become louder when the BS unit selects operation mode
between cooling and heating.
• This setting reduces the operation mode selection time in all the BS units within the same
refrigerant circuit.
a
Outdoor unit
BS unit
Indoor unit
b
BS unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
c
208
Test Operation
Si37-701
Part 6
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................212
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................215
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................215
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................216
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................217
Inspection Mode ...................................................................................220
Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................221
Test Run Mode.....................................................................................223
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................223
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................230
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
Troubleshooting
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................230
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................231
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......232
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................234
“A6” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor.........................236
“A6” Indoor Unit: Overload / Overcurrent /
Lock of Indoor Unit Fan Motor..............................................................237
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................238
“A9” Indoor Unit: Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction /
Dust Clogging.......................................................................................240
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Coil.........242
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................244
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........245
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................246
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........247
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........248
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Controller ................................................................................249
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect .....................................................250
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................251
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................253
“E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................255
“E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock..............257
“E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ...................258
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E~Y5E)...............................................261
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................263
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................265
“F9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic
Expansion Valve...................................................................................266
“H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ......................268
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ...........................................................................................270
“J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction ....................................271
209
Si37-701
3.26 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31, 32T, 33T) ....................................................................................272
3.27 “J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for
Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)....................................................273
3.28 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for
Suction Pipe .........................................................................................274
3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................275
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T), (R9T) or (R14T).........................................................................276
3.31 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ......................................................................................277
3.32 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T) ..................................278
3.33 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................279
3.34 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................281
3.35 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Defective Inverter PC Board ...................................283
3.36 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................285
3.37 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter Compressor ....288
3.38 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter Compressor ....290
3.39 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure ......................292
3.40 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................295
3.41 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection...............................298
3.42 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................300
3.43 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or
Faulty Combination of PC Board..........................................................302
3.44 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Gas Shortage Alert..................................................304
3.45 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase ........................................................306
3.46 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure...........................................................................307
3.47 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation not Executed ...............................310
3.48 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units.......................311
3.49 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.......................................................314
3.50 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) .........315
3.51 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................321
3.52 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................322
3.53 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller.....................................................323
3.54 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller...............................329
3.55 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between
Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit .................................................330
3.56 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................333
3.57 “UH” Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ...............................................334
210
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller) ..............................336
4.1 “M1” PC Board Defect ...........................................................................336
4.2 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................337
4.3 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................338
4.4 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................340
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................341
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................341
5.2 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) .....343
5.3 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ....346
Troubleshooting
211
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Si37-701
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
1
Supposed Cause
The system does not start operation at all.
Blowout of fuse(s)
Cutout of breaker(s)
Countermeasure
Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
• If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure
2
The system starts operation but makes an
immediate stop.
3
The system does not cool or heat air well.
After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Enclosed outdoor unit(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature
Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Airflow rate set to "LOW"
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s)
Shut it tightly.
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received
Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a
room
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
4
The system does The system stops and
not operate.
immediately restarts operation.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST
button immediately resets the
system.
5
The system
makes
intermittent
stops.
6
COOL-HEAT
selection is
disabled.
212
If the OPERATION lamp on the
remote controller turns ON, the
system will be normal. These
symptoms indicate that the
system is controlled so as not to
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
centralized controller. Blinking
CONTROL", which blinks for a display indicates that the system
period of several seconds
cannot be operated using the
when the OPERATION button remote controller.
is depressed.
Normal operation. The system will
automatically start operation after
a lapse of five minutes.
The system stops immediately
after turning ON the power
supply.
The remote controller displays
malfunction codes "U4" and
"U5", and the system stops but
restarts after a lapse of several
minutes.
The system is in preparation
mode of micro computer
operation.
The system stops due to an
interruption in communication
between units caused by
electrical noises coming from
equipment other than air
conditioners.
Wait for a period of approximately
one minute.
The remote controller displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL".
The remote controller displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL", and the COOLHEAT selection remote
controller is provided.
This remote controller has no
Use a remote controller with
option to select cooling operation. option to select cooling operation.
COOL-HEAT selection is made
using the COOL-HEAT selection
remote controller.
Operate the system using the
COOL/HEAT centralized remote
controller.
Remove causes of electrical
noises.
If these causes are removed, the
system will automatically restart
operation.
Use the COOL-HEAT selection
remote controller to select cool or
heat.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
7
The system
This symptom occurs
conducts fan
immediately after turning ON
operation but not the power supply.
cooling or
heating
operation.
The system is in preparation
mode of operation.
8
The airflow rate
is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
Even pressing the AIRFLOW
RATE SET button makes no
changes in the airflow rate.
9
The airflow
direction is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
The airflow direction is not
corresponding to that
displayed on the remote
controller.
The flap does not swing.
In heating operation, when the
Normal operation.
room temperature reaches the set
degree, the outdoor unit will stop
while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating operation,
the system will be brought to fan
LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
Automatic control
Normal operation.
10 A white mist
comes out from
the system.
11 The system
produces
sounds.
<Indoor unit>
In cooling operation, the
ambient humidity is high.
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after cooling
operation stopping, the
ambient temperature and
humidity are low.
Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
due to heavy stain of the inside of
the indoor unit
Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the
indoor unit results to be vapor
from the unit.
Normal operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
After the completion of
defrosting operation, the
system is switched to heating
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after turning ON
the power supply, indoor unit
produces "ringing" sounds.
Defrosted moisture turns to be
vapor and comes out from the
units.
Normal operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are
continuously produced while in
cooling or defrosting operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are produced
immediately after the startup or
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
gas (refrigerant) flowing
respectively through the indoor
and outdoor units.
These sounds are produced
Normal operation.
when the gas (refrigerant) stops
or changes flowing.
<Indoor unit>
Faint sounds are continuously
produced while in cooling
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
"Creaking" sounds are
produced while in heating
operation or after stopping the
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
the drain discharge device in
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Sounds like "trickling" or the
like are produced from indoor
units in the stopped state.
On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
are produced when other indoor
units in operation. The reason is
that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
changes the operating frequency.
<Outdoor unit>
Pitch of operating sounds
changes.
Troubleshooting
Wait for a period of approximately
10 minutes.
These are operating sounds of
Normal operation.
the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after a
the indoor unit.
lapse of approximately one
minute.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
resin parts expanding and
contracting with temperature
changes.
213
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
Si37-701
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the
Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
from the system. system when it restarts after
inside of indoor unit, is blown out
the stop for an extended period from the system.
of time.
13 Odors come out In operation
from the system.
14 Outdoor unit fan
does not rotate.
In operation
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON
appears on the
the power supply
remote
controller.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation
compressor or
the outdoor unit
fan does not
stop.
Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit
adsorbed to the inside of indoor should be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
The reason is that fan revolutions Normal operation.
are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
The reason is that the system is
checking to be sure the remote
controller is normal.
It stops in order to prevent oil or
refrigerant from dwelling.
Normal operation.
This code is displayed for a period
of approximately one minute at
maximum.
Normal operation.
It stops after a lapse of
approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation
hot.
18 Hot air comes
out from the
system even
though it stops.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity Normal operation.
stops.
of refrigerant is fed to indoor units
in the stopped state when other
indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry
not cool air well.
operation serves not to reduce
the room temperature where
possible.
214
Change the system to cooling
operation.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.1
The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Indoor unit settings can be made
• Filter sign time
• Air flow direction
• Others
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Local
setting
mode
Service
mode
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Service data can be obtained.
• Malfunciton code history
• Temperature data of various sections
Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Or after 30 minutes
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.
• Malfunction codes
Inspection
• Indoor model code
mode
• Outdoor model code
Test
operation
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
Troubleshooting
Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
(V0815)
215
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.2
Si37-701
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller
Explanation
If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what
kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 224 for malfunction code and
malfunction contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds or
more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display,
the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No. will
change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal
mode (displaying the set temperature).
216
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
2.3
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller
In the Case of
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
section flashes.
The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”
The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
*1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates
that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
„ The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
*2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
Troubleshooting
217
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Si37-701
„ The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
218
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
219
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.4
Si37-701
Inspection Mode
Operating the INSPECTION/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to
check the malfunction codes, indoor unit model codes, and outdoor unit model codes while in
inspection mode.
0
Unit
Malfunction code L 0
Inspection
Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
0
Unit
Malfunction code L 0
Inspection
Inspection mode
Example of capacity code display
0 7 1... Capacity code
F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
J... Progression code
Display
Example model
028
071
FXCQ25
FXFQ63
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Indoor unit system code
Display
1
2
F
H
0 7 1
F C J
Indoor unit model code display
Product classification
System classification
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
VRV system
Outdoor air processing unit
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
VRV system
New ceilling suspended cassette
Indoor unit type code
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Display
A
C
E
F
H
J
L
P
L
6
3
–––
A A 1
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Test operation
Test operation mode
Push the button.
FXAQ
Double flow
FXCQ
Corner
FXKQ
Multi flow
FXFQ
Ceiling suspended
FXHQ
Built-in
FXSQ
Floor standing
FXLQ
Concealed ceiling duct
FXMQ
Concealed floor standing type
FXNQ
Multi flow 600×600
FXZQ
Slim Ceilling mounted duc
FXDQ
Outdoor model code
Type
Display
Inspection/test
operation
Model
Type
Wall mounted
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
9
A
A
A
1
3
2
5
A
C
Model
VRV System Inverter K Series
RSXYP
R-407C VRV PLUS Series
RXYP
VRV Heat Recovery Series
RSEYP
High COP type R-407C L Series
RSXYP-L
VRV II
RXYQ-M
VRV II M/C
RXYQ-MA
Heat Pump Series
RXYQ-P
Cooling Only Series
RXQ-P
A A E
VRV III
A 9 E
VRV III Heat Recovery Series
REYQ-P
(V2775)
220
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
2.5
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Remote Controller Service Mode
Operating the CHECK/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to obtain
"service data" and change "service setting" while in service mode.
How to Enter the
Service Mode
Service Mode
Operation
Method
Troubleshooting
1. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the
button.
(For wireless remote controller, Mode 43 only can be set.)
2. Select the unit No. (For group control only)
Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode
. (For wireless remote controller,
button.)
3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45)
In case of Mode 44, 45, push
button to be able to change setting before setting work.
(LCD “code” blinks.)
For details, refer to the table in next page.
4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45)
Define by pushing the timer
button.
After defining, LCD “code” changes blinking to ON.
5. Return to the normal operation mode.
Push the
button one time.
221
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Mode
No
40
Function
Malfunction
hysteresis display
Si37-701
Contents and operation method
Remote controller display example
Display malfunction hysteresis.
The history No. can be changed with the
button.
Unit 1
Malfunction code
40
2-U4
Malfunction code
Hystory No: 1 - 9
1: Latest
(VE007)
41
Display of sensor
and address data
Display various types of data.
Select the data to be displayed with the
button.
Sensor data
0: Thermostat sensor in remote controller.
1: Suction
2: Liquid pipe
3: Gas pipe
Address data
4: Indoor unit address
5: Outdoor unit address
6: BS unit address
7: Zone control address
8: Cool/heat group address
9: Demand / low noise address
Sensor data display
Unit No.
Sensor type
41
Temperature ºC
Address display
Unit No.
Address type
41
Address
(VE008)
43
Forced fan ON
Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When
you want to search for the unit No.)
By selecting the unit No. with the
button,
you can turn the fan of each indoor unit on
(forced ON) individually.
Unit 1
43
(VE009)
44
Individual setting
Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each
unit
Select the unit No. with the time mode
button.
Set the fan speed with the
button.
Set the air flow direction with the
Unit 1
Code
44
1 3
button.
Fan speed 1: Low
3: High
Air flow direction
P0 - P4
(VE010)
45
Unit No. transfer
Transfer unit No.
Select the unit No. with the
button.
Set the unit No. after transfer with the
button.
Present unit No.
1
Unit
Code
0 2
45
Unit No. after
transfer
(VE011)
46
47
222
This function is not used by VRV Ill R-410A Heat Recovery 50Hz.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
2.6
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Test Run Mode
Operating the INSPECTION/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to put
the system into test run mode.
(1) Test run mode setting
The test run mode setting can be made by conducting the following operation.
Normal
operation
mode
Test run
mode
Press the CHECK/TEST
button 4 times.
Press the RUN/STOP button after the completion of test run mode setting, and a test run
starts.
(The remote controller will display "TEST RUN" on it.)
2.7
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function
The remote controller switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more
appropriate maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the
operation lamp, malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the
contents and location of the malfunction.
When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be
diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display
and display of malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control.
Operation lamp
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
(VL050)
Troubleshooting
223
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Si37-701
Malfunction Operation Inspection
code
lamp
display
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit
224
Unit No.
8: ON
Malfunction contents
7: OFF
9: Blink
Page
Referred
A0
A1
9
9
9
9
9
9
Error of external protection device
PC board defect, E2 PROM defect
230
231
A3
A6
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L)
Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
232
234
236
237
A7
A9
8
9
7
9
9
9
Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve / Dust clogging
238
240
242
AF
AH
8
8
7
7
9
9
Drain level about limit
Malfunction of air filter maintenance
244
—
AJ
C4
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of capacity setting
Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
245
246
C5
9
9
9
247
C9
9
9
9
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for air inlet (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
CJ
E1
8
9
8
9
8
9
Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote controller
PC board defect
249
250
E3
E4
9
9
9
9
9
9
Actuation of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure sensor
251
253
E5
E6
9
9
9
9
9
9
Compressor motor lock
Standard compressor lock or over current
255
257
E7
E9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve (Y1E, Y2E, Y3E)
258
261
F3
F6
9
9
9
9
9
9
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Refrigerant overcharged
263
265
F9
H7
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of BS unit electronic expansion valve
Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal
266
268
H9
9
9
9
270
J2
9
9
9
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Current sensor malfunction
J3
9
9
9
J4
9
9
9
J5
9
9
J6
9
J7
248
271
Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R31, 32T,
33T) (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
Malfunction of temperature sensor for heat
exchanger gas (R2T)
272
9
Malfunction of thermistor (R8T) for suction pipe
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
274
9
9
275
9
9
9
Malfunction of thermistor (R4T) for heat exchanger
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
Malfunction of receiver outlet liquid pipe thermistor (R6T),
(9T)
J8
J9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of liquid pipe thermistor 2 (R7T)
Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe
thermistor (R5T)
277
278
JA
JC
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of high pressure sensor
Malfunction of low pressure sensor
279
281
L1
L4
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of inverter PC board
Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
283
285
L5
L8
9
9
9
9
9
9
DC output overcurrent of inverter compressor
Inverter current abnormal
288
290
L9
9
9
9
Inverter start up error
292
273
276
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
8: ON
Malfunction Operation Inspection
code
lamp
display
Outdoor Unit
LA
9
9
System
Central
Remote
Controller
and
Schedule
Timer
Heat
Reclaim
Ventilation
Unit No.
7: OFF
Malfunction contents
9
Malfunction of power unit
9: Blink
Page
Referred
—
LC
9
9
9
Malfunction of transmission between inverter and
control PC board
295
P1
P4
9
9
9
9
9
9
Inverter over-ripple protection
Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
sensor
298
300
PJ
9
9
9
302
U0
8
7
9
Faulty field setting after replacing main PC board or
faulty combination of PC board
Gas shortage alert
U1
U2
9
9
9
9
9
9
Reverse phase / open phase
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
306
307
U3
U4
9
9
9
9
9
9
Check operation is not completed.
Malfunction of transmission between indoor and
outdoor units
310
311
U5
9
9
9
314
U5
7
8
7
Malfunction of transmission between remote
controller and indoor unit
Failure of remote controller PC board or setting
during control by remote controller
U7
U8
9
9
9
9
9
7
Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units
Malfunction of transmission between main and sub
remote controllers (malfunction of sub remote controller)
315
321
U9
9
9
9
322
UA
9
9
9
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and
outdoor unit in the same system
Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units,
indoor units and remote controller
UC
UE
8
9
8
9
8
9
Address duplication of central remote controller
Malfunction of transmission between central remote
controller and indoor unit
329
330
UF
9
9
9
333
UH
9
9
9
Refrigerant system not set, incompatible wiring /
piping
Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address
undefined
M1
8 or 7
9
9
336
M8
8 or 7
9
9
Central remote controller PC board defect
Schedule timer PC board defect
Malfunction of transmission between optional
controllers for centralized control
MA
8 or 7
9
9
338
MC
8 or 7
9
9
Improper combination of optional controllers for
centralized control
Address duplication, improper setting
64
65
8
8
7
7
9
9
Indoor unit’s air thermistor error
Outside air thermistor error
—
—
6A
6A
8
9
7
9
9
9
Damper system alarm
Damper system + thermistor error
—
—
6F
6H
8
8
7
7
9
9
Malfunction of simple remote controller
Malfunction of door switch or connector
—
—
94
9
9
9
Internal transmission error
—
304
314
323
334
337
340
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Troubleshooting
225
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Si37-701
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit
PC board
<Monitor mode>
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
Malfunctions
Description of malfunction
Description of malfunction (PGF)
PC board malfunction
PC board malfunction
Faulty PC board
HPS activated
Pe malfunction
INV compressor lock detected
STD1 compressor lock detected
STD2 compressor lock detected
Abnormal discharge pressure
Abnormal suction pressure
Compressor lock
OC activation
* Refer to Page 195 for Monitor mode.
Overload, overcurrent and abnormal
lock of outdoor unit fan motor
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
1DC fan motor lock detected
Fan 1 IPM faulty protection detected
Instantaneous overcurrent of 2DC fan motor
* Refer to Page 195 for Monitor mode.
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Instantaneous overcurrent of 1DC fan motor
Malfunction
code
Remote
controller
E1
Detail
description
on next
page.
2DC fan motor lock detected
Fan 2 IPM faulty protection detected
Electronic expansion valve
EVM (main)
malfunction
EVJ (refrigerant charging)
EVT (subcool heat exchanger)
Positioning signal malfunction of
1DC fan motor positioning signal
outdoor unit fan motor
malfunction
2DC fan motor positioning signal
malfunction
Abnormal outdoor temperature
Ta sensor malfunction (short-circuited
or open)
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Td malfunction
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant overcharged
BS unit electronic expansion valve
BS EVH disconnected (Y4E)
malfunction
BS EVL disconnected (Y5E)
BS EVHS disconnected (Y2E)
BS EVLS disconnected (Y3E)
BS EVSC disconnected (Y1E)
Current sensor malfunction
CT1 sensor malfunction (STD
compressor 1)
CT2 sensor malfunction (STD
compressor 2)
CT sensor malfunction (system)
Discharge pipe temperature sensor
Tdi sensor malfunction (R31T)
malfunction
Tds1 sensor malfunction (shortcircuited) (R32T)
Tds2 sensor malfunction (shortcircuited) (R33T)
Heat exchanger gas temperature
Tg sensor malfunction (R2T, R11T)
sensor malfunction
Suction pipe temperature sensor
TsA sensor malfunction (shortmalfunction
circuited) (R8T, R10T)
Heat exchanger temperature sensor
Tb sensor malfunction (R4T, R12T)
malfunction
Liquid pipe temperature sensor
Tsc sensor malfunction (R6T, R14T)
malfunction
TL sensor malfunction (R9T)
Heat exchanger liquid pipe
Tf sensor malfunction (R7T, R15T)
temperature sensor malfunction
Subcool heat exchanger temperature Tsh sensor malfunction (R5T, R13T)
sensor malfunction
Discharge pressure sensor malfunction Pc sensor malfunction (S1NPH)
Suction pressure sensor malfunction Pe sensor malfunction (S1NPL)
INV PC board malfunction
Faulty IPM
Current sensor failure confirmation 1
Current sensor failure confirmation 2
IGBT malfunction
Overheat of INV radiation fin temperature
Rise in INV radiation fin temperature
DC output overcurrent
Instantaneous overcurrent of INV
IGBT malfunction
Electronic thermal
Electronic thermal 1
Electronic thermal 2
Loss of synchronization
Speed degradation after startup
Thunder detected
Stall prevention (time limit)
Stall prevention (increased current)
Stall prevention (startup failure)
Abnormal starting waveform
Loss of synchronization
INV transmission malfunction
INV transmission data malfunction
INV transmission malfunction
E9
H7
H9
F3
F6
F9
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
JA
JC
L1
L4
L5
L8
L9
LC
8 : ON
9 : Blink
1 : OFF
226
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
8: ON
7: OFF
9:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 (Check 1) Confirmation of malfunction 2 (Check 2) Confirmation of malfunction 3 (Check 3) Confirmation of malfunction 4 (Check 4)
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E1
9
7 7 9 9 9
7 7 7 9 9
7 7 7 7 9
7 7 9 9
E6
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
E7
9
7
9
9
9
E3
E4
E5
E9
9
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
9
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
J3
9
7
7
9
9
J4
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
H7
9
7
9
7
7
H9
F3
9
7
9
7
9
F6
F9
J2
9
7
9
9
7
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
JA
JC
L1
9
7
9
9
9
L4
L5
L8
L9
LC
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
*1: Faulty system
7
7
9
9
Troubleshooting
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
∗1
∗1
∗1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
∗1
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
Individual system
Multi system
→
Right-hand system
Master
→
Left-hand system
Slave 1
→
—
Slave 2
→
All systems
System
227
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Si37-701
<Monitor mode>
Malfunctions
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
Description of malfunction
Open phase and unbalanced power
supply
INV radiation fin temperature sensor
malfunction
Faulty combination of INV and fan
driver
Out of gas
Reversed phase
* Refer to Page 195 for Monitor mode.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
Abnormal power supply voltage
* Refer to Page 195 for Monitor mode.
Test run not carried out yet
Faulty transmission between indoor
and outdoor units
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Faulty transmission between outdoor
units
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Detail
description
on next
page.
Faulty transmission with other
systems
Faulty field setting
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
Faulty system line
Faulty transmission with accessory
equipment
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Unmatched wiring/piping, no system
settings
Malfunction
code
Description of malfunction (PGF)
Remote
controller
Unbalanced INV power supply voltage
P1
INV fin thermistor malfunction
P4
Faulty combination of INV
PJ
Out-of-gas alarm
Reversed phase malfunction
Reversed phase malfunction (ON)
Insufficient INV voltage
INV open phase (single phase)
Abnormal charge of capacitor of INV
main circuit
Test run not carried out yet
IN-OUT transmission malfunction
System malfunction
Malfunction caused when mounting
the external control adapter
Alarm given when mounting the
external control adapter
Malfunction caused between the
master and the slave 1
Malfunction caused between the
master and the slave 2
Multi REYQ models connected
Faulty address setting of slaves 1 and 2
4 or more outdoor units connected in
the same system
Erroneous address of slaves 1 and 2
Other system or other unit in the same
system
Excess indoor units connected
Erroneous refrigerant used for indoor
unit
Faulty combination of outdoor units
Faulty independent installation
Faulty connection of former BS unit
Faulty connection between outdoor
and BS unit
Faulty connection between BS units
Wrong number of indoor units
connected to BS unit
Wrong wiring (auto address error)
Multi level converter malfunction
Multi level converter alarm
Multi level converter data malfunction
Multi level converter transmission
malfunction
Unmatched wiring/piping
U0
U1
U2
U3
U4
U7
U9
UA
UH
UJ
UF
8 : ON
9 : Blink
1 : OFF
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
228
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
8: ON
7: OFF
9:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 (Check 1) Confirmation of malfunction 2 (Check 2) Confirmation of malfunction 3 (Check 3) Confirmation of malfunction 4 (Check 4)
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1
9 9 7 9 7 7 7 9
7 7 7 9 9
7 7 7 7 9
7 7
P4
∗1
9
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
U1
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
U2
9
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
U3
U4
9
9
7
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
U7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
PJ
U0
9
9
7
9
7
7
9
U9
9
9
7
7
9
UA
9
9
7
9
7
UH
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
7
9
9
UJ
UF
9
7
9
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
9
9
9
9
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
*1: Faulty system
7
7
9
9
Troubleshooting
7
9
7
9
9
9
∗1
∗1
9
9
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
Individual system
Multi system
→
Right-hand system
Master
→
Left-hand system
Slave 1
→
—
Slave 2
→
All systems
System
229
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote
Controller
3.1
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
Remote
Controller
Display
A0
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set to
"external ON/OFF terminal".
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of external protection device
„ Improper field set
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1
and T2 of the indoor
unit terminal
block.
YES
Actuation of external protection
device.
NO
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has been
set to external protection
device input (second
code No. 03)
by remote
controller.
NO
YES
Change the second code No. to
"01" or "02" .
Indoor unit PC board replacement.
(V2776)
230
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
3.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
A1
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Does
the system return
to normal?
NO
YES
The indoor unit PC board is
normal.
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
(V2777)
Troubleshooting
231
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.3
Si37-701
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control
System (S1L)
Remote
Controller
Display
A3
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXDQ, FXMQ, FXHQ (Option), FXMQ200,250M (Option), FXAQ
(Option), FXMQ-MF (Option)
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
By float switch OFF detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
232
220~240V power supply is not provided
Defect of float switch or short circuit connector
Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Loose connection of connector
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float
switch is connected to
X8A of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
YES
The float
switch contact is
forming a short circuit
(continuity check
with X8A or X15A
disconnected)
A short
circuit connector is
connected to
X8A.
NO
Connect either a short circuit
connector or float switch and
turn on again.
YES
YES
Becomes
normal when X8A of
the indoor unit PC board
is short circuited
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
YES
Loose connection of connector.
NO
Water builds up
in the drain pan.
NO
YES
YES
The drain
pump is connected
to X25A or terminals Y1
and Y2 of the
indoorunit PC
board.
The float switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace float switch.
Modify the float switch's
connection and turn on again.
NO
Connect the drain pump and
turn on again.
YES
The drain
pump works when
the power supply is reset
for the indoor
unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for
clogging or upward slope, etc.
NO
The voltage
of terminals Y1
and Y2 or X25A is
220~240 V (within
5minutes of resetting
the power
supply).
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.
(V2778)
Troubleshooting
233
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.4
Si37-701
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXAQ20~63MAVE, FXFQ25~125MVE
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormal fan revolutions are detected by a signal output from the fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the fan revolutions do not increase
Supposed
Causes
„ Broken wires in, short circuit of, or disconnection of connectors from the fan motor harness
„ Faulty fan motor
„
„
„
„
„
„
234
(Broken wires or faulty insulation)
Abnormal signal output from the fan motor (Faulty circuit)
Faulty PC board
Instantaneous disturbance in the power supply voltage
Fan motor lock
(Due to motor or external causes)
The fan does not rotate due to foreign matters blocking the fan.
Disconnection of the connector between the high-power PC board (A1P) and the low-power
PC board (A2P).
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn OFF the power
supply, and then wait for
a period of 10 minutes.
Are there
any foreign matters
around the fan?
YES
Remove the foreign matters.
NO
Is the
connector (X20A) for the
fan motor properly connected to
the indoor unit PC
board? (*1)
NO
Properly connect the connector.
YES
By
disconnecting the
connector (X20A) for the fan
motor from the indoor unit PC board, the
fan can be lightly rotated
by hand.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
Disconnect the connector
from the fan motor, and then
make measurement of
resistance between pins.(*2)
Is the
resistance between
the pins not less than
the judgment
criteria?
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
*1. If any junction connector is provided between the
connector (X20A) on the indoor unit PC board and
the fan motor, also check whether or not the junction
connector is properly connected.
*2. All resistance measuring points and judgment
criteria
FXAQ
1 White
20~63MAVE
2 Orange
Troubleshooting
FG
FXFQ
25~125MVE
1 2 3 4 5
— — FG Vsp Vcc
Vsp
3 Brown
Vcc
4 Blue
GND
5
—
6
—
7 Red
Vdc
Vdc
1
GND
2
—
3
Judgment Criteria
Criteria
Measuring point
Not less than 1MΩ
FG-GND
Vsp-GND Not less than 100kΩ
Vcc-GND Not less than 100Ω
Vdc-GND Not less than 100kΩ
235
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
“A6” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXHQ32~100MAVE, FXDQ20~63NVET, FXDQ20~63NAVE
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected if there is no revolutions detection signal output from the fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no revolutions can be detected even at the maximum output voltage to the fan
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty indoor fan motor
„ Broken wires
„ Faulty contact
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are the
X4A and X27A
connectors securely
connected?
NO
YES
Is the
power of approx. 12VDC
supplied between the Pins1 and 3 when
the X27A is disconnected and the
power supply turns
ON?
YES
Properly connect the connectors.
(At this time, check for any
faulty connector contact or
broken wires.)
Check the indoor unit fan motor
and the wiring circuits of the
motor.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
236
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“A6” Indoor Unit: Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor
Unit Fan Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ40~125MAVE
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected by detecting that the individual power supply for the fan turns OFF.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When it is not detected that the individual power supply for the indoor unit fan turns ON while in
operation.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Faulty power supply for the indoor unit fan motor
Clogged drain piping
Actuation of the indoor unit safety device
Faulty contact in the fan wiring circuit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
power supply
cable of the indoor unit
fan properly
connected?
NO
Properly connect the cable.
YES
Restart the fan.
Is the fan normally
running?
YES
It is supposed that the
indoor unit fan motor stops
running due to overload,
overcurrent, or lock.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
Troubleshooting
237
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.5
Si37-701
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)
Remote
Controller
Display
A7
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXHQ, FXKQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
★ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
238
Defect of swing motor
Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit
is a model equipped
with a swing flap
function
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The swing
motor works when
the power supply is turned
off and then back
on.
YES
NO
The connector
is connected to X9A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A
and turn on again.
YES
The limit switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
After
turning
the swing-flap
ON and then
stopping with the
remote controller, the
voltage of X6A of the indoor
unit PC board is 220 ~ 240
VAC (60 Hz) / 220 VAC
(50 Hz) when turned on
again (within 30
seconds of
turning on
again).
The connecting
cable is short-circuited
or disconnected.
YES
Replace the limit switch
connecting cable.
NO
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The connecting cable
has no continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply
connecting cable.
NO
When
the air flow
direction flap's cam
mechanism is disconnected
from the swing motor,
operation is normal
when turned
on again.
YES
NO
Replace swing motor.
Take the cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn on
again.
(V2780)
Troubleshooting
239
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.6
Si37-701
“A9” Indoor Unit: Electronic Expansion Valve
Malfunction / Dust Clogging
Remote
Controller
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
FXFQ25~125M
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using microcomputer.
Check dust clogging condition of electronic expansion valve main body by using
microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing microcomputer.
Either of the following conditions is seen/caused/ occurs while the unit stops operation.
z Temperature of suction air (R1T) – temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger (R2T)>8°C.
z Temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger (R2T) shows fixed degrees or below.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective drive of electronic expansion valve
„ Defective PC board of indoor unit
„ Defective relay cables
240
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
When power is supplied.
NO
Replace electronic expansion
valve main body.
YES
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X7A of
indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Shut the power supply off after
connection and then restart.
YES
Coil
check (∗1) of
electronic expansion valve
drive indicates
normal.
NO
Replace coil of electronic
expansion valve.
YES
Relay
cables short circuit or
disconnected.
YES
Replace relay cables.
NO
When restarting the operation after
shutting the power supply off does
not work, replace indoor unit PC
board.
∗1: How to check the coil of electronic expansion valve drive
Remove the connector for electronic expansion valve (X7A) from PC board. Measure the resistance
value between pins and check the continuity to judge the condition.
1) White
White (1)
Red (5)
2) Yellow
φ1
φ3
M
3) Orange
Orange (3)
4) Blue
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue 5) Red
(2)
(6) (4)
6) Brown
The normal products will show the following conditions:
No continuity between (1) and (2)
Resistance value between (1) and (3) is approx. 300 Ω
Resistance value between (1) and (5) is approx. 150 Ω
Resistance value between (2) and (4) is approx. 300 Ω
Resistance value between (2) and (6) is approx. 150 Ω
Troubleshooting
241
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion
Valve Coil
Remote
Controller
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
Indoor units except FXFQ models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing microcomputer.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective drive of electronic expansion valve
„ Defective PC board of indoor unit
„ Defective relay cables
242
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Electronic
expansion valve
is connected to X7A of
indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Shut the power supply off after
connection and then restart.
YES
Coil check
(∗1) of electronic
expansion valve drive
indicates
normal.
NO
Replace coil of electronic
expansion valve.
YES
Relay
cables short circuit or
disconnected.
YES
Replace relay cables.
NO
When restarting the operation
after shutting the power supply off
does not work, replace indoor unit
PC board.
∗1: How to check the coil of electronic expansion valve drive
Remove the connector for electronic expansion valve (X7A) from PC board. Measure the resistance
value between pins and check the continuity to judge the condition.
1) White
White (1)
Red (5)
2) Yellow
φ1
φ3
M
3) Orange
Orange (3)
4) Blue
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue 5) Red
(2)
(6) (4)
6) Brown
The normal products will show the following conditions:
No continuity between (1) and (2)
Resistance value between (1) and (3) is approx. 300 Ω
Resistance value between (1) and (5) is approx. 150 Ω
Resistance value between (2) and (4) is approx. 300 Ω
Resistance value between (2) and (6) is approx. 150 Ω
Troubleshooting
243
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.7
Si37-701
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit
Remote
Controller
Display
AF
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ, FXMQ-MF
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
non-operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
★ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
„ Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking
„ Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Field drain
piping has a defect such as
upward sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A humidifier
unit (optional accessory)
is installed on the
indoor unit.
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is
leaking.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
(V2782)
244
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
3.8
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination
Device
Remote
controller display
AJ
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal
is determined.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting
adaptor is not connected.
Supposed
Causes
„ The capacity setting adaptor was not installed.
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The indoor
unit PC board was replaced
with a replacement
PC board.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
YES
Was the
capacity setting
adapter mounted when
replacing the
PC board?
NO
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
Install a capacity setting adaptor.
(V2783)
Troubleshooting
245
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.9
Si37-701
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger
Remote
Controller
Display
C4
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then insert it again.
Is the
thermistor normal?
YES
Normal (The malfunction is
caused by faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then make resistance
measurement of the thermistor
using a multiple meter.
∗
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
246
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.10 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas
Pipes
Remote
Controller
Display
C5
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then insert it again.
Is the
thermistor normal?
YES
Normal (The malfunction is
caused by faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then make resistance
measurement of the thermistor
using a multiple meter.
∗
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T).
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
247
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.11 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air
Remote
Controller
Display
C9
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is
running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then insert it again.
Is the
thermistor normal?
∗
NO
YES
Normal (The malfunction is
caused by faulty contact.)
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PC board, and
then make resistance
measurement of the thermistor
using a multiple meter.
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
248
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.12 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Controller
CJ
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote controller air
temperature thermistor. (Note:)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the remote controller air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while
the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of remote controller thermistor
„ Defect of remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Clear the malfunction code
history. (While in inspection
mode, press and hold the
“ON/OFF” button for a period of
five seconds or more.)
Is "CJ"
displayed on the remote
controller?
YES
NO
Replace remote controller.
External factor other than
equipment malfunction.
(for example, noise etc.)
(V2787)
Note:
∗1: How to delete “the record of malfunction codes”.
Press the “Operate/ Stop” button for 4 seconds and more while the malfunction code is
displayed in the inspection mode.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
249
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.13 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
E1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected under the communication conditions in the hardware section between
the indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the communication conditions in the hardware section between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit are not normal.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ Defective connection of inside/ outside relay wires
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power once and
turn on again.
Return to normal?
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
NO
Check
if inside / outside
relay wires of outdoor
main PC board is
disconnected.
YES
Connect the inside/ outside
relay wires correctly.
NO
Replace outdoor main PC
board (A1P).
(V3064)
250
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.14 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
Remote
Controller
Display
E3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation
mode.
(Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0MPa
Reset pressure:
2.85MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Defect of High pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit main PC board (A1P)
Instantaneous power failure
Faulty high pressure sensor
251
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for the points shown below.
Is the stop valve open?
Is the HPS connector properly connected to the
main PC board?
Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the
three points above
OK?
NO
Rectify defective points, if any.
YES
Mount a pressure gauge on the high-pressure
service port.
Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Does the stop
due to malfunction (E3)
recur?
YES
Is the HPS
operating value normal
(i.e., 4.0MPa)?
Replace the HPS.
YES
NO
Are the
characteristics of the high
pressure sensor normal?
(See ∗1.)
NO
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the “high pressure” value and the
actual measurement value by pressure sensor (Refer to ∗1) by using the
service checker.
Check if the
“high pressure” value and
the actual measurement value by
pressure sensor are
the same.
NO
Replace main PC board ( A1P).
YES
· The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal.
· The high pressure has really become high.
Referring to information on P350, remove the causes by
CHECK 5 which the high pressure has become high.
∗1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P419.)
∗2: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
Micro controller
A/D input
(1)
High
pressure
sensor
White
Make measurement of DC
voltage between these wires.
252
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.15 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
E4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under compressor operation.
Operating pressure:0.07MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa)
Defect of low pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PC board
Stop valve is not opened.
253
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
NO
Is the stop
valve open?
Open the stop valve.
YES
Mount a pressure gauge on the low-pressure
service port.
Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the
low pressure sensor
normal?
(See ∗1.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the “low pressure”
value and the actual measurement value by pressure sensor
(Refer to ∗1) by using the service checker.
Check if the
“low pressure” value and
the actual measurement value
by pressure sensor are
the same.
NO
Replace main PC board
(A1P).
YES
· The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure
detected with the PC board is also normal.
· The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 6 Referring to information on P351, remove the
causes by which the low pressure has become low.
∗1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the
connector, and then convert it to pressure according to information on P419.)
∗2: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
Micro controller
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
Low
pressure
sensor
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires.
254
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.16 “E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock
Remote
Controller
Display
E5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phasecurrent waveform.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in
forced startup mode.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Inverter compressor lock
High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
Stop valve is left in closed.
255
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if
the stop valve is
open.
NO
Local factor
Open the stop valve.
YES
Check if
the relay wires to the
compressor are
correct.
NO
YES
Check if the
connection of UVW
phase order is
correct.
NO
YES
Power OFF
Check if
the wiring is the
same as in the electric
wiring diagram.
YES
The insulation
resistance of the compressor
is low (not more than
100kΩ).
Replace the connecting wires and
ensure right connection of the
connector.
Ensure correct connection.
W
U
NO
Check if the wiring has
any error in mistake for
inverter compressor.
YES
V
Ensure correct connection.
Replace the compressor.
NO
The compressor
coil has disconnection
of wires.
YES
NO
Restart and
check the operation.
Check if the condition
occurs again.
NO
YES
Check if
the start mode is in
the high differential pressure
(not less than
0.5 MPa).
YES
Conclude the work
There is a possibility of defect
of pressure equalizing.
Check the refrigerant circuit.
Defect of pressure equalizing
Check the refrigerant circuit.
NO
Power ON
Remove the connection between
the compressor and inverter. Set
the power transistor check mode
ON using “Setting mode 2” of the
outdoor unit PC board.
Measure the inverter output voltage
(∗2).
Note: Measurement should be made
while the frequency is stable.
Check
if the inverter
output voltage between 3
phases is within
± 5V.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board.
YES
Replace the inverter compressor.
∗1: Pressure difference between high pressure and low pressure before starting.
∗2: The quality of power transistors/ diode modules can be judged by executing Check 4 (P349).
256
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.17 “E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/
Lock
E6
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detects the overcurrent with current sensor (CT).
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the detected current value exceeds the below mentioned value for
2 seconds.
„ 400 V unit : 15.0 A
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
Closed stop value
Obstacles at the air outlet
Improper power voltage
Faulty magnetic switch
Faulty compressor
Faulty current sensor (A6P, A7P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the stop valve open?
YES
Obstacle
exists around the air
outlet.
NO
YES
Open the stop valve.
Remove the obstacle.
NO
Is the power
supply voltage
normal?
YES
Is the
magnetic switch
(K2M, K3M) normal?
(∗1)
YES
NO
NO
Correct the power voltage.
Replace the magnetic
switch.
Check the wiring from power supply ~ current sensor (A6P, A7P) ~
MgS (K2M, K3M) ~ compressor
Is
above wiring
correct?
NO
Correct wiring.
YES
Is
current sensor
correct? ∗1
YES
NO
Replace the corresponding
current sensor
(A6P or A7P).
Replace compressor.
(V3051)
Note:
Troubleshooting
∗1 One of the possible factors may be chattering due to rough MgS contact.
∗2 Abnormal case
„ The current sensor value is 0 during STD compressor operation.
„ The current sensor value is more than 15.0A during STD compressor stop.
257
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.18 “E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan
Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
E7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect a malfunction based on the current value in the INVERTER PC board (as for motor 2,
current value in the fan PC board).
Detect a malfunction for the fan motor circuit based on the number of rotation detected by hole
IC during the fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Overcurrent is detected for INVERTER PC board (A2P) or fan INVERTER PC board (A5P)
(System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)
„ In the condition of fan motor rotation, the number of rotation is below the fixed number for
more than 6 seconds. (System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)
Supposed
Causes
258
„
„
„
„
Failure of fan motor
Defect or connect ion error of the connectors/ harness between the fan motor and PC board
The fan can not rotate due to any foreign substances entangled.
Clear condition: Continue normal operation for 5 minutes
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check in the monitor mode
12HP ~18HP class models have 2 fans.
Check electric motor (electric motor 1 or 2) corresponding
to malfunction code “E7” in the monitor mode of outdoor unit
PC board. (Refer to P226 - P227 for how to check)
Cut the power supply OFF and wait for 10 minutes.
Check if
any foreign substances
around the fan.
YES
Remove the foreign substances.
NO
Check the connection status of the connectors
Fan motor 1: relay connector or X1A, X2A of compressor
inverter PC board.
Fan motor 2: relay connector or X1A, X2A of fan inverter
PC board.
Check
if any connector is
disconnected.
YES
Insert the connector.
NO
Check the color of relay connectors
Fan motor 1: Both power supply wire and signal wire are
all white.
Fan motor 2: Both power supply wire and signal wire are
red in the PC board side and white in the motor side.
Relay
connectors have
any connection
error.
NO
YES
Correct the connection of the relay
connectors.
A
Troubleshooting
~
12HP
~
5HP
8HP
18HP
259
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
A
No continuity
of fuse (FIU) on the fan
inverter PC board.
YES
Replace fan inverter PC
board.
NO
Unable to
rotate the fan manually
with ease when removing
the connector of the
fan motor.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Resistance
value between the power
supply wire terminal of fan motor
and the motor frame (metal) is
1MΩ and below.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Check 1 (Referring to the information on P347)
Check fan motor connector (power supply wire)
The resistance
value between UVW phases
of fan motor is out of balance, or
short circuit between
UVW phases.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Check 2 (Referring to the information on P347)
Check fan motor connector (signal wire)
The signal
wire short circuits
between Vcc and GND
and between UVW
and GND.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Put the power supply ON to check the following
LED lamps.
1) HAP lamp on the compressor PC board (A2P)
2) HAP lamp on the fan inverter PC board (A5P)
HAP lamp
for the A5P does not
blink on the condition that
HAP lamp for A2P
is blinking.
YES
Replace fan inverter PC
board.
NO
Replace fan motor 2.
260
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.19 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E~Y5E)
Remote
Controller
Display
E9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check disconnection of connector
To be detected based on continuity existence of coil of electronic expansion valve
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
No current is detected in the common (COM [+]) when power supply is ON.
Supposed
Causes
„ Disconnection of connectors for electronic expansion valve (Y1E)
„ Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve
„ Defect of outdoor unit main PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
261
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn power supply off, and
turn power supply on again.
YES
Return to normal?
NO
External factor other than
malfunction (for example, noise
etc.).
Check the electronic expansion valve corresponding to the malfunction code “E9” in the monitor
mode.
(Refer to P226~227 for how to check.)
When Check 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for main use (Y1E, Y3E for Single, Y1E for Multi)
When Check 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for refrigerant charge (Y4E for Single, Y2E for Multi)
When Check 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for subcooling (Y2E, Y5E for Single, Y3E for Multi)
Explanation of “
”
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
The connector
of outdoor unit PC board
(A1P) for electronic expansion
valve is connected.
NO
Ensure correct connection.
YES
The coil
resistance of electronic
expansion valve isnormal.
(Refer to ∗1)
YES
NO
Replace the connecting cable.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3067)
∗ Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins, and then make sure the resistance
falls in the range of 40 to 50Ω.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
(Yellow) 3
(Black) 4
5
Measuring points Judgment criteria
1-6
2-6
40~50Ω
3-6
4-6
COM[+] (Gray) 6
(V3067)
262
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.20 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe
Temperature
Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
temperature sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level (135 °C and above)
When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly (120 °C and above for10 successive
minutes)
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
263
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connect the service checker.
Press reset and start operation
again.
Check if
discharge pipe
thermister property is
normal.
(∗1)
NO
Replace discharge pipe thermister.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the
temperature of discharge pipe by using service
checker with actual measurement value of discharge
pipe thermister (Refer to ∗1).
Check if
temperature of
discharge pipe by using
service checker is the same with
actual measurement value
of discharge pipe
thermister.
NO
Replace main PC board ( A1P).
· Discharge pipe thermister is normal and the temperature
detection of the main PC board is also normal.
· Actually the temperature of discharge pipe is high.
Check 3 Remove the factor of overheat operation
referring to P348.
∗1: Compare the resistance value of discharge pipe thermister and the value based on the surface
thermometer.
(Refer to P417 for the temperature of thermister and the resistance property)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
264
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.21 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged
Remote
Controller
Display
F6
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the outside air temperature, heat
exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the outside air temperature, heat
exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run, exceeds the
standard.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Refrigerant overcharge
Misalignment of the outside air thermistor
Misalignment of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor
Misalignment of the liquid pipe thermistor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the mounting condition of
the temperature sensors of the
outside air thermistor, heat
exchanging deicer thermistor and
liquid pipe thermistor in the piping.
Are the
above thermistor
installed on pipes
correctly?
NO
Install thermistor correctly.
YES
Remove the outside air thermistor,
heat exchanging deicer thermister
and the liquid pipe thermistor from
the outdoor PC board and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the
characteristic of the
above thermistor
normal?
YES
NO
Replace thermistor.
Refrigerant overcharged.
(V2797)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
265
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.22 “F9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic
Expansion Valve
Remote
Controller
Display
F9
Applicable
Models
BS unit
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected by whether or not all coils of the electronic expansion valve have
continuity.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the power supply turns ON, there is no currents pass through the common (COM[+]).
Supposed
Causes
„ Connector disconnected from the electronic expansion valve
„ Faulty coil of the electronic expansion valve
„ Faulty PC board of the BS unit
266
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn OFF the power supply
once and then ON again.
Does the
power supply normally
come back ON?
YES
NO
Probe any external causes
other than failures (e.g.
noises).
While in monitor mode, identify an electronic expansion valve
subject to the Malfunction Code "F9". (For checking procedure,
refer to information on P226~227.)
When Check 4 is set as shown below:
Check 3
Check 4
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y4E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y5E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y2E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y3E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y1E)
Is the
connector for the
electronic expansion valve of the PC
board concerned properly
connected?
NO
Properly and securely
connect the connector.
YES
Is the
resistance of
the electronic expansion
valve coil normal?
(See *1)
NO
YES
Replace the electronic
expansion valve coil
concerned.
Replace the BS unit PC
board.
*1: Procedure for checking the electronic expansion valve for
the drive unit coil.
Disconnect the electronic expansion valve connector (X7A)
from the PC board, and then make measurement of
resistance and check for continuity between the connector
pins to make judgment.
(1) White
White (1)
(2) Yellow
φ1
[COM]
Red (5)
φ3
M
(3) Orange
Orange (3)
(4) Blue
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue
(2) (6) (4)
[COM]
(5) Red
(6) Brown
The normal states are as follows:
No continuity between Pins (1) and (2)
Approx. 300Ω resistance between Pins (1) and (3)
Approx. 150Ω resistance between Pins (1) and (5)
Approx. 300Ω resistance between Pins (2) and (4)
Approx. 150Ω resistance between Pins (2) and (6)
Troubleshooting
267
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.23 “H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal
Remote
Controller
Display
H7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of abnormal signal from fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
In case of detection of abnormal signal at starting fan motor.
Supposed
Causes
„ Abnormal fan motor signal (circuit malfunction)
„ Broken, short or disconnection connector of fan motor connection cable
„ Fan Inverter PC board malfunction (A2P)
268
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the fan motor corresponding to the malfunction code
“H7” in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P226~227 for how to check)
When check 3 shows as follows:
→ Fan motor 1 (M1F)
When check 3 shows as follows:
→ Fan motor 2 (M2F)
Identify outdoor unit based on Check 4.
Explanation for “
”
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
Cut the power supply off.
Check if
signal wire connector
for the corresponding fan
motor is normal.
NO
Ensure correct connection.
NO
Replace fan motor.
YES
Check the connector
of the fan motor (∗1).
Check if the
resistance of the fan
motor lead wire between Vcc and
UVW and between GND and
UVW are balanced.
YES
∗1. Check procedure for fan motor connector
(1) Power OFF the fan motor.
(2) Remove the connector (X2A or X4A) on the PC board to
measure the following resistance value.
Judgment criteria: resistance value between each phase is
within ±20%
Replace inverter PC board.
For fan motor 1: replace inverter
PC board (A2P)
For fan motor 2: replace fan
inverter PC board (A5P)
Connector
for signal wires (X2A or X4A)
X2A
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
W
2 Blue
V
1 Yellow
U
Measure the
resistance
between VccUVW and
GND-UVW.
(V2799)
Troubleshooting
269
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.24 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air
Remote
Controller
Display
H9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective thermistor connection
„ Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Connector is
connected to X18A of
outdoor PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R1T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
(1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T)
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3070)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
270
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.25 “J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction
Remote
Controller
Display
J2
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the current value detected by current sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the current value detected by current sensor becomes 5A or lower, or 40A or more during
standard compressor operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty current sensor (A6P, A8P)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
„ Defective compressor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the current sensor corresponding to the malfunction
code “J2” in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P226~227 for how to check)
Check 4 shows as follows:
→ Current sensor for constant rate compressor 1
Check 4 shows as follows:
→ Current sensor for constant rate compressor 2
Explanation for “
”
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
Is the
connector for
current sensor
connected to X25A, X26A
on outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector, and
operate unit again.
YES
Are the
current sensors inversely
connected to two STD
compressors?
YES
Correct the connections between
the current sensors and the STD
compressors.
NO
Applicable
compressor coil wire is
broken.
NO
Is the
current sensor
mounted on the T-phase
(A6P) and R-phase
(A8P) wire?
YES
YES
NO
Replace compressor.
Mount the current sensor
correctly, and operate unit again.
Replace current sensor or outdoor
unit PC board.
(V3071)
Troubleshooting
271
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.26 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe
Thermistor (R31, 32T, 33T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R31T, R32T, R33T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which discharge
thermistor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Connector
is connected to X29A
of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
R31, 32T or R33T from the
outdoor unit PC board.
(2.5kΩ to
1.3kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R31, 32T
or R33T)
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3072)
The alarm indicator is displayed when the fan is being used also.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P418.
272
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.27 “J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor
for Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction based on the temperature detected by each thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
In operation, when a thermistor is disconnected or short circuits.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective connection of thermistor
„ Defective thermistor
„ Defective outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Connector is
connected to X30A of
outdoor PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R2T or R11T) from the
outdoor unit PC
board. (1.8kΩ
to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T or
R11T)
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3070)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
273
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.28 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or
R10T) for Suction Pipe
Remote
Controller
Display
J5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the suction pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the suction pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R8T or R10T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which discharge
thermistor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Connector
is connected to
X30A, of outdoor unit
PC board.
(A1P)
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after disconnecting the thermistor
(R8T or R10T) from the
outdoor unit PC
board. (1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor R8T or
R10T.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3073)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
274
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or
R12T) for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger
Remote
Controller
Display
J6
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R4T or R12T) for outdoor unit coil
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Connector
is connected to X30A
of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor NO
R4T or R12T from the
indoor unit PC
board. (1.8kΩ
to 800kΩ)
YES
Replace the thermistor R4T or
R12T.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3074)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
275
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T), (R9T) or (R14T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the liquid pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty liquid pipe thermistor 1 (R6T), (R9T) or (R14T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Is
the connector
for liquid pipe
thermistor connected to
X30A on outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate unit again.
YES
Is the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R6T) (R9T) or (R14T) from
outdoor unit PC board
normal? (1.8kΩ
to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R6T) (R9T) or
(R14T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3075)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
276
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.31 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J8
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the liquid pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty liquid pipe thermistor 2 (R7T or R15T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Is
the connector
for liquid pipe
thermistor connected to
X30A on outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate unit again.
YES
Is the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R7T or R15T) from outdoor
unit PC board normal?
(1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R7T or R15T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3075)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
277
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.32 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger
gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R5T or R13T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P226~227)
Is
the connector
for subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe
thermistor connected to
X30A on outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate unit again.
YES
Is the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R5T or R13T) from outdoor
unit PC board normal?
(1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R5T or R13T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3075)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
278
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.33 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
JA
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
(Not less than 4.22MPa, or 0.01MPa and below)
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Defect of high pressure sensor system
Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Defective connection of high pressure sensor
279
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Confirm which high pressure
sensor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to page 226~227)
1.Set the high pressure gauge
upright.
2.Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are
the characteristics
of the high pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between the voltage characteristics
(∗2) and the gauge
pressure.)
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
If
the PC board
pressure detection normal?
(Make a comparison between the
checker pressure data and the
voltage characteristics
(∗2).)
NO
Replace the main PC board.
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the high
pressure sensor
normal?
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Replace the main PC board.
∗1: Pressure sensor subject to malfunction code
Malfunction code Pressure sensor subject to malfunction code Electric symbol
JA
High pressure sensor
S1NPH
(V2806)
∗2: Voltage measurement point
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P419.
280
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.34 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
JC
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
(Not less than 1.77MPa, or -0.01MPa and below)
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Defect of low pressure sensor system
Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Defective connection of low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which low pressure
sensor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to Page 226~227)
1.Set the low pressure gauge
upright.
2.Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are
the characteristics
of the low pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between the voltage characteristics
(∗1) and the gauge
pressure.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
If
the PC board
pressure detection normal?
(Make a comparison between the
checker pressure data and the
voltage characteristics
(∗1).)
NO
Replace the main PC board.
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the low
pressure sensor
normal?
YES
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
Replace the main PC board.
(V2808)
Troubleshooting
281
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
∗1: Voltage measurement point
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P419.
282
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.35 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Defective Inverter PC Board
Remote
Controller
Display
L1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected based on the current value during waveform output before starting
compressor.
Malfunction is detected based on the value from current sensor during synchronous operation
when starting the unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Overcurrent (OCP) flows during waveform output.
Malfunction of current sensor during synchronous operation.
IPM failure.
Supposed
Causes
„ Inverter PC board (A2P)
z IPM failure
z Current sensor failure
z Drive circuit failure
Troubleshooting
283
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn OFF the power supply
once, and then check the
compressor lead wires.
Do the
lead wires have any
disconnection, broken wire,
short circuit, or ground
fault?
YES
Replace the lead wires.
NO
Turn ON the power supply
again.
Does the
power supply normally
come back ON?
YES
It is supposed that the malfunction
results from external causes other
than failures (e.g. exogenous
noises or thunder).
NO
Is the
single system applied
to the outdoor
unit?
YES
Single system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PC board 1) or
left-hand (control PC board 3).
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power
transistor is
normal.
NO
Multi system
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
NO
YES
Check if
insulation resistance of
the compressor is 100kΩ
and above.
NO
Replace the compressor and
compressor inverter PC board
(A2P) at the same time.
YES
Replace the inverter PC board
(A2P).
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power
transistor of the fan
driver is normal.
NO
Replace the compressor inverter
PC board (A2P) and fan inverter
PC board (A5P).
YES
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P349.
Replace the inverter PC board
(A2P).
*1. List of Inverter PC boards
Model
REYQ 8, 10,12P
REYQ 14, 16P
REMQ 8, 10, 12P
REMQ 14, 16P
284
Name
Compressor inverter PC board
Fan inverter PC board
Compressor inverter PC board
Fan inverter PC board
Compressor inverter PC board
Fan inverter PC board
Compressor inverter PC board
Fan inverter PC board
Electric symbol
A5P
A6P, A7P
A4P, A7P
A6P, A9P
A4P
A5P
A4P
A5P, A7P
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.36 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 87°C.
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 87°C)
„ Defect of inverter PC board
„ Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
285
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
YES
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
single system applied
to the outdoor
unit?
Single system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PC board 1) or
left-hand (control PC board 3).
NO
Multi system
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
The radiation
fin of the inverter PC board
concerned exceeded a
temperature of
87˚C.
YES
Faulty radiation from the power unit
• Blocked air suction port
• Stained radiation fin
• High outdoor temperature
NO
Turn OFF the power supply,
and then make measurement
of resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the thermistor
resistance normal?
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Connect and disconnect
the connector (X111A) for
the fin thermistor, and then
properly connect it.
Does
the malfunction
recur when the power
supply turns ON to start
the compressor?
YES
Replace the compressor inverter
PC board.
NO
Continue operation.
It is supposed that the radiation
fin temperature became high due
to some field factors. In this
connection, check the following
points:
• Stained radiation fin
• Air flow obstructed with dirt or
foreign matters
• Damage to fan impellers
• Too high outdoor temperature
286
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Inverter PC board for compressor
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
287
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.37 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor
Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an excessive current flows in the power transistor.
(Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.)
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)
„ Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
„ Defect of inverter PC board
288
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Compressor inspection
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if
the stop valve is
open.
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Check if
the compressor lead
wires are normal.
NO
Replace compressor lead
wires.
YES
Check if the
wiring and connection to
the compressor
are normal.
NO
Correct the wiring and
connection.
YES
Power OFF
Insulation
resistance of the compressor
is 100 kΩ or
below.
YES
Replace inverter
compressor.
NO
Compressor
coils are disconnected.
YES
Replace inverter
compressor.
NO
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power transistor
is normal.
NO
Replace inverter PC board
(A2P).
YES
NO
YES
Continue operation.
Momentary power failure
is possible.
(
(
Failure
occurs again after restarting
the unit.
Replace inverter
compressor.
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P349.
Troubleshooting
289
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.38 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor
Remote
Controller
Display
L8
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected. (Inverter secondary current 16.1A)
(1) 19.0A and over continues for 5 seconds.
(2) 16.1A and over continues for 260 seconds.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
290
Compressor overload
Compressor coil disconnected
Defect of inverter PC board
Faulty compressor
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Output current check
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if the
stop valve is open.
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Check if the
compressor lead wires are
normal.
Check if the
wiring and connection to
the compressor are
normal.
NO
NO
Replace compressor
lead wires.
Correct the wiring and
connection.
Power OFF
Insulation
resistance of the compressor
is 100 kΩ or
below.
Compressor coils are
disconnected.
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power transistor
is normal.
YES
YES
NO
Replace the inverter
compressor.
Replace the inverter
compressor.
Replace the inverter
PC board (A2P).
YES
Connect the compressor lead
wires then restart the operation.
Malfunction code
“L8” is displayed again.
NO
Continue operation.
YES
Check if the
pressure difference between high
pressure and low pressure before
restarting is 0.2MPa
or below.
YES
NO
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P349.
Troubleshooting
Defective pressure
equalizing in the
refrigerant circuit.
Inspection of the
compressor.
291
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.39 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure
Remote
Controller
Display
L9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the failure based on the signal waveform of the compressor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Starting the compressor does not complete.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
292
Failure to open the stop valve
Defective compressor
Wiring connection error to the compressor
Large pressure difference before starting the compressor
Defective inverter PC board
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
YES
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
single system applied
to the outdoor
unit?
Single system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PC board 1) or
left-hand (control PC board 3).
NO
Multi system
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
Check if it
is the first time to start
after installation.
NO
Go on to the next page.
( Starting failure due to aged operation.)
YES
Check if a
right amount of refrigerant
is charged.
NO
Charge a right amount of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the
stop valve is open.
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Refrigerant
is sleeping. ( The unit is out
of power supply for more than
6 hours.)
YES
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
NO
Check if the
insulation resistance of the
compressor is more
than 100kΩ.
NO
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the
compressor lead wires are
disconnected.
YES
Fix the compressor lead wire.
NO
Correct the wiring then supply
power to restart.
Troubleshooting
293
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Continued from the previous page.
(Start failure due to aged operation.)
Refrigerant
is sleeping. ( The unit is out
of power supply for more
than 6 hours.)
NO
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the
insulation resistance of the
compressor is 100kΩ
or over.
NO
Replace the inverter compressor.
YES
Broken inside
the compressor
YES
Replace the inverter compressor.
NO
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power
transistor is
normal.
NO
Replace the compressor inverter
PC board.
YES
Recheck the compressor/
refrigerant circuit.
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P349.
294
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.40 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board
Remote
Controller
Display
LC
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of connection between the inverter PC board and outdoor main PC board
Defect of outdoor main PC board (transmission section)
Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of noise filter
Faulty fan inverter
Incorrect type of inverter PC board
Faulty inverter compressor
Faulty fan motor
External factor (noise etc.)
295
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Was the PC board
(A1P) replaced with a spare
PC board?
YES
Does the
model setting of the
substitute PC board match the
system?
NO
NO
Make correct model setting.
(For setting procedure, refer to
information on P184~.)
YES
Are the
connectors of the
inverter PC board, main
PC board, and sub PC
board all securely
connected?
NO
Properly connect the connectors.
YES
Is the type of
the inverter PC board
correct?(*1)
NO
Replace it with a correct PC board.
YES
The INV
compressor has
insulation resistance of
not more than
100kΩ.
YES
Replace the compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan
motor has insulation
resistance of not more
than 1MΩ.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
A
*1. List of Inverter PC boards
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
REMQ8PY1
REMQ10PY1
REMQ12PY1
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
296
Comp1
Comp2
FAN1
FAN2
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
A
The fuse
F400U of the A3P has been
molten down.
YES
Replace the noise
filter of the A3P.
NO
Disconnect the sensor connector
(X2A or X4A) from the fan motor,
and then turn ON the power supply.
Is any
malfunction code
other than "LC"
displayed?
YES
Take countermeasures
following the displayed
malfunction code.
NO
The
microcomputer
normal monitor (green)
of the main PC board (A1P)
is blinking.
NO
Not the LC malfunction.
Check the malfunction
code again.
YES
The
microcomputer
normal monitor (green)
of the main PC board (A4P)
is blinking.
NO
Replace the inverter PC
board (A4P).
* If the replaced PC board has
significant damage, the compressor
is probably get faulty. In this case,
carry out inspections on the
compressor again.
YES
The LC malfunction recurs.
YES
Replace the main PC
board (A1P).
NO
Continue operation.
(It is supposed that the
malfunction results
from causes such as
instantaneous power
failure.)
F400U
Troubleshooting
297
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.41 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection
Remote
Controller
Display
P1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Imbalance in supply voltage is detected in PC board.
Imbalance in the power supply voltage causes increased ripple of voltage of the main circuit
capacitor in the inverter. Consequently, the increased ripple is detected.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status.
★ Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P1" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
When the amplitude of the ripple exceeding a certain value is detected for consecutive 4
minutes.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
298
Open phase
Voltage imbalance between phases
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of K2 relay in inverter PC board
Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Imbalance
in supplied voltage is
in excess of 14 V
(Y1). ∗1
YES
Open phase?
NO
NO
Is
the voltage
imbalance applied to the
inverter in excess of
14 V (Y1)?
∗2
YES
NO <When voltage monitoring is possible:>
Using a device capable of
constant recording of power
supply voltage record
power supply voltage
between 3 phases (L1 ~ L2,
L2 ~ L3, L3~L1) for about
one continuous week.
No abnormalities are
observed in the power
supply, but the imbalance
in voltage recurs.
YES
Open phase
Normalize field cause.
Fix power supply voltage
imbalance.
Part or wiring defect
After turning the power supply
OFF, check and repair the
main circuit wiring or parts.
(1) Loose or disconnected
wiring between power
supply and inverter
(2) K2 contact disposition,
fusion or contact is poor.
(3) Loose or disconnected
noise filter
∗1. Measure voltage at the X1M power supply
terminal block.
∗2. Measure voltage at connector X10A (RED,
WHITE and BLACK wire pins) of the diode
module inside the inverter while the compressor
is running.
Power supply voltage imbalance
Even if the power supply voltage is not
unbalanced when measuring it, there are
many cases where it gets unbalanced during
nighttime (around 6:00PM to 10:00PM).
measure
Replace the inverter PC board.
Explanation for users ∗In accordance with "notification of inspection results" accompanying spare parts.
Give the user a copy of "notification of inspection results"and leave Be sure to explain to the user that
there is a "power supply imbalance"
it up to him to improve the imbalance.
for which DAIKIN is not responsible.
(V2816)
Troubleshooting
299
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.42 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
P4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status.
★ Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor
Defect of inverter PC board
Faulty inverter compressor
Faulty fan motor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Measure resistance value of
the radiation fin thermistor. *
* Disconnect the connector (X111A) from the fin
thermistor, and then check the thermistor.
Is the
thermistor resistance
value normal?
NO
Replace the inverter PC
board.
YES
The INV
compressor's insulation
resistance is not more
than 100kΩ.
YES
Replace the
compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan
motor's insulation
resistance is not more
than 1MΩ.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Does the
malfunction recur when
the power supply
turns ON?
NO
300
YES
Replace the inverter PC
board.
Continue operation.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Inverter PC board for compressor
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P417.
Troubleshooting
301
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.43 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing
Main PC Board or Faulty Combination of PC Board
Remote
Controller
Display
PJ
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected according to communications with the inverter.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Make judgment according to communication data on whether or not the type of the inverter PC
board is correct.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty (or no) field setting after replacing main PC board
„ Mismatching of type of PC board
302
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
NO
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Was the
PC board (A1P) replaced
with a substitute PC
board?
YES
Is the
model setting of the
substitute PC board
correct?
NO
YES
Is the
type of the compressor
inverter PC board
correct? (*1)
NO
Make correct setting of
DIP switch.
(For setting procedure,
refer to information on
page 184~.)
Replace it with the
correct compressor
inverter PC board.
YES
Is the
type of the fan inverter
PC board correct?
(*2)
NO
Replace it with the
correct fan inverter PC
board.
YES
Does the
Preparation indication
lamp on the main PC
borad turn
OFF?
YES
NO
Rectify the connection
wiring.
Replace outdoor unit
PC board.
• With single systems,
replace the control PC
board 1 (A1P) or the
control PC board 3
(A3P).
• With multi systems,
replace the main PC
board (A1P).
*1. List of Inverter PC boards
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
REMQ8PY1
REMQ10PY1
REMQ12PY1
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
Troubleshooting
Comp1
Comp2
FAN1
FAN2
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
303
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.44 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Gas Shortage Alert
Remote
Controller
Display
U0
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect gas shortage based on the temperature difference between low pressure or suction pipe
and heat exchanger.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
[In cooling mode]
Low pressure becomes 0.1MPa or below.
[In heating mode]
The degree of superheat of suction gas becomes 20 degrees and over.
SH= Ts1 –Te
Ts1: Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor
Te : Saturated temperature corresponding to low pressure
★Malfunction is not determined. The unit continues operation.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
304
Gas shortage or refrigerant clogging (piping error)
Defective thermistor (R4T, R7T, R12T, R15T)
Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
In cooling mode
Set up a pressure gauge at the service port on the low
pressure side.
Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Check if the
low pressure is 0.1MPa
or below. (∗1)
NO
Check if the
property of low pressure
sensor is normal.
(∗2)
YES
NO
Replace the low pressure
sensor.
YES
Replace the main PC board
(A1P).
Remove the factor of
decreasing low pressure by
referring to Check 6 .
∗1
∗1: Check the low pressure value by using pressure gauge in operation.
∗2: Compare the actual measurement value by pressure sensor with the
value by the pressure gauge.
(To gain actual measurement value by pressure sensor, measure the
voltage at the connector [between (2)-(3)] and then convert the value
into pressure referring to P419.)
In heating mode
Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Check if the
temperature difference between
the suction pipe and the heat exchanger
is 20 ˚C and over.
NO
Check if the
property of suction pipe thermister
(A7T) and heat exchanger thermister
(R4T) are normal.
(*3)
NO
Replace the thermister.
YES
∗3: Compare the thermister resistance value with the value on the surface
thermometer.
∗1 Check 6 : Referring to the information on P351.
Replace the main PC board.
• With individual systems,
replace the control PC board
1 (A1P) or the control PC
board 3 (A3P).
• With multi systems, replace
the main PC board (A1P).
Remove the factor of
superheating by referring to
Check 3 .
∗2
∗2 Check 3 : Referring to the information on P348.
Troubleshooting
305
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.45 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase
Remote
Controller
Display
U1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The phase of each phase are detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or
reverse phase are judged.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a significant phase difference is made between phases.
Supposed
Causes
„ Power supply reverse phase
„ Power supply open phase
„ Defect of outdoor PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
There
is an open phase
at the power supply
terminal section (X1M)
of the outdoor
unit.
YES
Fix the open phase. Requires
inspection of field power supply
section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one
place of power supply
line phase is
replaced.
NO
YES
Reverse phase
Counter measure of the problem is
completed by phase replacement.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
• With single systems, replace the
control PC board 1 (A1P) or the
control PC board 3 (A3P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PC board (A1P).
(V2820)
306
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.46 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure
Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the voltage aforementioned is not less than 780V or not more than 320V, or when the
current-limiting voltage does not reach 200V or more or exceeds 740V.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Power supply insufficient
Instantaneous power failure
Open phase
Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of outdoor control PC board
Main circuit wiring defect
Faulty compressor
Faulty fan motor
Faulty connection of signal cable
307
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for
power supply voltage.
Voltage between phases:
380 to 415V Phase
voltage: 220
to 240V
On-site causes.
Make proper wire connections
without open phase, erroneous
connections, or erroneous order of
phases.
YES
Power ON
Power OFF
NO
Unbalanced
power supply? (Not more
NO
than 2%: Phase voltage of not
more than approx.
5V)
YES
Disconnect the cable from the
compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
insulation resistance.
NO
The
YES
insulation resistance is
low (i.e., not more than
100kΩ.)
NO
Disconnect the cable from the
fan, and then check the fan
motor for the insulation
resistance.
NO
The
YES
insulation resistance is
low (i.e., not more than
1MΩ.)
NO
On-site causes
Correct the unbalanced loads to
eliminate the unbalanced state.
Unbalanced voltage will cause
extremely unbalanced current,
thus impairing the service life of or
resulting in the malfunction of the
equipment.
Replace the compressor.
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the fan driver.
Check the inverter power
transistor.
Has the
power transistor got
faulty?
YES
NO
Check the fan driver power
transistor.
Has the
power transistor got
faulty?
NO
YES
Replace the inverter PC board.
Observe the conditions of the
PC board.
In the case of a serious failure, a
compressor failure may cause
the failure of the PC board. Even
if the PC board is replaced, it
may cause failure again.
To avoid that, recheck the
compressor for ground and for
any broken wires. Furthermore,
even after the completion of PC
board replacement, check the
compressor.
Replace the fan driver PC board.
Observe the conditions of the
PC board.
A
308
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
A
Power OFF
<Multi>
Check for connector connections: Remove
and insert the connectors shown below.
Furthermore, check the connectors for
terminal conditions and continuity.
• X1M power receiving terminal ⇔ X400A A3P
• A3P X401A ⇔ X10A A4P
• A1P X28A ⇔ X6A A4P
• A4P X61A ⇔ X402A A3P
• A4P X1A ⇔ X403A A3P
• A4P P1,P2 ⇔ Reactor terminal L1R
• A4P P3,N3 ⇔ P1,N1 A5P
• A5P P2,N2 ⇔ P1,N1 A7P
Has the
inverter PC board caused
damage?
YES
Single : A5P, A8P
Multi : A4P
Replace the inverter PC board.
∗If the PC board replaced is badly
damaged, the compressor is
likely to get faulty. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
NO
Has the
fan driver caused
damage?
<Single>
Check for connector connections: Remove
and insert the connectors shown below.
Furthermore, check the connectors for
terminal conditions and continuity.
• X1M power receiving terminal ⇔ X400A A3P
• A4P or A7P X401A ⇔ X10A A5P or A8P
• A1P or A3P X28A ⇔ X6A A5P or A8P
• A5P or A8P X61A ⇔ X402A A4P or A7P
• A5P or A8P X1A ⇔ X403A A4P or A7P
• A5P or A8P P1,P2 ⇔ Reactor terminal L1R
• A5P or A8P P3,N3 ⇔ P1,N1 A5P
• A6P P2,N2 ⇔ P1,N1 A7P
YES
NO
Single : A6P, A7P or A9P
Multi : A5P/A7P
Replace the fan driver PC
board.
∗If the PC board replaced is badly
damaged, the fan motor is likely
to get faulty. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
Turn ON the power supply.
Stop (standby)
before the fan rotates.
YES
NO
Power ON
Stop (standby)
when the compressor
starts up.
YES
NO
The U2
malfunction recurs.
YES
Recheck for the power supply. If
there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A4P, A7P or
A3P noise filter PC board.
If the malfunction recurs, replace
the inverter PC board.
Recheck for the power supply. If
there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A5P, A8P or
A4P inverter PC board.
∗If the PC board replaced is badly
damaged, compressor is likely to
get faulty. To make sure, recheck
the compressor.
Check the harness, and then
replace it if necessary.
NO
End of measures:
The malfunction may temporarily
result from on-site causes.
Causes: Instantaneous power
failure (open phase), noises, or
else.
Troubleshooting
309
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.47 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation not Executed
Remote
Controller
Display
U3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check operation is executed or not
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Check operation is not executed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the
check operation
performed on Outdoor
unit PC board?
YES
NO
Press and hold BS4 on the
outdoor master PC board for 5
seconds or more, or turn ON the
local setting mode 2-3 to conduct
a check operation.
Performs the chech operation
again and completes the check
operation.
When a leakage detection
function is needed, normal
operation of charging refrigerant
must be completed. And then,
start once again and complete a
check operation.
(V3052)
310
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.48 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
Remote
Controller
Display
U4
Applicable
Models
All model of indoor unit
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check if the transmission between indoor unit and outdoor unit is correctly executed using
microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
or wrong wiring
Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address doesn’t match
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Defect of outdoor unit PC board
311
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the detailed malfunction
status in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P226~227 for how to
check.)
In Check 4,
LED lamp indicates
as follows:
Go on to the next page.
LED lamp display
NO
(
)
YES
Check if
indoor unit PC board
or outdoor unit PC board has
been replaced. Or check if indoor/
outdoor, outdoor/ outdoor
connecting wires are
normal.
YES
Press the rewiring button on the
main PC board of the master
outdoor unit. Keep pressing for 5
seconds or more. (Operation does
not start for a maximum 12
minutes.)
NO
Check
if all the indoor
remote controllers within the
same refrigerant circuit
display “U4”.
NO
YES
Check if the
indoor/ outdoor, outdoor/
outdoor connecting wires
are normal.
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Correct the connecting wires.
Reset the power supply here.
Check
if the normal condition
monitor for the microcomputer
(HAP) on the outdoor unit
PC board blinks.
NO
Lights do not
go out for 12 minutes
or more.
NO
The fuse on
the outdoor unit PC
board is blown.
NO
YES
Replace the fuse.
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board.
YES
Press the rewiring button on the
main PC board of the outdoor unit.
Keep pressing for 5 seconds or
more.
NO
Check if
the indoor/ outdoor,
outdoor/ outdoor connecting
wires are normal.
Correct the voltage (200V).
YES
YES
Check if
the LED in preparation
mode (H2P) on the outdoor
unit PC board
blink.
YES
Check if the
NO
voltage between RS
terminals on the outdoor unit
PC board is 200V.
NO
Correct the connecting wires.
YES
Check if
the operation is normal
with 1 circuit after outdoor/outdoor
connecting wires are
removed.
YES
312
NO
Replace the main PC board of
outdoor unit.
Fix DIII Net extension adapter.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Continued from the previous page
In Check 4, LED
lamp indicates as follows:
(
)
Start operation of all the indoor
units.
Check if all the units
indicate “U9”.
NO
Continue operation.
YES
Check if more than
2 minutes passed since
“U9”was indicated.
NO
Make a diagnosis again based on
the indication in 2 minutes and
over.
YES
The indoor units PC board
indicating “U9” are normal.
Check the indoor units in the other
circuits to diagnose failure
according to the corresponding
malfunction codes.
Troubleshooting
313
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.49 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
U5
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer is signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of indoor unit remote controller transmission
Connection of two main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Defect of remote controller PC board
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using
2-remote controllers
control.
YES
NO
All indoor
PC board microcomputer
monitors blink.
YES
Set one remote controller to
"SUB"; turn the power supply
off once and then back on.
NO
NO
YES
Operation
returns to normal when
the power is turned off
momentarily.
YES
Replace the remote controller
Normal
SS1 of
both remote controllers
is set to "MAIN."
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
Normal
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
Normal
NO
YES
Normal
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
(V2823)
314
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.50 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across
Outdoor Units)
Remote
Controller
Display
U7
Applicable
Models
All models of outdoor units
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between outdoor units.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Connection error in connecting wires between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside control
adapter
„ Connection error in connecting wires across outdoor units
„ Setting error in switching cooling/ heating
„ Integrated address setting error for cooling/ heating
(function unit, outdoor unit outside control adapter)
„ Defective outdoor unit PC board (A1P or A3P)
„ Defective outdoor unit outside control adapter
Troubleshooting
315
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the LED lamps for
“Check 3” corresponding
to the malfunction code
“U7” and for Check 4 in
the monitor mode. (Refer
to P228~229 for how to
check)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 1
(Faulty transmission caused
when the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is mounted)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 2
(Transmission alarm given when
the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit is mounted)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 3
(Abnormal transmission between
the master unit and the slave unit 1)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 4
(Abnormal transmission between
the master unit and the slave unit 2)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 5
(Multi-connection REYQ units)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 6
(Erroneous manual address
settings of the slave units 1 and 2)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 7
(Connection of four or more
outdoor units to the same circuit)
Check 3
Check 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 8
(Faulty auto address of the slave
units 1 and 2)
316
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 1
Check 4
Check if
any disconnection or
connection error is detected in
connecting wires with
outside control
adapter.
YES
Correct the connecting wiring
with the outside control adapter.
NO
Check if
the normal condition
monitor LED for the outdoor
unit PC board
blinks.
NO
YES
Check if power
is supplied to the
outdoor units.
NO
Supply power to the outdoor
unit.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
PC board.
Check if
the normal condition monitor
LED for the outside control
adapter blinks.
YES
NO
Check if
the power supply
wire for the outside control
adapter is connected to
5V supply
line.
NO
Connect the power supply wire
for the outside control adapter
to 5V supply line.
YES
Replace the PC board of the
outside control adapter.
Replace the outdoor unit main
PC board.
Troubleshooting
317
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 2
Check 4
Switch cooling/heating in
a lump.
NO
Set the cooling/heating switch of
the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit to “individual”.
YES
Setting of
cooling/heating switch
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is “Master
in a lump”.
YES
The integrated addresses for
cooling/heating within the
outdoor/outdoor transmission are
duplicated. Set the address
again.
NO
Setting of
cooling/heating switch
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is “Slave
in a lump”.
NO
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
YES
Check if
the normal condition
NO
monitor LED for the outdoor
unit main PC board
blinks.
YES
Check if the
NO
outdoor unit is powered on.
Supply power to the outdoor
unit.
YES
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
Check
if the normal
condition monitor LED for
the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit
blinks.
NO
YES
Set
the cooling/heating
switch of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit to “individual”.
Then check if the failure
occurs again.
Check
if the power supply
wire for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is connected
to 5V supply
line.
NO
Connect the power supply wire
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit to 5V supply line.
YES
NO
Replace the PC board of the
external control adaptor for
outdoor unit.
YES
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
318
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 3
Check 4
Check
the connection status
of connecting wires of Multi Slave
1 with outdoor multi.Check if the wiring is
disconnected or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit main PC
board of the Multi Slave 1.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 4
Check 4
Check
the connection status
of connecting wires of Multi Slave
2 with outdoor multi. Check if the wiring is
disconnected or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of
the outdoor multi and then reset
the power supply.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit main PC
board of the Multi Slave 2.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 5
Check 4
Check
if the outdoor unit
REYQ8~16PY1 is
connected to multisystem.
YES
Remove the connecting wires of
the outdoor multi and then reset
the power supply.
NO
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
Troubleshooting
319
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 6
Check 4
Are
manual address settings
(of the slave units 1 and 2) correct in
order to connect the
AirNet?
NO
YES
Check
the connection
status of one of the connecting
wires of Outdoor Multi. Check if
the wiring is broken or
disconnected.
YES
Correct the manual address
settings.
(For detail, refer to information in
the "AirNet Installation Manual".)
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the main PC board of the
outdoor unit.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 7
Check 4
In the
connection status
of the outdoor multi, check if
more than 4 outdoor units
are connected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the main PC board of the
outdoor unit.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 8
Check 4
Check the
connection status of the
connecting wires of outdoor multi. Check
if the wiring has any connection error
or broken, or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the main PC board of the
outdoor unit.
320
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.51 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Main and Sub Remote Controllers
Remote
Controller
Display
U8
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer if signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controller
„ Connection between sub remote controllers
„ Defect of remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controllers control.
NO
YES
SS1
of both remote controllers is
set to "SUB."
YES
SS1
of remote controller PC boards
is set to "MAIN."
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
power supply off once and
then back on.
YES
NO
Turn the power off and then
back on. If a malfunction
occurs, replace the remote
controller PC board.
Set one remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply
off once and then back on.
(V2825)
Troubleshooting
321
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.52 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System
Remote
Controller
Display
U9
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction signal for the other indoor units within the circuit by outdoor unit PC board.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the malfunction decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn on all indoor units.
All the units are
indicating “U9”.
NO
Continue operation.
YES
“U9”
has been displayed for 2
minutes or more.
YES
322
NO
Re-diagnose by display after
passage of 2 minutes or more.
The outdoor unit PC board
indicated by the malfunction code
U9 is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Malfunction
Code Flowchart.
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.53 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Remote
Controller
Display
UA
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor unit
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
The number of indoor units is out of the allowable range.
Incorrect signals are transmitted among the indoor unit, BS unit, and outdoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is
detected.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Excess of connected indoor units
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PC board.
323
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the LED lamps for “Check 3”
corresponding to the malfunction
code “UA” and for Check 4 in the
monitor mode. (Refer to P228~229
for how to check.)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 1
(Excessive number of indoor
units connected)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 2
(Connection of erroneous models
of indoor units)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 3
(Faulty combination of outdoor
units)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 4
(Faulty wiring in units dedicated
to multi connections)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 5
(Connection of erroneous models
of BS units)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 6
(Faulty wiring between outdoor
units and BS units)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 7
(Faulty wiring between BS units)
Check 3
Check 4
To Diagnosis Flow 8
(Faulty wiring between indoor
units and BS units)
324
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 1
Check 4
The number
of indoor units connected
to the same refrigerant circurt system
should not be more than
64 units.
YES
NO
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
• With single systems, replace
the control PC board 1 (A1P) or
the control PC board 3 (A3P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PC board (A1P).
The number of indoor units
exceeds the standard. Check the
connection to correct.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 2
Check 4
Check if the refrigerant
type of the outdoor unit
corresponds to that of
the indoor unit.
NO
YES
Replace the main PC board of
the outdoor unit.
• With single systems, replace
the control PC board 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PC board (A1P).
Match the refrigerant types of the
outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
Troubleshooting
325
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 3
Check 4
Check
if the outdoor
unit PC board is replaced
with PC board for
spare parts.
NO
YES
Check
if the unit is not
connected to outdoor
units of different
models.
NO
Replace the main PC board of the
outdoor unit.
YES
Check the model of the outdoor
unit.
Is a correct substitute
PC board procured?
NO
Replace it with the correct
substitute PC board.
YES
Check if
the spare parts PC board
setting is correct.
NO
Correct the setting to reset the
power.
YES
Replace the spare parts PC board.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 4
Check 4
Is a single unit of
model REMQ
installed?
YES
Procure the correct model of unit.
(The REMQ model is dedicated to
multi connections.)
NO
The connection
wiring of multi outdoor
units is broken or
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connection wirings.
NO
Replace the main PC board (A1P).
326
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 5
Check 4
Is the model BSVQ-P
connected?
NO
Connect the model BSVQ-P.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC board
as shown below.
• With single systems, replace the
control PC board 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PC board (A1P).
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 6
Check 4
Is the wiring
between the outdoor unit
and the BS unit
correct?
NO
Correct the wiring.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC board
as shown below.
• With single systems, replace the
control PC board 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PC board (A1P).
Troubleshooting
327
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check 3
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 7
Check 4
Is the wiring between
the BS units correct?
NO
Correct the connection wiring.
YES
Replace the BS unit PC board
concerned.
Check 3
Diagnosis Flow 8
Check 4
Is the connection
wiring between the indoor
unit and the BS unit
correct?
NO
Correct the connection wiring.
YES
Replace the indoor unit or BS unit
PC board.
328
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.54 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller
Remote
Controller
Display
UC
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor unit
Centralized controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The centralized address is
duplicated.
Troubleshooting
Make setting change so that
the centralized address will
not be duplicated.
329
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.55 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
Centralized controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized controller is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor
330
Intelligent Touch Controller
unit
„ Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
(or disconnection of connector for independent / combined use changeover switch.)
„ Failure of PC board for central remote controller
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check
the indoor
unit for which
“UE” is displayed.
Is the the transmission
malfunction (UE)
caused on
all indoor
units?
YES
Continued to A
(on the following
page)
NO
Is the
power supply of
the indoor unit, on which
the “UE” occurred,
turned ON?
NO
Make sure there are no
hazardous situations, and
then turn ON the power
supply.
YES
Has
the setting of
central control group No.
been made with the
indoor unit on which
the “UE”
occurred?
NO
YES
YES
Make correct setting of the
central control group No.
NO
For VRV
systems, can the
setting of central controlgroup
No. be made in one and
the same refrigerant
system?
YES
Was
the central
control group No.
for indoor unit
changed?
Can
the setting of
central control group
No be made?
YES
NO
NO
Check outdoor units to which
the refrigerant system is
connected.
Check whether or not there
are no problems with the
transmission wiring length,
types of cables and wires,
number of units connected,
and others. If no problems,
replace the indoor unit PC
board.
Reset the power supplies of
every central equipment.
For the intelligent Touch
controller, register the air
conditioner again while in
DIII-NET test run menu.
(V2822)
Troubleshooting
331
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
A
Check the
transmission
wiring between central
equipment for any broken
wire. For details, refer to
information in the “Procedure
for checking broken
wires” section.
(Refer P.352)
Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
Normal
Check the
transmission
wiring with the master
unit central equipment for
any broken wire. For details,
refer to information in the
“Procedure for checking
broken wires”
section.
(Refer P.352)
Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
Normal
Has the
master unit central
setting connector been
connected?
NO
Correct the connection of the
connector.
YES
Disconnect the transmission
wiring of the master unit
central equipment, and then
check the voltage between the
transmission terminals (F1 and
F2) of the master unit
transmission equipment using
a multiple meter.
Is the
voltage between
the terminals F1 (+)
and F2 (-) in the range of
15.2 to 17.6
VDC?
YES
NO
Replace the central
equipment.
Central equipment: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
332
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.56 “UF” System is not Set yet
UF
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through
checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
„ Failure to execute check operation
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
„ Stop valve is left in closed
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are the stop
valves openned?
NO
Open stop valve.
YES
Is the
check operation
carried out?
NO
YES
Is
indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Is indoor
-outdoor and outdooroutdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
Replace indoor unit PC board.
NO
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may
not have been carried out
successfully.
(V2830)
Note:
Troubleshooting
Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off
for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the
fan mode for at least an hour.
333
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si37-701
3.57 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined
Remote
Controller
Display
UH
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect an indoor unit with no address setting.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
„ Defect of outdoor unit main PC board (A1P or A3P)
334
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
electricity
being introduce for
the first time after
YES
installation or after an indoor
or outdoor unit PC
board has been
replaced?
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor and
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
NO
Normal
YES
NO
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds
Does a malfunction occur?
Does
a malfunction
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the
time when electricity is
introduced to indoor
and outdoor
units?
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Normal
YES
Disconnect
the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission
wiring to create the onesystem status, and then
check whether or not
the system is
normal.
YES
Mount the DIII NET extension
adapter.
NO
Does
a “UH” malfunction occur
for all indoor units in
the system?
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board (A1P or A3P).
(V2831)
∗1: Check the correct wiring “indoor-outdoor” and “outdoor-outdoor” by Installation Instruction.
∗2: What is Auto Address?
This is the address automatically assigned to indoor units and outdoor units after initial power supply
upon installation, or after executing rewiring (Keep pressing the rewiring button for more than 4
seconds).
Troubleshooting
335
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
Si37-701
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
4.1
“M1” PC Board Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
M1
Applicable
Models
Central remote controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect an abnormality in the DIII-NET polarity circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When + polarity and - polarity are detected at the same time.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of central remote controller PC board
„ Defect of Intelligent Touch Controller PC board
„ Defect of Schedule timer PC board
Troubleshooting
Replace the central remote controller.
Caution
Intelligent Touch Controller
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn ON the power supply of
the central equipment
with M1 displayed once again.
Is the M1 displayed again?
With M1 displayed
Without M1 displayed
Replace the central
equipment.
Central equipment: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
336
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
4.2
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
“M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote
Controller
Display
M8
Applicable
Models
Central remote controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data. (The system will be
automatically reset.)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no master controller is present at the time of the startup of slave controller.
When the centralized controller, which was connected once, shows no response.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
„ Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
Intelligent Touch Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Were
any changes
made to the number
of units of central
equipment? (The central
equipment was connected once,
and then disconnected, or
additional central
equipment was
installed.)
YES
Reset the power supplies of
every central equipment.
NO
Turn ON the power supply of
the central equipment.
NO
Have power
supplies to every central
equipment been
turned ON?
YES
Is the display of LCD OK?
Nothing is
displayed on the LCD by operating
Ve-Up controller.
(∗1)
NO
NO
YES
Has the Reset
switch (located inside of
equipment) SS1 been set
to the Normal
side?
YES
Check 7 ∗2
Check if the unit indicating
“A8” has no broken
of wiring.
Normal
Abnormal
YES
Replace Ve-Up controller.
Set the Reset switch (located
NO inside of equipment)
SS1 been set to the Normal
side.
Replace the central
equipment.
Correct the wiring.
Some central equipment gets
faulty. Conduct RUN/STOP
operations on every central
equipment, and then replace
the central equipment that
cannot control the indoor unit.
∗1: Display screen control using Ve-Up controller:
When the screen displays nothing by touching the screen, adjust the contrast volume.
∗2 Check 7 : Referring to the information on P352.
Troubleshooting
337
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
4.3
Si37-701
“MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control
Remote
Controller
Display
MA
Applicable
Models
Central remote controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the schedule timer is set to individual use mode, other central component is present.
When multiple master controller are present.
When the remote control adapter is present.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
„ More than one master controller is connected
„ Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
338
Intelligent touch controller
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the
remote control adapter
(KRP2A series) been
connected?
Not available for combined
use with the remote control
adapter. Dismount the
remote control adapter, and
then reset power supplies of
every central equipment.
YES
NO
Has the
schedule timer been
connected?
YES
Has
the Interface for
BaCnet been
connected?
NO
YES
NO
Has the
DMF-IF been
connected?
YES
NO
Has the parallel
interface been
connected?
YES
NO
NO
Are there
two or more units
of central equipment
with master unit setting
connectors (CN1/X1A)
connected?
YES
Has the
Independent/
YES
Combined use
connector(CN1/X1A) of the
schedule timer been
connected?
The List of Setting of Master
Unit Central Setting Connector
Check 8 ∗1
NO
Reset the
power supplies of every
central equipment.
The MA malfunction code is
displayed again.
The "MA" error code has
been cleared.
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
Central equipment: Normal
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the Interface for BaCnet.
Dismount either of them, and
then reset power supplies of
every central equipment.
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the DMS-IF. Dismount either
of them, and then reset
power supplies of every
central equipment.
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the parallel interface.
Dismount either of them, and
then reset power supplies of
every central equipment.
Dismount the Independent/
Combined use connector
(CN1/X1A) of the schedule
timer, and then reset power
supplies of every central
equipment.
Integrate every central
equipment to which the
master unit central connector
is connected, and then reset
power supplies of every
central equipment.
Disconnect the master unit
central setting connector and
connect this connector to
different central equipment,
and then reset power
supplies of every central
equipment. Central
equipment, to which the
master unit central setting
connector is connected at the
time when the malfunction
code is cleared, is faulty.
Replace this equipment.
∗1 Check 8 : Referring to the information on P353.
Troubleshooting
339
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
4.4
Si37-701
“MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting
Remote
Controller
Display
MC
Applicable
Models
Central remote controller
Schedule timer
Intelligent Touch Controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Two or more units of central remote controllers and Intelligent Touch Controllers are
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized controller
connected, and all of them are set to master unit central setting or slave unit central setting.
„ Two units of schedule timers are connected.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Did the
malfunction
occur while in the first test
run using the intelligent
Touch controller?
NO
YES
Is the
Master/Slave setting of the
central equipment
correct?
NO
Is the Master/
Slave setting of the
central equipment
correct?
Be sure to
refer to the
Master/
Slave
setting
table.
Check 9 Correct the setting of the
combination of master and
∗1
slave units, and then reset
the power supplies of every
central equipment.
YES
YES
NO
Was the
central equipment
connected once, and then
disconnected, or was additional
central equipment
installed?
YES
Reset the power supplies of
every central equipment.
NO
Turn ON the power supply of
the central equipment with
"MC" displayed once again.
If the intelligent Touch
controller is used, correct the
setting of the combination of
master and slave units again
while in DIII-NET test run
mode, referring to the
Master/Slave setting table.
(Refer P183.)
With "MC"
displayed
Is the "MC"
displayed again?
Replace the central
equipment.
Without "MC"
displayed
Reset the power supplies of
every central equipment.
Central equipment: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
∗1 Check 9 : Referring to the information on P354.
340
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5.1
Operation Lamp Blinks
Remote
Controller
Display
Operation lamp blinks
Applicable
Models
All model of indoor units
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission between optional central controller and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF controller PC board
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Malfunction of air conditioner
341
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is a
malfunction
code displayed on the
remote controller?
YES
Diagnose the cause with the
air conditioner's failure
diagnosis manual.
NO
Has a
once connected
indoor unit been removed
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
NO
Is the
power supply for
the indoor unit displaying
a malfunction
turned
on?
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
Is
transmission
with all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
NO
Is the
transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
Turn the power supply of the
indoor unit on.
Fix the wiring correctly.
Is
the group
No. of malfunctioning
indoor units
set?
YES
NO
Set the group No.
correctly.
Replace the central PC board.
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is the
master
controller's connector for
setting master controller
disconnected.
YES
Connect the connector
correctly.
NO
Replace the central PC board.
(V2841)
342
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
5.2
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats
Single Blink)
Remote
Controller
Display
“under centralized control” (Repeats single blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Central remote controller, Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the centralized controller, which was connected once, shows no response.
The control ranges are overlapped.
When multiple master central controller are present.
When the schedule timer is set to individual use mode, other central controller is present.
When the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices is present.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Address duplication of optional controllers for centralized control
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
Connection of more than one master controller
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
343
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Has a once
connected optional
controller for centralized
control been disconnected
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is the
power supply
turned on for all
optional controllers for
centralized
control?
YES
Is the
reset switch
of all optional controllers
for centralized
control set to
"normal"?
NO
Turn on power supply for
all optional controllers for
centralized control.
NO
Set reset switch to
"normal."
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
YES
NO
Is
a central remote
controller or schedule timer
connected?
YES
NO
Are
two or more unified
ON / OFF controllers
connected?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
Is the
central remote
controller or schedule
timer displaying a
malfunction?
344
Refer to failure diagnosis for
central remote controller or
schedule timer.
NO
YES
Is the setting
of the unified
ON / OFF controller's
switch for setting
each address
duplicated?
YES
A
YES
NO
Correct the setting of the
unified ON / OFF controller's
switch for setting each
address and reset the power
supply of the unified ON /
OFF controller.
(V2842)
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
A
Is the
wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices
connected?
YES
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adaptor for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adaptor for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
NO
Is a parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is the
schedule timer's
individual/combined
connector
connected?
NO
Are
there two or
more optional
controllers for centralized
control connected with the
connector for setting
master
controller?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply
for all optional controllers
for centralized control
simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
YES
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the power
supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Arrange so that the connector
for setting master controller is
connected to one controller for
centralized control and reset
the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master controller from
the master controller, connect
to another optional controller
for centralized control and
simultaneously reset all
optional controllers for
centralized control again. The
controller connected by the
connector for setting master
controller when the
malfunction is cleared is
defective and must be
replaced.
(V2843)
Troubleshooting
345
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5.3
Si37-701
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats
Double Blink)
Remote
Controller
Display
“under centralized control” (Repeats double blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no central control addresses are set to indoor units.
When no indoor units are connected within the control range.
Supposed
Causes
„ Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
„ Improper control range setting switch
„ Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the central
control address (group No.) NO
set for the
indoor unit?
YES
Is the control
range setting switch
set correctly?
NO
YES
Is
the transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Set by remote controller the
central control address for all
indoor units connected to the
central control line.
Set the control range setting
switch correctly and
simultaneously reset the power
supply for all optional controllers
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Replace the unified ON/OFF
controller.
(V2844)
346
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
[CHECK 1]
[CHECK 2]
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Check on connector of fan motor (Power supply cable)
(1) Turn off the power supply.
Measure the resistance between phases of U,V,W at the motor side connectors (three-core
wire) to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector
or relay connector is disconnected.
Red
U
White
V
Black
W
Measure the resistance
values between phases
U,V,W.
(1) Turn off the power supply.
(2) Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U,V,W, and GND and each phase
at the motor side connectors (five-core wire) to check that the values are balanced within the
range of ± 20 %, while connector or relay connector is disconnected.
Furthermore, to use a multiple meter for measurement, connect the probe of negative pole
to Vcc and that of positive pole to GND.
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
W
2 Blue
V
1 Yellow
U
Measure the resistance
values between Vcc
and U,V,W, and GND
and U,V,W.
347
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[CHECK 3] Check the Factors of Overheat Operation
Identify the defective points referring to the failure factor analysis (FTA) as follows.
Hot gas circuit clogging
Faulty hot
gas bypass
control
(∗1)
Defective solenoid
valve coil
Defective solenoid
valve body
←Check if coil resistance and insulation
are normal.
Defective control PC board
Faulty
discharge
pipe
temperature
control
[In cooling mode only]
Faulty
subcooling
motorized
valve control
(EV2)
Subcooling
motor
operated
valve failure
Control
failure
(∗2)
Temperature
increase of
discharge
pipe
[In cooling mode]
When indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
becomes too
narrow (∗3)
4 way switch valve is in the
middle position.
Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
←Check if the voltage property is
normal.
←Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermister resistance property
is normal.
←Check if the pressure value given by the
service checker corresponding to actual
measurement value by the sensor.
←Check if the piping temperature connected
to the 4 way switch valve is normal.
Superheat due to
defective compressor
Indoor unit
motorized
valve failure
Faulty control
Defective valve coil
Faulty control
←Check if coil resistance and insulation are
normal.
Defective valve body
Defective thermister for
indoor unit gas pipe
←Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermister resistance property is
normal.
Defective thermister for
indoor unit liquid pipe
←Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermister resistance property is
normal.
Defective control PC board
Outdoor unit
motorized
valve failure
Defective valve coil
←Check if coil resistance and insulation are
normal.
Defective valve body
Defective low pressure
sensor
Defective thermister for
suction pipe
Defective control PC board
Refrigerant gas
shortage
Large resistance
of piping
insulation are normal.
Superheat due to
shaft damage
Faulty
superheated
degree
control.
[In heading
mode]When
outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
becomes too
narrow (∗4)
Defective valve
body
Defective low
pressure sensor
Defective subcool
heat exchange
outlet thermister
Defective control
PC board
Faulty of 4 way
switch valve
operation
Compressor
overheat
Defective valve coil ←Check if coil resistance and
←Check if the voltage property is normal.
←Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermister resistance property is normal.
←Check if the pressure value given by the
service checker corresponding to actual
measurement value by the sensor.
←Refer to [Check 7]
Irregular piping length
←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bend/collapse
←Corduet visual checks.
(Including moisture choke)
←Remove the moisture by vacuum break. (Refer to [Check 8])
Stop valve is closed.
←Check if the stop valve is open.
∗1: Refer to “Low pressure protective control” (P126) for hot gas bypass control.
∗2: Refer to P108 for subcooling electronic expansion valve control.
∗3: “Superheating temperature control” in cooling mode is conducted by indoor unit electronic expansion valve. (Refer to P141)
∗4: Superheating temperature control in heating mode is conducted by outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM).
(Refer to P108).
∗5: Judgment criteria of superheat operation:
Suction gas superheating temperature: 10 degrees and over. Discharge gas superheating temperature: 45 degrees
and over, except for immediately after starting and drooping control, etc..
(Use the above stated values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be normal despite the values
within the above scope.)
348
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 4] Power Transistor Check
Perform the following procedures prior to check.
(1) Power Off.
(2) Remove all the wiring connected to the PC board where power transistors are mounted on.
∗ Preparing a tester in the analog system is recommended.
A tester in the digital system with diode check function will
be usable.
[Preparation]
· Tester
[Point of Measurement and Judgment Criteria]
· Measure the resistance value using a tester at each point of measurement below, 10 minutes later after power OFF.
To use analog tester:
Measurement in the resistance value mode in the range of
multiplying 1kΩ.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Point of Measurement
+
–
P2
U
P2
V
P2
W
U
P2
V
P2
W
P2
N3
U
N3
V
N3
W
U
N3
V
N3
W
N3
Judgment Criteria
To use digital tester:
Measurement is executed in the diode check mode. (
Remarks
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2 ~ 15kΩ
Due to condenser charge
15kΩ and
and so on, resistance
above
measurement may require
(including )
some time.
2 ~ 15kΩ
Point of Measurement
+
–
P2
U
P2
V
P2
W
U
P2
V
P2
W
P2
N3
U
N3
V
N3
W
U
N3
V
N3
W
N3
Judgment Criteria
)
Remarks
Due to condenser charge
and so on, resistance
1.2V and over measurement may require
some time.
0.3 ~ 0.7V
Due to condenser charge
and so on, resistance
1.2V and over measurement may require
some time.
[PC board and Circuit Diagram]
J1
J2
J3
P1
DM
P3
P1
N3 U V
W
P2 P3
IGBT
X10A K2
L1
L2
L3
J1
J2
J3
N3
U
V
W
X11A
(V2895)
Troubleshooting
349
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[CHECK 5] Check for causes of rise in high pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Local
pressure
rise
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve is throttled:
(See *1.)
Rise in high
pressure
Faulty high
pressure
control
High pipe
resistance
Stop valve closed
←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Bent or crashed pipe
←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign
particles
←Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe.
Faulty outdoor
Faulty valve coil
unit motorized
valve
Faulty valve body
A temperature difference in excess of 10°C
between the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
Faulty high pressure sensor
Faulty
control
Faulty control PC board
Faulty valve coil
Faulty indoor
unit motorized
valve
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
←Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic
expansion valve excessively
throttled:
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
High suction
air
temperature
of the
condenser
Faulty
control
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
←In the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Faulty control PC board
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
Checker corresponding to the measurement of the
pressure sensor?
High suction air
temperature
of outdoor unit
Short circuit
←Is the suction air temperature not more than
43°C?
High ambient temperature
←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 43°C?
High suction
air temperature
of indoor unit
Short circuit
←Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C?
High ambient temperature
←Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C?
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit
←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16°CWB?
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
Dirty condenser
←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
Mixing of non-condensable gas
←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan
output
High air
passage
resistance
Excessive refrigerant charging
Improper model selection [In heating]
Faulty fan
motor
Faulty control
PC board
(Including
capacity setting)
←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and
insulation normal?
←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the
capacity setting properly made?
Dirty filter
←Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
←Refer to P265.
←Is the indoor unit too small compared to
the large-sized outdoor unit?
*1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM) is fully open.
*2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”.
(For details, refer to “Electronic Expansion Valve Control” on P141.)
SDK04009
350
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 6] Check for causes of drop in low pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
[In cooling]
(See *1.)
Faulty low
pressure
control
Abnormally low
low-pressure
(Low evaporating
temperature)
[In both cooling
and heating]
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve is
throttled too much:
(See *3.)
Faulty electronic
expansion valve
control
Faulty
compressor
capacity
control
Faulty low
pressure
protection
control
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Low suction
air temperature
of the
evaporator
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty control PC board
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty low pressure sensor
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty hot gas solenoid valve
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PC board
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty valve coil
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty gas pipe
thermistor of indoor unit
←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty liquid pipe thermistor
of indoor unit
←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty control PC board
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
excessively
throttled:
(See *4.)
[In cooling]
Faulty low pressure sensor
Faulty valve coil
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty low pressure sensor
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
←Check for the thermistor resistance and
connection.
Faulty control PC board
Low suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
Short circuit
←Is the suction air temperature not less than 14˚C
Low ambient temperature
←Is the indoor temperature not more than 14˚C
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit
←Is the outdoor temperature not less than -20˚C
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High pipe
resistance
Abnormal piping length
←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe
←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign particles
←Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of
refrigerant
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
←Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Inadequate refrigerant quantity
←Refer to P304.
Moisture choke
←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty
evaporator
←Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Faulty fan motor
←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PC board
(Including capacity setting)
←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the capacity
setting properly made?
Dirty filter
←Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
*1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control” on P100.
*2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control. For details, refer to P126.
*3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”. (For details, refer to P141.)
*4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM) is used for “superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger”.
(For details, refer to P108.)
Troubleshooting
SDK04009
351
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[CHECK 7] Broken Wire Check of the Connecting Wires
1. Procedure for checking outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires
On the system shown below, turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit
between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit A" that is
farthest from the central remote controller, and then conduct continuity checks between the
transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the central remote controller using a
multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said terminal blocks, the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the outdooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit A" short-circuited, conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controller.
If there is no continuity as well, conduct continuity checks between the outdoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit E", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the
"Outdoor Unit D", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C", …
in the order described, thus identifying the place with continuity.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
2. Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for
checking the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the "Outdoor Unit C" for broken
wires)
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit C, and then conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wirings F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the
"Outdoor Unit C" using a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said transmission
wirings, the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C" short-circuited, identify the place with
continuity in the transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor
Unit c", and transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
Short-circuit
between the
outdoor-outdoor
unit terminal
parts.
Check the transmission
wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Indoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
Short-circuit between
the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts.
Outdoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
Check the transmission
wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no broken
wires in it.
Unified ON/OFF controller
352
Central remote controller
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 8] Master Unit Central Connector Setting Table
The master unit central setting connector (CN1/X1A) is mounted at the factory.
• To independently use a single unit of the intelligent Touch controller or a single unit of the
central remote controller, do not dismount the master unit central setting connector (i.e., use
the connector with the factory setting unchanged).
• To independently use the schedule timer, insert an independent-use setting connector.
No independent-use setting connector has been mounted at the factory. Insert the
connector, which is attached to the casing of the main unit, in the PC board (CN1/X1A).
(Independent-use connector=Master unit central setting connector)
• To use two or more central equipment in combination, make settings according to the table
shown below.
Central equipment connection pattern
Pattern Intelligent Central
remote
Touch
controller controller
Unified
ON/OFF Schedule
timer
controller
1 to 2
units
× (*1)
Central
remote
controller
Provided
Not provided
Unified
ON/OFF
controller
Schedule
timer
× (*1)
1 unit
1 unit
× (*1)
1 to 8
units
1 to 2
units
× (*1)
Setting of master unit central setting connector(*2)
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
1 to 4
units
1 to 16
units
1 unit
1 unit
1 to 16
units
1 unit
1 unit
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Not provided
Not provided
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
Not provided
Provided
(*1) The intelligent Touch controller and the schedule timer are not available for combined use.
(*2) The intelligent Touch controller, central remote controller, and the unified ON/OFF controller have been set to "Provided with the master
unit central setting connector" at the factory. The schedule timer has been set to "Not provided with the master unit central setting
connector" at the factory, which is attached to the casing of the main unit.
Troubleshooting
353
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[CHECK 9] Master-Slave Unit Setting Table
Combination of Intelligent Touch Controller and Central Remote Controller
Master
#1
Slave
#2
∗
#3
#1
Pattern
#4
#2
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
CRC
CRC
#3
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
Master
CRC
Master
—
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Master
CRC
#4
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
Master
CRC
Slave
CRC
Slave
—
CRC
Slave
—
—
—
—
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Slave
—
—
Master
—
—
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Slave
—
—
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Master
—
—
CRC
Slave
—
—
CRC
Master
—
—
—
—
—
—
Intelligent
Touch
controller
Master
—
—
—
—
—
—
CRC: Central remote controller <DCS302CA61>
Intelligent Touch controller: < DCS601C51 >
∗The patterns marked with “∗” have nothing to do with those described in the list of Setting of master unit central setting connector.
354
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 10] Check for causes of wet operation.
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, identify faulty points.
Faulty crankcase heater
Refrigerant accumulation
Frequent ON/OFF of compressor
←Refer to information in the [Check 6]
section.
Overcharge of refrigerant
[Cooling]
Indoor unit
motorized valve
opens too
much. (*1)
Faulty valve coil
Faulty indoor
unit motorized
valve
Faulty valve body
Faulty control
Faulty control
of superheated
degree
[Heating]
Outdoor unit
motorized valve
opens too
much. (*2)
Faulty indoor unit
gas pipe thermistor
←Is the connector correctly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance
characteristics normal?
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
←Is the connector correctly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance
characteristics normal?
Faulty control PC board
Faulty valve body
←Does the valve coil have normal
resistance and insulation?
(Refer to information in the [Check 11]
section.)
Faulty power pressure sensor
←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
←Is the connector correctly connected?
Does the thermistor have normal
resistance characteristics?
←Is the pressure reading of the service
checker corresponding to the actual
measurement of the sensor?
Faulty valve coil
Faulty outdoor
unit motorized
valve
Wet operation
←Does the valve coil have normal
resistance and insulation?
(Refer to information in the [Check 11]
section.)
Faulty control
Faulty control PC board
←Does the heat exchanger get clogged?
Dirty evaporator
←Can the fan motor be rotated by
hand?
Does the fan motor coil have
normal resistance and
insulation?
Faulty control PC board
Faulty fan motor
Degraded
evaporation
capacity
Reduced
fan output
Reduced
air quantity
(including faulty
capacity setting)
Increased
resistance
in air
passage
Dirty filter
←Does the air filter get clogged?
Obstacles
←Are there any obstacles in the air
passage?
*1: "Superheated degree control" in cooling operation is exercised with the indoor unit motorized valve. (Refer to
information on P141.)
*2: "Superheated degree control" in heating operation is exercised with the outdoor unit motorized valve (EV1).
(Refer to information on P108.)
*3: Guideline of superheated degree to judge as wet operation
Suction gas superheated degree: Not more than 3°C; Discharge gas superheated degree: Not more than
15°C, except immediately after compressor starts up or is running under drooping control.
(Use the values shown above as a guideline. Even if the superheated degree falls in the range, the compressor
may be normal depending on other conditions.)
Troubleshooting
355
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[Check 11] Check for overcharge of refrigerant.
In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the overcharge of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgment, refer to information provided below.
Diagnosis of overcharge of refrigerant
1. High pressure rises. Consequently, overload control is exercised to cause scant cooling
capacity.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas lowers (or the wet operation is performed).
Consequently, the compressor becomes lower in discharge pipe temperature despite of
pressure loads.
3. The supercooled degree of condensate rises. Consequently, in heating operation, the
temperature of outlet air passing through the supercooled section becomes lower.
Cooling
High-pressure
drooping control
HP gradually rises
with increase in
frequency.
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
Supercooled degree
becomes higher.
(Liquid connection
pipe temperature
lowers.)
High pressure
(LP is maintained
at a constant level.)
Low pressure
LP rises due to
reduced compressor
output.
Frequency
To maintain LP, frequency
increases under the capacity
control.
The outdoor unit motorized valve is
closed due to the overload control.
Heating
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
(HP is maintained
at a constant level.)
High pressure
HP drops or rises immediately
after the overload control is
complete.
Low pressure
LP rises due to
reduced frequency.
LP drops due to closed
outdoor unit motorized
valve.
Hot gas bypass is activated
for LP protection, i.e.,
hunting at LP.
Frequency
To maintain HP, frequency reduces
under the capacity control.
(Degree of overcharge)
Proper quantity
356
Higher degree of overcharge
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 12] Check for shortage of refrigerant.
In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the shortage of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgment, refer to information provided below.
Diagnosis of shortage of refrigerant
1. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the compressor discharge gas
temperature becomes higher.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the electronic expansion valve
turns open.
3. Low pressure drops to cause the unit not to demonstrate cooling capacity (heating capacity).
Cooling
The opening degree of the indoor unit
motorized valve becomes larger.
Either of the motorized valves
becomes fully open.
Fan control is activated for HP
protection under cooling control
at low outdoor temperature,
i.e., the fan is hunting at HP.
Frequency comes to the minimum level.
High pressure
HP drops with decrease
in compressor capacity.
(LP is maintained
at a constant level.)
Low pressure
LP rises as the opening
degree of the indoor unit
motorized valve becomes
larger. Frequency slightly
increases under the
capacity control.
If frequency comes to the
minimum level, LP
cannot be maintained.
Frequency
To maintain LP,
frequency drops
due to the
capacity control.
Heating
The opening degree of the outdoor unit motorized valve becomes larger.
The outdoor unit motorized valve fully opens and frequency increases.
Discharge pipe or LP drooping control
High pressure
(HP is maintained
at a constant level.)
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
Low pressure
Frequency
To maintain LP, frequency
drops due to the capacity
control.
Frequency drops
due to the drooping
control.
(Degree of refrigerant shortage)
Proper quantity
Troubleshooting
Higher degree of shortage
357
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[Check 13] Vacuuming and dehydration procedure
Conduct vacuuming and dehydration in the piping system following the procedure for <Normal
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
Furthermore, if moisture may get mixed in the piping system, follow the procedure for <Special
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
<Normal vacuuming and dehydration>
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Use a vacuum pump that enables vacuuming up to 100.7kPa (5 torr, -755 mmHg).
• Connect manifold gauges to the service ports of liquid pipe and gas pipe and run the
vacuum pump for a period of two or more hours to conduct evacuation to -100.7kPa or
less.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is
conducted for a period of two hours, moisture will have entered the system or refrigerant
leakage will have been caused. In this case, conduct evacuation for a period of another
one hour.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is
conducted for a period of three hours, conduct leak tests.
Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -100.7kPa or less for a period of one
hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise. (If
the reading rises, moisture may have remained in the system or refrigerant leakage may
have been caused.)
Refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary
quantity of refrigerant.
<Special vacuuming and dehydration> - In case moisture may get mixed in the piping*
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Follow the same procedure as that for 1) Normal vacuuming and dehydration described
above.
Vacuum break
• Pressurize with nitrogen gas up to 0.05MPa.
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Conduct vacuuming and dehydration for a period of one hour or more. If the degree of
vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is conducted for a
period of two hours or more, repeat vacuum break - vacuuming and dehydration.
Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -100.7kPa or less for a period of one
hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise.
Refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary
quantity of refrigerant.
∗
358
In case of construction during rainy reason, if dew condensation occurs in the piping due
to extended construction period, or rainwater or else may enter the piping during
construction work:
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 14] List of inverter-related malfunction codes
Protection device and others
Compressor current
Code
Name
Condition for determining malfunction
Major cause
L5
Instantaneous overcurrent of
inverter compressor
• Inverter output current exceeds 32.3A even
instantaneously.
• Liquid sealing
• Faulty compressor
• Faulty inverter PC board
L8
Overcurrent of inverter
compressor (Electronic thermal)
• Compressor overload running
An overcurrent of 19.0A or more continues for
a period of 5 consecutive seconds or that of
16.1A or more continues for a period of 260
consecutive seconds.
• The inverter loses synchronization.
•
•
•
•
L1
Faulty inverter PC board
• No output is given.
• Faulty heavy current part of
compressor
L9
Faulty startup of inverter
compressor
• The compressor motor fails to start up.
• Liquid sealing or faulty
compressor
• Excessive oil or refrigerant
• Faulty inverter PC board
E5
Inverter compressor lock
• The compressor is in the locked status (does
not rotate).
• Faulty compressor
L4
Radiator fin temperature rise
• The radiator fin temperature reaches 87°C or
more (while in operation).
• Malfunction of fan
• Running in overload for an
extended period of time
• Faulty inverter PC board
U2
Power supply voltage error
• The inverter power supply voltage is high or
low.
• Power supply error
• Faulty inverter PC board
P1
Imbalanced power supply
• Power supply voltages get significantly
imbalanced among three phases.
• Power supply error (imbalanced
voltages of 2% or more)
• Faulty inverter PC board
• Dead inverter PC board
LC
Transmission error (between
inverter PC board and control PC
board)
• With the outdoor unit PC board, no
• Broken wire in communication
communications are carried out across control
line
PC board - inverter PC board - fan PC board. • Faulty control PC board
• Faulty inverter PC board
• Faulty fan PC board
PJ
PC board mismatching
• Any PC board of specification different from
that of the product is connected.
P4
Faulty fin thermistor
• The fin thermistor gets short-circuited or open. • Faulty fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Backflow of compressor liquid
Sudden changes in loads
Disconnected compressor wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
• PC board of different
specification mounted
359
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si37-701
[Check 15] Concept of inverter-related malfunction codes
Transmission error
When transmissions between the
main PC board and the inverter
PC board are not normal
Main (Control) PC board
Instantaneous overcurrent of inverter compressor
(When inverter output current exceeds 32.3A
even instantaneously)
Overcurrent of inverter compressor
An overcurrent of 19.0A or more continues
for a period of 5 consecutive seconds
An overcurrent of 16.1A or more continues
for a period of 260 consecutive seconds.
LC
L5
Heavy-current
part (Power
transmission etc.)
U2
P1
L1
Imbalanced power supply voltage
When imbalance in
voltages among three
phases comes to 2%
or more
Power supply voltage error
When the power supply
voltage falls out of the
range of 400VAC±10%
P4
L4
Compressor
Weak-current Inverter
PC board
part
Power supply
(3 phase, 400VAC)
L8
PJ
E5
Faulty startup of inverter compressor
(Compressor stops running
immediately after it starts up.)
PC board mismatching
When incorrect inverter
PC board is connected
Radiator fin temperature rise
When the radiator fin
temperature reached
93˚C or more
Faulty fin thermistor
When the fin thermistor resistor detects
an open circuit (-30˚C or less) or a short
circuit (120˚C or more)
L9
Inverter compressor lock
(Compressor does not run at all.)
Malfunction codes related
to compressor current
Current
Faulty inverter
When the heavy current part of
inverter gets faulty (gives no output)
Instantaneous
overcurrent
L5
32.3A
Compressor overcurrent
(Electronic thermal 2)
19.0A
16.1A
L8
Compressor overcurrent
(Electronic thermal 1)
L8
5 consecutive sec.
260 consecutive sec.
Max. control
Time
360
Troubleshooting
Si37-701
Part 7
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................362
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................362
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................367
1.3 BS Unit .................................................................................................371
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................372
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................372
Field Wiring ..........................................................................................377
Indoor Unit............................................................................................380
BS Unit .................................................................................................395
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................396
3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................396
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................401
4. Option List ...........................................................................................407
4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................407
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................409
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................410
5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................410
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................411
6.
7.
8.
9.
Example of Connection (R-410A Type) ..............................................413
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................417
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................419
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules ....................................................................................420
9.1 Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................420
Appendix
361
Piping Diagrams
Si37-701
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1
Outdoor Unit
S2NPL
3D058154A
REYQ8P / 10P / 12PY1
S1NPH
362
Appendix
Si37-701
Piping Diagrams
S2NPL
3D058153A
REYQ14P / 16PY1
S1NPH
Appendix
363
Piping Diagrams
Si37-701
REMQ8PY1
3D057743
364
Appendix
Si37-701
Piping Diagrams
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1
3D057742
Appendix
365
Piping Diagrams
Si37-701
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1
3D057741
366
Appendix
Si37-701
1.2
Piping Diagrams
Indoor Unit
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
Gas piping connection port
Heat exchanger
Flare connection : φ15.9 or less
Attached piping : Above φ19.1
(4)
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
Filter
(1)
Electronic
Filter
expansion valve
DU220-602J
Code
Appendix
Name
Code
Main function
(1)
Electronic expansion valve
Y1E
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
(2)
Suction air temperature
thermistor
R1T
Used for thermostat control.
(3)
Liquid pipe
R2T
(4)
Gas pipe
R3T
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation.
(mm)
Liquid
Capacity
GAS
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50M(A)
φ12.7
φ6.4
63 / 80 / 100 / 125M(A)
200M(A)
φ15.9
φ19.1
φ9.5
φ9.5
250M(A)
φ22.2
φ9.5
367
Piping Diagrams
Si37-701
FXZQ
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
FXZQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M
368
Gas
φ12.7
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
Appendix
Si37-701
Piping Diagrams
FXDQ
4D043864H
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Appendix
(mm)
Liquid
Model
Gas
FXDQ20N(A), P / 25N(A), P / 32N(A), P /
40N(A) / 50N(A)VE(T)
FXDQ63N(A)VE(T)
φ12.7
φ6.4
φ15.9
φ9.5
369
Piping Diagrams
Si37-701
FXDYQ
Gas pipe
connection port
Heat exchanger
M
Fan
Liquid pipe
connection port
Filter
Filter
Electronic
expansion valve
4PDA0350
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
370
Gas
(mm)
Liquid
FXDYQ80M / 100M / 125M / 145MV1
FXDYQ180M / 200M
φ 15.9
φ 19.1
φ 9.5
φ 9.5
FXDYQ250M
φ 22.2
φ 9.5
Appendix
Si37-701
1.3
Piping Diagrams
BS Unit
4D057985A
Appendix
371
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference
2.1
Outdoor Unit
3D056775D
REYQ8 / 10 / 12PY1
372
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D056774C
REYQ14 / 16PY1
Appendix
373
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D055307E
REMQ8PY1
374
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D055308E
REMQ10 / 12PY1
Appendix
375
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D055309E
REMQ14P / 16PY1
376
Appendix
Si37-701
2.2
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Field Wiring
3D057764
REYQ8P / 10P / 12P / 14P / 16PY1
Appendix
377
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D057762
REYQ18P / 20P / 22P / 24P / 26P / 28P / 30P / 32PY1
378
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D057763
REYQ34P / 36P / 38P / 40P / 42P / 44P / 46P / 48PY1
Appendix
379
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
2.3
Si37-701
Indoor Unit
3D039556A
FXCQ20M / 25M / 32M / 63MVE
380
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D039557A
FXCQ40M / 50M / 80M/ 125MVE
Appendix
381
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D039600A
FXFQ25M / 32M / 40M / 50M / 63M / 80M / 100M / 125MVE
382
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D038359
FXZQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M8V1B
Appendix
383
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D039564C
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
384
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D045500C
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P
FXDQ20NA / 25NA / 32NA / 40NA / 50NA / 63NAVE (with Drain Pump)
Appendix
385
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D049604A
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P
FXDQ20N / 25N / 32N / 40N / 50N / 63NVET (without Drain Pump)
386
Appendix
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICEMONITOR GREEN)
HAP
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL - LIQUID)
THERMISTOR (COIL - SUCTION)
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
EXT. STATIC SELECTOR
OPTIONAL CONNECTOR - WIRING
ADAPTOR FOR ELECTRICAL
APPENDICES
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
M1F
R1T
R2T
R3T
T1R
X1M
X2M
X3M
X18A
Y1E
K1R ~K3R MAGNETIC RELAY
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
FAN CAPACITOR (See table)
FUSE & HOLDER (See table)
FUSE 5A 250V
A1P
C1R
F1U
F2U
Std
3
GRN/YLW
4
K3R
6
4
K2R
6
4
6
X3M
M
1~
1
F1U
M1F
8
RED
7
6
C1R
(see table)
High
K1R
4
RED
OGR
C1R
12µF
11µF
20µF
YLW
VOITEL
WTH
WTH
GYR
GYR
BNR
BNR
BLU
BLU
FU (3AG Type)
5A Slow Blow
6.3A Slow Blow
8A Slow Blow
OGR
Appendix
OGR
MODEL
80
100 & 125
145
NOTES
1.
T1R
N
BLUE
X7A
M
t
t
X12A
R2T
R1T
X13A
Y1E
HAP
RYF1
RYF2
RYF3
X8A
FC
X4A
FH
FLL
FL
X30A
X11A X18A
t
R3T
BLK
PINK
0
1
PINK
WHITE
YELLOW
ORANGE
BLUE
BLACK
K1R
BRN
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X2M
1
0
K2R
K2R
T1R
X1M
F1U
K1R
C1R
X3M
K3R
SWITCH BOX
X2M
A1P
K3R
3PDA0313
4. GROUNDTHESHIELD OFTHE
REMOTECONTROLLERCORDTO
THE INDOOR UNIT.
0
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(OPTIONALACCESSORY)
1
See Note 4
R1T
P2
P1
INPUTFROM OUTSIDE
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION WIRING CENTRAL
REMOTECONTROLLER
GRY
: TERMINAL
3. INCASE USINGCENTRAL REMOTE
2. SYMBOLSSHOW ASFOLLOWS
: CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER,CONNECT ITTOTHE
BLK : BLACK
BLU: BLUE
: FIELD WIRING
UNIT IN ACCORDANCEWITHTHE
ORG: ORANGE
RED: RED
: PLUG ANDSOCKET
ATTACHED INSTALLATIONMANUAL.
GRN: GREEN
WHT: WHITE
: JUMPERCONNECTOR
GRY: GREY
YLW: YELLOW
: WIRECLAMP
BRN: BROWM
X
X3A
L F2U
RED
L NE
POWER SUPPLY
220~240V 50Hz
X1M
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXDYQ80M / 100M / 125M / 145MV1
387
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
FXDYQ180M / 200M / 250MV1
388
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D039561B
FXSQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M / 63M / 80M / 100M / 125MVE
Appendix
389
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D039620B
FXMQ40MA / 50MA / 63MA / 80MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
390
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D039621B
FXMQ200MA / 250MAVE
Appendix
391
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D039801D
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
392
Appendix
Si37-701
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
3D034206D
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MAVE / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
Appendix
393
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Si37-701
3D039826D
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
394
Appendix
Si37-701
BS Unit
3D055928C
2.4
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Appendix
395
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si37-701
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1
Outdoor Unit
3.1.1 REYQ8PY1~12PY1
Item
Compressor
Name
Symbol
Inverter
Type
OC protection
device
M1C
STD 1
Type
OC protection
device
M2C
STD 2
Type
OC protection
device
M3C
OC protection
device
M1F
Fan motor
Model
REYQ10PY1
REYQ8PY1
REYQ12PY1
[email protected]
14.7A
[email protected]
15.0A
—
3.0A
(for General
overseas : 1.14A)
Fully open: 1375pls
3.0A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Y1E
Fully closed: 0pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcool)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y2E
EV
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 480pls
0~480pls
Pressure
protection
S1PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
High pressure
For M2C
switch
S2PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
Temperature
protection
Others
Low pressure sensor
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
For main PC
board
For Noise filter
PC board
396
+0
For M1C
+0
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
S3PH
—
SENPL
OFF: 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF: 135°C
R1T
OFF: 93°C
F1U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
F2U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Appendix
Si37-701
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1.2 REYQ14PY1~16PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Model
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
[email protected]
14.7A
[email protected]
15.0A
[email protected]
15.0A
M1F, M2F
1.2A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Subcool)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 1375pls
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
EV
Pressure
protection
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
S3PH
+0
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
SENPL
OFF: 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF: 135°C
R1T
OFF: 93°C
For main PC
board
F1U
F2U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
For Noise filter
PC board
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
Others
Appendix
0~480pls
+0
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
+0
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
397
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si37-701
3.1.3 REMQ8PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Model
REMQ8PY1
[email protected]
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Fully open : 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcool)
Y3E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
For M1C
S1PH
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
—
For M3C
S3PH
—
SENPL
OFF : 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF : 135°C
R1T
OFF : 93°C
For main PC
board
F1U
F2U
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
For Noise filter
PC board
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
Pressure
protection
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
Others
398
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
14.7A
—
—
—
—
M1F
3.0A
Appendix
Si37-701
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1.4 REMQ10PY1~12PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Model
REMQ10PY1
REMQ12PY1
[email protected]
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Fully open : 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcool)
Y3E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
Pressure
protection
Others
Appendix
[email protected]
15.0A
—
—
M1F
3.0A
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
For M3C
S3PH
—
SENPL
OFF : 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF : 135°C
R1T
OFF : 93°C
For main PC
board
F1U
F2U
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
For Noise filter
PC board
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
14.7A
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
399
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si37-701
3.1.5 REMQ14PY1~16PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Model
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
[email protected]
14.7A
[email protected]
15.0A
[email protected]
15.0A
M1F, M2F
1.2A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Fully open : 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcool)
Y3E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Pressure
protection
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
S3PH
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
Others
400
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
SENPL
OFF : 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF : 135°C
R1T
OFF : 93°C
For main PC
board
F1U
F2U
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
For Noise filter
PC board
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
+0
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
Appendix
Si37-701
3.2
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Indoor Side
3.2.1 Indoor Unit
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXFQ25
MVE
FXFQ32
MVE
FXFQ40
MVE
FXFQ50
MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
FXFQ100 FXFQ125 Remark
MVE
MVE
FXFQ80
MVE
BRC1C62
Option
Wireless Remote
Controller
Fan Motor
FXFQ63
MVE
BRC7E61W
M1F
DC380V 30W 8P
DC 380V 120W 8P
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA[3P007482-1]
Stepping Motor DC16V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
In PC board A4P or wired remote controller
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-5 φ8 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Thermal Fuse
TFu
Transformer
T1R
—
—
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXCQ
20MVE
FXCQ
25MVE
FXCQ
32MVE
FXCQ
40MVE
FXCQ
50MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7C62
FXCQ
63MVE
FXCQ
80MVE
FXCQ Remark
125MVE
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ10W
1φ15W
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Motors
1φ20W
1φ30W
—
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3PA07509-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Others
Appendix
1φ50W
1φ85W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
87°C : ON
401
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si37-701
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
Wired Remote
Controller
FXZQ
20MVE
FXZQ
25MVE
FXZQ
32MVE
FXZQ
40MVE
FXZQ
50MVE
Remark
BRC1C61
Option
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7E530W
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ55W 4P
Thermal Fuse 135°C
C1
4.0µ F 400VAC
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-3 φ8 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-3 φ6 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Capacitor, fan motor
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
402
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Appendix
Si37-701
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXKQ
25MAVE
FXKQ
32MAVE
FXKQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C61
FXKQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W 4P
1φ20W 4P
Thermal Fuse 146°C
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12200DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-13 φ4 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-7 φ6 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1φ45W 4P
Thermal protector 120°C : OFF
ON
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
105°C :
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXDQ
FXDQ
FXDQ
FXDQ
FXDQ
20N(A)VE(T), 25N(A)VE(T), 32N(A)VE(T),
40N(A)VE(T) 50N(A)VE(T)
PVE(T)
PVE(T)
PVE(T)
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Remark
FXDQ
63N(A)VE(T)
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ62W
1φ130W
Thermal protector
130°C: OFF, 83°C: ON
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-1 φ4 L=250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-4 φ8 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211E
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
∗
∗
∗only for FXDQ20~63N(A)VE, FXDQ20~32PVE (with Drain Pump Type)
Appendix
403
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
Si37-701
Model
Remark
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
20MVE 25MVE 32MVE 40MVE 50MVE 63MVE 80MVE 100MVE 125MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
Motors
1φ50W
1φ65W
1φ85W
1φ125
W
Thermal protector
135°C : OFF 87°C : ON
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-4 φ4 L800
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
1φ225W
Model
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ Remark
40MAVE 50MAVE 63MAVE 80MAVE 100MAVE 125MAVE 200MAVE 250MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
Motors
1φ100W
1φ160W
1φ270W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
7µ F
400V
5µ F-400V
1φ430W
1φ380W×2
87°C : ON
10µ F
400V
8µ F
400V
10µ F
400V
12µ F
400V
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-5 φ4 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8601A-13
φ4 L630
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605A-4 φ8 L800
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8605A-5
φ8 L1000
R2T
ST8602A-4 φ6 L800
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8602A-6
φ6 L1250
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
404
Float switch
S1L
Fuse
F1U
Transformer
T1R
FS-0211
250V 5A φ5.2
250V 10A φ5.2
250V 10A
TR22H21R8
Appendix
Si37-701
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXHQ
32MAVE
FXHQ
63MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
FXHQ
100MAVE
BRC1C62
Wireless Controller
Remark
Option
BRC7E63W
AC 220~240V/220V 50Hz/60Hz
Fan Motor
1φ63W
M1F
1φ130W
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor
80°C : ON
3.0µF-400V
C1R
9.0µF-400V
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3P058751-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXAQ
20MAVE
FXAQ
25MAVE
FXAQ
32MAVE
FXAQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7E618
FXAQ
50MAVE
FXAQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
Motors
1φ40W
1φ43W
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
MP24 [3SB40333-1]
AC200~240V
MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1]
AC200~240V
Swing Motor
M1S
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-2 φ4 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-2 φ8 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602-2 φ6 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Appendix
80°C : ON
Float Switch
S1L
OPTION
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
405
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si37-701
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXLQ
20MAVE
FXLQ
25MAVE
FXLQ
32MAVE
FXLQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
FXLQ
50MAVE
Remark
FXLQ
63MAVE
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
1.0µF-400V
0.5µF-400V
1.0µF-400V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1φ35W
120°C : ON
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1.5µF-400V
2.0µF-400V
FXNQ
50MAVE
FXNQ
63MAVE
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXNQ
20MAVE
FXNQ
25MAVE
FXNQ
32MAVE
FXNQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1C62
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
1.0µF-400V
0.5µF-400V
1.0µF-400V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
406
1φ35W
120°C : ON
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1.5µF-400V
2.0µF-400V
Appendix
Si37-701
Option List
4. Option List
4.1
Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories
Type
No. Item
Wireless H/R
Wired
Wired remote controller with
2
weekly schedule timer
Simplified remote controller
3
(Exposed type)
Remote controller for hotel use
4
(Concealed type)
5 Adaptor for wiring
Wiring adaptor for electrical
6-1
appendices (1)
Wiring adaptor for electrical
6-2
appendices (2)
7 Remote sensor
box for adaptor PC
8 Installation
board
External control adaptor for
9 outdoor unit
(Must be installed on indoor units)
1
Remote
controller
FXDQ-P
FXCQ-M FXFQ-M FXZQ-M8 FXKQ-MA FXDQ-NA FXSQ-M FXDYQ-M
BRC7C62
BRC7E61W BRC7E530W7 BRC4C61
BRC4C62
BRC4C62
BRC4C62
FXMQMA
FXLQ-MA
FXHQ-MA FXAQ-MA FXNQ-MA
BRC4C62
BRC7E63W BRC7E618 BRC4C62
BRC1C62
BRC1D61
—
BRC2C51
—
—
BRC3A61
BRC2C51
—
BRC3A61
★KRP1B61
★KRP1B59
★KRP1B57
KRP1B61 ★KRP1B56
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
—
KRP1B61
★KRP2A61
★KRP2A62
★KRP2A62
KRP2A61 ★KRP2A53
KRP2A61
★KRP2A62
★KRP2A61
KRP2A61
★KRP4A51 ★KRP4A53
★KRP4A53
KRP4A51 ★KRP4A54
KRP4A51
★KRP4A52
★KRP4A51
KRP4A51
KRCS01-1
—
KRCS01-1
Note 2,3
KRP1B96
Note 2,3
KRP1D98
Note 4,6
KRP1B101
Note 3
KRP1C93
Note 2,3
KRP4A93
—
★DTA104A61
★DTA104A62
KRCS01-1
—
Note 4,6
Note 5
KRP1B101 KRP4A91
DTA104A61 ★DTA104A53
—
DTA104A61
★DTA104A62 ★DTA104A61 DTA104A61
Note:
1. Installation box is necessary for each adaptor marked .
2. Up to 2 adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed for each indoor unit.
4. Up to 2 installation boxes can be installed for each indoor unit.
5. Installation box is necessary for second adaptor.
6. Installation box is necessary for each adaptor.
Various PC Boards
No.
Part name
1
Adaptor for wiring
2
DIII-NET Expander Adaptor
Model No.
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
KRP1B59
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
DTA109A51
Function
„ PC board when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
„ Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
„ Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1,000 m, total wiring length: 2,000 m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adaptor.
System Configuration
No.
1
1-1
2
2-1
2-2
Part name
Central remote controller
Electrical box with earth terminal
(3 blocks)
Unified ON/OFF controller
Electrical box with earth terminal
(2 blocks)
Noise filter (for electromagnetic
interface use only)
3
Schedule timer
4
Interface adaptor
for SkyAir-series
5
Central control
adaptor kit
6
Wiring adaptor for other air-conditioner
7
DIII -NET
Expander Adaptor
7-1
Mounting plate
Model No.
Function
DCS302CA61
• Up to 64 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to 2 controllers in one system.
KJB311A
DCS301BA61
KJB212A
KEK26-1
DST301BA61
For SkyAir, FD(Y)MFA, FDY-KA
FDYB-KA, FVY(P)J-A
For UAT(Y)K(A),FD-K
★DTA102A52
★DTA107A55
★DTA103A51
DTA109A51
KRP4A92
Note:
1. Installation box for
Appendix
• Up to 16 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or
simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in
combination with up to 8 controllers.
• Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
• Adaptors required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the highspeed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
* To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adaptor must be installed on
the product unit to be controlled.
• Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
• Wiring restrictions (max. lengh : 1,000m, total wiring lengh : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16)
apply to each adaptor.
• Fixing plate for DTA109A51
adaptor must be procured on site.
407
Option List
Si37-701
Building Management System
No.
Part name
1
1-1
1-2
Basic
intelligent Touch
Controller
Model No.
intelligent Touch
Hardware Controller
Hardware DIII-NET plus adaptor
Option
DCS601C51
DCS601A52
• Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.
P. P. D.
DCS002C51
• P. P. D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DCS004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Software
1-3
1-4
Electrical box with earth terminal (4 blocks)
2
Basic
intelligent
Manager III
KJB411A
128 units
DAM602B52
256 units
DAM602B51
Number of
Hardware units to be 512 units
connected
768 units
1024 units
2-1
P.P.D.
2-2
Option
Function
• Air-Conditioning management system that can be controlled by a
compact all-in-one unit.
Software
2-3
DAM602B51x2
• Wall embedded switch box.
• Air conditioner management system that can be controlled by
personal computers.
DAM602B51x3
DAM602B51x4
DAM002A51
• Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DAM004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Eco
DAM003A51
• ECO (Energy saving functions.)
Optional DIII Ai unit
DAM101A51
• External temperature sensor for intelligent Manager III.
2-5
Di unit
DEC101A51
• 8 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
2-6
Dio unit
DEC102A51
• 4 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
3-1
3-2
4
5
6
7
8
Contact/analog
signal
3
Communication line
2-4
*1 Interface for use in BACnet®
DMS502B51
Optional DIII board
DAM411B51
Optional Di board
DAM412B51
*2 Interface for use in LONWORKS®
DMS504B51
Parallel interface
Basic unit
Temperature
measurement units
Temperature
setting units
Unification adaptor for
computerized control
[
DPF201A51
DPF201A52
DPF201A53
★DCS302A52
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
BACnet® communication.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 2 more DIII-NET
communication ports. Not usable independently.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 16 more
wattmeter pulse input points. Not usable independently.
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
LONWORKS® communication.
• Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of malfunction;
can be used in combination with up to 4 units.
• Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 0-5VDC.
• Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
• Interface between the central monitoring board and central control
units.
Notes:
1. BACnet® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
★2. LONWORKS®‚ is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
★3. Installation box for
adaptor must be procured on site.
★
408
Appendix
Si37-701
4.2
Option List
Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1(E)
Series
Models
VRV III H/R
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
REYQ8PY1E
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REYQ10PY1E
REYQ12PY1E
REYQ14PY1E
REYQ16PY1E
Refnet header
Model
KHRP25M33H
(Max. 8 branch)
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
Refnet joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
(KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP)
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC25C450
KWC25C450E
KWC25C450
KWC25C450E
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
C : 3D057610A
REYQ18 ~ 32PY1(E)
Series
Models
VRV III H/R
REYQ18PY1
REYQ20PY1
REYQ22PY1
REYQ24PY1
REYQ18PY1E
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REYQ20PY1E
REYQ22PY1E
REYQ24PY1E
Refnet header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
Refnet joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
(KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP)
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC26C280×2
KWC26C280E×2
BHFP26P90
KWC26C280×2
KWC26C280E×2
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
REYQ26PY1
REYQ28PY1
REYQ26PY1E
REYQ28PY1E
REYQ30PY1
REYQ32PY1
REYQ30PY1E
REYQ32PY1E
Series
Models
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
VRV III H/R
Refnet header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
Refnet joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHFP26P90
KWC26C280
KWC26C450
BHGP26A1
KWC26C280E
KWC26C450E
KWC26C450×2
KWC26C450E×2
BHGP26A1E
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
C : 3D057611C
REYQ34 ~ 48PY1(E)
Series
VRV III H/R
REYQ34PY1
REYQ36PY1
REYQ38PY1
REYQ40PY1
Models
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REYQ34PY1E
REYQ36PY1E
REYQ38PY1E
REYQ40PY1E
Refnet header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
Refnet joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHFP26P136
KWC26C280×2
KWC26C450
BHGP26A1
KWC26C280E×2
KWC26C450E
REYQ42PY1E
REYQ44PY1E
REYQ46PY1
REYQ48PY1
BHGP26A1E
Series
KWC26C280
KWC26C450×2
BHGP26A1
VRV III H/R
Models
Optional accessories
Distributive
Piping
REYQ42PY1
REYQ44PY1
Refnet header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
Refnet joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
REYQ46PY1E
REYQ48PY1E
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC26C280E
KWC26C450E×2
KWC26C450×3
BHFP26P136
KWC26C450×3
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1E
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1E
C : 3D057612C
Note): Order products
Appendix
409
Piping Installation Point
Si37-701
5. Piping Installation Point
5.1
Piping Installation Point
5m or less
than 5m
Maximum length from a connection
kit. 10m or less from first branch.
(Equivalent Piping Length 13m)
Connection
Kit B
Connection
Kit A
Since there is a possibility that oil may be collected on a stop machine side, install piping
between outdoor units to go to level or go up to an outdoor unit, and to make a slope.
(V3036)
The projection part between multi connection piping kits
When the piping length between the multi connection kits or between multi connection kit and
outdoor unit is 2m or more, prepare a vertical projection part (200mm or more as shown below) only
on the gas pipe line location less than 2m from multi connection kit.
In the case of 2m or less
Less than 2m
(V3037)
In the case of 2m or more
Vertical
Projection
200mm or
more
Less than 2m
2m or more
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2m
410
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2m
(V3038)
Appendix
Si37-701
5.2
Piping Installation Point
The Example of a Wrong Pattern
Wrong
×
Oil is collected to the outdoor
unit at the time of a stop,
because of bottom omission of
piping.
(V3039)
Wrong
×
Oil is collected to the low level outdoor
unit at the time of a stop, because of
downward slope of piping.
The example of installation on which oil is not collected.
Good
Good
Vertical
Projection
(V3040)
Outdoor Unit - Multi Connection Piping Kit Actual piping length 10m or less, equivalent length 13m or less
Actual piping length 165m or less, equivalent length 190m or
Max.allowable Multi Connection Piping Kit - Indoor Unit less, the total extension 1000m or less
Piping Length
Actual piping length 40m or less
REFNET Joint - Indoor Unit
(Refer to Page 415 Note 2 in case of up to 90m)
Outdoor Unit - Outdoor Unit
5m or less
Allowable
Outdoor Unit is above
50m or less ★90m or less
Level
Outdoor Unit - Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit is below
90m
Difference
Indoor Unit - Indoor Unit
15m or less
Note: ★ Available on request if the outdoor unit is above.
Appendix
411
Piping Installation Point
Si37-701
412
Appendix
Si37-701
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
6. Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
Branch with REFNET joint
Example of connection
(Connection of 8 indoor units)
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A~G)
REFNET header
REFNET joint (A~G)
f
i
B1
G
F
g
k
1
j
2
3
E
n
p
B3 B4
B2
m
D
o
4
c
r
Piping from BS unit to indoor unit or
Piping from Refrigerant branch kit to
indoor unit used as cooling only
(Thin):2 pipes (Suction) gas pipe
Liquid pipe
s
d
6
7
B3
h
f
1
2
3
p
B
o
k
5
6
d
f
b
B1 B2 B3
e
c
g
8
7
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
B1 ~ B5
: BS Unit
1 ~ 4 , 7 , 8 : Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
5, 6
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
First outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
H3
1
2
h
B4
j
B5
k
i
3
4
5
B6
m
6
n
o
7
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A~G)
(*1) "
s
r
u
t
REFNET joint (A~G)
c
b
A
B
C
f
i
E
n
p
m
2
3
o
4
q
5
b
c
S
B1
7
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
B3
h
f
1
8
B2
2
B5 n
3
B4
j
4
k
5
t
REFNET header
p
B
o
i
g
e
d
6
H2
1
D
s
a
A
r
G
F
g
k
m
a
e
d
r
u
REFNET header
6
d
f
b
B1 B2 B3
e
c
g
8
7
1
2
3
h
B4
j
B5
k
i
4
5
B6
m
6
n
o
7
H2
Multi
outdoor
system
REYQ
18~48
t
H1
a
s
H1
r
H1
" Indicate the Outdoor unit multi
connection piping kit.
(*2) In case of multi outdoor system, re-read
"outdoor unit" to "the first Outdoor unit
multi connection piping kit" as seen from
the indoor unit.
B2
B5 n
i
B4
j
4
g
e
B1
q
5
b
H1
C
H2
B
A
H3
Piping from outdoor unit to BS unit
Suction gas pipe
(Bold):3 pipes HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
A
e
d
H2
Liquid pipe
Single
outdoor
system
REYQ
8~16
c
b
a
H2
a
BS
Unit
REFNET header
m
a
H1
Gas pipe
H3
Liquid pipe
Branch with REFNET header
Outdoor unit
H2
Suction gas pipe
HP/LP gas pipe
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
side
(2 pipes)
H1
Outdoor unit
side
(3 pipes)
Branch with REFNET joint and header
B1 ~ B5
: BS Unit
1 ~ 4 , 7 , 8 : Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
5, 6
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
Actual pipe
length
Between outdoor unit (*2)
Equivalent
Maximum and indoor unit
length
allowable
Total extention length
length
Between first outdoor unit multi
Actual and
connection piping kit and outdoor unit Equivalent
(in case of multi system)
pipe length
Pipe length between outdoor unit (*2) and indoor unit ≤ 165m
Example 6 : a + b + ≤ 165m, 8 : a + m + n + p ≤ 165m Example 8 : a + o ≤ 165m
Example 8 : a + b + c + d + e + s ≤ 165m
Equvalent pipe length between outdoor unit (*2) and indoor unit ≤ 190m (Note 1)
(Assume eqivalent pipe length of REFNET joint to be 0.5m, that of REFNET header to be 1m, that of BSVQ100, 160 to be 4m, that of BSVQ250 to be 6m for calculation purposes)
Total piping length from outdoor unit (*2) to all indoor unit ≤ 1000m
Actual pipe length from first outdoor unit multi connection piping kit to outdoor unit ≤ 10m
Outdoor unit
r ≤ 10m
Equivalent pipe length from first outdoor unit multi connection piping kit to outdoor unit ≤ 13m
Allowable Between outdoor and indoor units
height Between indoor and indoor units
difference Between outdoor and outdoor units
Difference in height between outdoor unit and indoor unit (H1) ≤ 50m (Max 40m if the outdoor unit is below)
s
r
Difference in height between adjacent indoor units (H2) ≤ 15m
u
Difference in height between adjacent outdoor units (H3) ≤ 5m
Actual pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (either REFNET joint or REFNET header) to indoor unit ≤ 40m (Note 2)
Example 8 : b + c + d + e + s ≤ 40m
Example 6 : b + ≤ 40m, 8: m + n + p ≤ 40m
Example 8 : o ≤ 40m
Allowable length after the branch
Appendix
Difference in height
Difference in height
Difference in height
Actual pipe
length
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
u + s ≤ 10m
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
t u + t ≤ 10m
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
413
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
Si37-701
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit and
Refrigerant branch kit selection
• Refrigerant branch kits can only be used with R410A.
• When multi outdoor system are installed, be sure to use the
special separately sold Outdoor unit multi connection piping
kit. (BHFP26P90 · 136).
(For how to select the proper kit, follow the table at right.)
• Never use BHFP26M90 · 135, BHFP22M90 · 135P for M
type of this series or T joint (field supplyed).
Example for indoor units
connected downstream
Pipe size selection
The thickness of the pipes in the table shows
the requirements of Japanease High Pressure
Gas Controll low. (As of Jan. 2003)
The thickness and material shall be selected in
accordance with local code.
For an outdoor unit installation, make
the settings in accordance with the
following figure.
Outdoor unit
Equalizer pipe
(part D)
Piping between outdoor unit
multi connection piping kit
and outdoor unit (part C)
Piping between outdoor unit multi
connection piping kits (part B)
Piping between outdoor unit and
refrigerant branch kit (part A)
How to select the REFNET joint
How to select the REFNET header
When using REFNET joint at the first branch counted from the outdoor unit side,
Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity index of all
choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit capacity type.
the indoor units connected below the REFNET header.
(Example : REFNET joint A)
Indoor unit of FXY ~ P280 · 450 · 560 can not be connected below the REFNET header.
Outdoor unit capacity type
Refrigerant branch kit name
Refrigerant branch kit name
Indoor unit total capacity index
8,10HP type
KHRP25A33T
2 pipes
3 pipes
12~22HP type
KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP
x < 200
KHRP26M22H or KHRP26M33H
KHRP25M33H
24HP type ~
KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP
200 ≤ x < 290
KHRP26M33H
290 ≤ x < 640
KHRP25M72H+KHRP25M72HP KHRP26M72H
Choose the REFNET joints other than the first branch from the following table in accordance
with the total capacity index of all the indoor units connected below the REFNET joint.
640 ≤ x
KHRP25M73H+KHRP25M73HP KHRP26M73H+KHRP26M73HP
How to select the outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Refrigerant branch kit name
Indoor unit total capacity index
(This is required when the system is multi outdoor unit system.)
2 pipes
3 pipes
Choose from the following table in accordance with the number of outdoor units.
x < 200
KHRP26A22T
KHRP25A22T
200 ≤ x < 290
KHRP26A33T
KHRP25A33T
Number of outdoor unit
Connecting piping kit name
2 units
BHFP26P90
290 ≤ x < 640
KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP KHRP26A72T
3 units
BHFP26P136
640 ≤ x
KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP
Example REFNET joint B : Indoor units 7 + 8
Example REFNET header :
Example REFNET joint C : Indoor units 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Example REFNET header : Indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6
Indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Piping between outdoor unit (*2) and refrigerant branch kit (part A)
Piping between refrigerant branch kits
Choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit system capacity type.
Piping between refrigerant branch kit and BS unit
Piping between outdoor unit multi connection piping kits (part B)
Piping between BS unit and refrigerant branch kit
Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity of all
Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity type of all the
the outdoor units connected upstream.
(unit : mm)
indoor units connected downstream.
Piping
size
(O.
D.)
Outdoor unit
*1 Connection piping must not exceed the refrigerant Piping size between outdoor
HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
capacity type Suction gas pipe
unit and refrigerant branch kit (part A).
φ19.1
φ15.9
8HP type
φ9.5
*2 When selecting 2 pipes line (gas pipe and liquid pipe), use Suction gas pipe
φ22.2
10HP type
column for gas pipe and Liquid pipe column for liquid pipe.
φ19.1
(unit : mm)
12HP type
φ12.7
Piping size (O. D.)
14,16HP type
Indoor capacity index
φ28.6
φ22.2
Suction
gas
pipe
HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
18HP type
φ15.9
φ12.7
x
<
150
φ15.9
20,22HP type
φ19.1
φ15.9
φ9.5
150 ≤ x < 200
24HP type
φ34.9
φ28.6
φ22.2
200 ≤ x < 290
26~34HP type
φ19.1
290 ≤ x < 420
φ12.7
φ19.1
36HP type
φ28.6
φ41.3
420
≤
x
<
640
φ15.9
φ34.9
38~48HP type
640 ≤ x < 920
φ34.9
φ28.6
φ19.1
920 ≤ x
φ41.3
Piping between outdoor unit multi connection piping kit and outdoor unit (part C)
Choose from the following table in accordance with the capacity type of
Piping between refrigerant branch kit, BS unit and indoor unit
the outdoor unit connected.
(unit : mm)
(unit : mm)
Match to the size of the connection piping on the indoor unit.
Piping size (O. D.)
Outdoor unit
Piping
size
(O.
D.)
HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
capacity type Suction gas pipe
Indoor unit capacity type
gas pipe
Liquid pipe
φ22.2
φ9.5 × 0.8
8,10HP type
φ19.1
φ12.7
φ6.4
20
·
25
·
32
·
40
·
50
type
12HP type
φ12.7
φ28.6
φ15.9
63
·
80
·
100
·
125
type
φ22.2
14,16HP type
φ19.1
φ9.5
200 type
250 type
φ22.2
Equalizer pipe (part D) (outdoor multi system only)
Piping size (O. D.)
Temper grade and wall thickness for pipes
(Temper grade, O type and 1/2H type indicate the material type specified in JIS H 3300.)
Copper tube O. D.
Temper grade
Wall thickness
(Min. requirement)
414
φ6.4
φ9.5 φ12.7 φ15.9 φ19.1 φ22.2 φ25.4 φ28.6 φ31.8 φ34.9 φ38.1 φ41.3
O type
1/2H type
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.99
0.80
0.80
0.88
0.99
1.10
1.21
1.32
(unit : mm)
φ19.1
1.43
Appendix
Si37-701
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
a
How to calculate the
additional refrigerant
to be charged
R=
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ22.2
Additional refrigerant to
be charged : R(kg)
R should be rounded
off in units of 0.1 kg.
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ19.1)
0.37
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ15.9)
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ9.5
0.18
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ12.7
0.059
Total length(m)
of liquid piping
size at φ6.4
0.26
1.02
0.12
0.022
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT
FOR EXCEEDING CONNECTION
CAPACITY OF INDOOR UNIT
MODEL NAME
INDOOR
REYQ18
REYQ34
CONNECTION
~
~
CAPACITY
32PY1 48PY1
HEAT RECOVER SYSTEM
THE AMOUNT OF REFRIGERANT
MODEL NAME
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1
3.6kg
REYQ18 ~ 20PY1
1.0kg
REYQ22 ~ 24PY1
1.5kg
REYQ26PY1
2.0kg
REYQ28 ~ 30PY1
2.5kg
REYQ32 ~ 40PY1
3.0kg
REYQ42PY1
3.5kg
REYQ44 ~ 46PY1
4.0kg
REYQ48PY1
4.5kg
MORE THAN 100%
120% OR LESS
MORE THAN 120%
130% OR LESS
0.5kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
Example for refrigerant branch using REFNET joint and REFNET header for the systems and each pipe length as shown below.
Outdoor system : REYQ34PY1
Total capacity of indoor unit : 116%
a : φ19.1 × 30m
b : φ19.1 × 20m
c : φ9.5 × 10m
d : φ9.5 × 10m
e : φ9.5 × 10m
f : φ9.5 × 10m
g : φ9.5 × 10m
h : φ9.5 × 10m
i : φ9.5 × 10m
j : φ9.5 × 10m
k : φ9.5 × 20m
l : φ9.5 × 20m
m : φ9.5 × 20m
n : φ9.5 × 10m
o : φ6.4 × 10m
p : φ6.4 × 10m
r : φ12.7 × 3m
s : φ9.5 × 3m
t : φ9.5 × 3m
u : φ15.9 × 1m
R = ( 50 × 0.26 + 1 × 0.18 + 3 × 0.12 + 156 × 0.059 + 20 × 0.022 )×1.02 + 3.0 + 0.5
a, b
= 27.148
u
27.1kg
r
c~n, s, t
o, p
REYQ34PY1 116%
Round off in units of 0.1 kg.
Note 1.
When the equivalent pipe length between outdor and indoor units is 90m or
more, the size of main pipes on the liquid side (refer to figure 9) must be
increased according to the right table.
(Never increase suction gas pipe and HP/LP gas pipe.)
Outdoor unit
First refrigerant branch kit
BS
unit
System
REYQ8 ~ 10PY1
REYQ12 ~ 16PY1
REYQ18 ~ 24PY1
REYQ26 ~ 48PY1
Liquid pipe
φ9.5 → φ12.7
φ12.7 → φ15.9
φ15.9 → φ19.1
φ19.1 → φ22.2
It is necessary to increase the main pipes of outdoor unit and first refrigerant branch kit
(liquid side) by one size, if the difference in height between outdoor unit and indoor unit is
over than 50m.
Indoor
unit
Main pipes
Increase only liquid pipe size
Note 2. Allowable length after the first refrigerant branch kit to indoor units is 40m or less, however it can be extended up to 90m if all the following conditions are satisfied. (In case of "Branch with REFNET joint")
Required Conditions
Example Drawings
1. It is necessary to increase the pipe size if the pipe length between
the first branch kit and the final branch kit is over than 40m.
(Reducer must be procured on site.)
If the increased pipe size is larger than main pipe size, then increase
the main (liquid, suction gas) pipe size to the same pipe size.
(It is not necessary to increase the high and low pressure gas pipe.)
8 b + c + d + e + f + g + p ≤ 90 m
increase the pipe size of b, c, d, e, f, g
2. For calculation of Total extension length, the actual length of
above pipes must be doubled. (except main pipe and the pipes
that are not increased)
a+b×2+c×2+d×2+e×2+f×2+g×2
+ h + i + j + k + l + m + n + p ≤ 1000 m
3. Indoor unit to the nearest branch kit ≤ 40 m
h, i, j....... p ≤ 40 m
4. The difference between
[Outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit] and [Outdoor unit
to the nearest indoor unit]
≤ 40 m
The farthest indoor unit 8
The nearest indoor unit 1
( a + b + c + d + e + f + g + p ) - ( a + h ) ≤ 40 m
Increase the pipe size as follows
φ 9.5 → φ12.7
φ12.7 → φ15.9
φ15.9 → φ19.1
φ19.1 → φ22.2
φ22.2 → φ25.4*
φ28.6 → φ31.8*
REFNET joint (A-G)
Outdoor unit
a
b
A
h
1
c
d
B
C
i
j
2
e
D
F
l
4
G
m
5
H1
g
f
E
k
3
φ34.9 → φ38.1*
p
n
6
Indoor units ( 1 - 8 )
7
8
*If available on the site, use this size. Otherwise it can not be increased.
Appendix
415
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
Si37-701
416
Appendix
Si37-701
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
7. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature
Characteristics
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T
TºC
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
Appendix
For air suction
For liquid pipe
For gas pipe
R1T
R2T
R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air
For coil
For suction pipe
For Receiver gas pipe
For Receiver outlet liquid pipe
0.0
88.0
79.1
71.1
64.1
57.8
52.3
47.3
42.9
38.9
35.3
32.1
29.2
26.6
24.3
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
15.6
14.2
13.1
12.0
11.1
10.3
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.6
7.0
6.7
6.0
5.5
5.2
4.79
4.46
4.15
3.87
3.61
3.37
3.15
2.94
2.75
2.51
2.41
2.26
2.12
1.99
1.87
1.76
1.65
1.55
1.46
1.38
T°C
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
0.0
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
0.5
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
T°C
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
R1T
R2T
R4T
R5T
R6T
0.0
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
(kΩ)
0.5
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
417
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
Si37-701
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R3T, R31∼33T)
T°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
418
0.0
640.44
609.31
579.96
552.00
525.63
500.66
477.01
454.60
433.37
413.24
394.16
376.05
358.88
342.58
327.10
312.41
298.45
285.18
272.58
260.60
249.00
238.36
228.05
218.24
208.90
200.00
191.53
183.46
175.77
168.44
161.45
154.79
148.43
142.37
136.59
131.06
125.79
120.76
115.95
111.35
106.96
102.76
98.75
94.92
91.25
87.74
84.38
81.16
78.09
75.14
72.32
0.5
624.65
594.43
565.78
538.63
512.97
488.67
465.65
443.84
423.17
403.57
384.98
367.35
350.62
334.74
319.66
305.33
291.73
278.80
266.51
254.72
243.61
233.14
223.08
213.51
204.39
195.71
187.44
179.57
172.06
164.90
158.08
151.57
145.37
139.44
133.79
128.39
123.24
118.32
113.62
109.13
104.84
100.73
96.81
93.06
89.47
86.04
82.75
79.61
76.60
73.71
70.96
T°C
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
0.0
72.32
69.64
67.06
64.60
62.24
59.97
57.80
55.72
53.72
51.98
49.96
48.19
46.49
44.86
43.30
41.79
40.35
38.96
37.63
36.34
35.11
33.92
32.78
31.69
30.63
29.61
28.64
27.69
26.79
25.91
25.07
24.26
23.48
22.73
22.01
21.31
20.63
19.98
19.36
18.75
18.17
17.61
17.07
16.54
16.04
15.55
15.08
14.62
14.18
13.76
13.35
0.5
70.96
68.34
65.82
63.41
61.09
58.87
56.75
54.70
52.84
50.96
49.06
47.33
45.67
44.07
42.54
41.06
39.65
38.29
36.98
35.72
34.51
33.35
32.23
31.15
30.12
29.12
28.16
27.24
26.35
25.49
24.66
23.87
23.10
22.36
21.65
20.97
20.31
19.67
19.05
18.46
17.89
17.34
16.80
16.29
15.79
15.31
14.85
14.40
13.97
13.55
13.15
T°C
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
0.0
13.35
12.95
12.57
12.20
11.84
11.49
11.15
10.83
10.52
10.21
9.92
9.64
9.36
9.10
8.84
8.59
8.35
8.12
7.89
7.68
7.47
7.26
7.06
6.87
6.69
6.51
6.33
6.16
6.00
5.84
5.69
5.54
5.39
5.25
5.12
4.98
4.86
4.73
4.61
4.49
4.38
4.27
4.16
4.06
3.96
3.86
3.76
3.67
3.58
3.49
3.41
(kΩ))
0.5
13.15
12.76
12.38
12.01
11.66
11.32
10.99
10.67
10.36
10.06
9.78
9.50
9.23
8.97
8.71
8.47
8.23
8.01
7.78
7.57
7.36
7.16
6.97
6.78
6.59
6.42
6.25
6.08
5.92
5.76
5.61
5.46
5.32
5.18
5.05
4.92
4.79
4.67
4.55
4.44
4.32
4.22
4.11
4.01
3.91
3.81
3.72
3.62
3.54
3.45
3.37
Appendix
Si37-701
Pressure Sensor
8. Pressure Sensor
Detected Pressure
PH = 1.38V-0.69
PL = 0.57V-0.28
PH : High pressure (MPa)
PL : Low pressure (MPa)
V : Voltage (V)
PH : Detected Pressure [High Side] MPa
PL : Detected Pressure [Low Side] MPa
VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC
VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
Output Voltage (VH, VL)
(V3053)
Appendix
419
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules
Si37-701
9. Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power
Transistors and Diode Modules
9.1
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors
and Diode Modules
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board
Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple
tester.
<Items to be prepared>
1 Multiple tester : Prepare the analog type of multiple tester.
For the digital type of multiple tester, those with diode check function are
available for the checking.
<Test points>
1 Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
<Preparation>
1 To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PC board
J1
J2
J3
P1
P3
N3 U
V
W
Electronic circuit
DM
P1
P2 P3
IGBT
X10A K2
J1
L1
J2
L2
L3
J3
N3
U
V
W
X11A
(V2895)
„ According to the checking aforementioned, it is probed that the malfunction results from the
faulty inverter.The following section describes supposed causes of the faulty inverter.
1 Faulty compressor (ground leakage)
1 Faulty fan motor (ground leakage)
1 Entry of conductive foreign particles
1 Abnormal voltage (e.g. overvoltage, surge (thunder), or unbalanced voltage)
In order to replace the faulty inverter, be sure to check for the points aforementioned.
420
Appendix
Si37-701
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules
1. Power module checking
When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1kΩ range.
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15kΩ
Not less
than
15kΩ
(including)
It may take
time to
determine the
resistance due
to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15kΩ
2. Diode module checking
When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1kΩ range.
No.
Appendix
Measuring
point
1
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15kΩ
It may take
Not less time to
than
determine the
15kΩ
resistance due
(including) to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15kΩ
When using the digital type of multiple
tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
Not less
than
1.2V
(including)
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7V
Not less
than
1.2V
(including)
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
When using the digital type of multiple
tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
1
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
Not less
than
1.2V
(including)
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7V
Not less
than
1.2V
(including)
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
421
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules
Si37-701
422
Appendix
Si37-701
Part 8
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................424
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................424
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................426
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................427
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
423
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.1
Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
„ Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants)
R-407C
R-410A
Refrigerant name
Composing
substances
Design pressure
Non-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32, HFC125 and
HFC134a (*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 32.6 kgf/cm2
Quasi-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32 and JFC125
(*1)
4.0 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 40.8 kgf/cm2
HCFC units
R-22
Single-component
refrigerant
2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
= 28.0 kgf/cm2
Refrigerant oil
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP)
Synthetic oil (Ether)
Mineral oil (Suniso)
0
0
0.05
Combustibility
Toxicity
None
None
None
None
None
None
★1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
★2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
★3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa
10.19716 kgf / cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
424
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
„ Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
Temperature
( )
Steam pressure
(kPa)
Liquid
Vapor
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Density
(kg/m3 )
Liquid
Vapor
Specific heat at constant
pressure (kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific entropy
(kJ/KgK)
Liquid
Vapor
425
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.2
Si37-701
Refrigerant Cylinders
„ Cylinder specifications
2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Siphon tube
Cylinder
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since
it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
„ Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels
Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug
melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates).
426
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
1.3
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Service Tools
R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
„ Tool compatibility
Compatibility
HFC
HCFC
Tool
R-410A
R-407C
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
2Do not use the same tools for R-22
and R-410A.
2Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
✕
✕
{
Charging cylinder
Gas detector
{
✕
Vacuum pump
(pump with reverse flow
preventive function)
Weighting instrument
{
2Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
2The same tool can be used for HFCs.
2To use existing pump for HFCs,
vacuum pump adaptor must be
installed.
{
✕
Charge mouthpiece
Flaring tool (Clutch type)
{
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
{
{
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
{
{
Pipe assembling oil
✕
Refrigerant recovery
device
Check your recovery device.
Refrigerant piping
Reasons for change
R-22
See the chart below.
2Seal material is different between
R-22 and HFCs.
2Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
2Due to refrigerating machine oil
change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
„ Copper tube material and thickness
Pipe size
φ6.4
φ9.5
φ12.7
φ15.9
φ19.1
φ22.2
φ25.4
φ28.6
φ31.8
φ38.1
φ44.5
Material
O
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
Ve-up
R-407C
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Material
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
Ve-up11
R-410A
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
427
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
„ Specifications
2 Dimension A
Unit:mm
Nominal size
A +0−0.4
Tube O.D.
Do
Class-2 (R-410A)
Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4
6.35
9.1
9.0
3/8
9.52
13.2
13.0
1/2
12.70
16.6
16.2
5/8
15.88
19.7
19.4
3/4
19.05
24.0
23.3
„ Differences
2 Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.
428
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2. Torque wrench
„ Specifications
2 Dimension B
Unit:mm
Nominal size
Class-1
Class-2
Previous
1/2
5/8
24
27
26
29
24
27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
„ Differences
2 Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adapter
Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adapter
„ Specifications
2 Discharge speed
50 l/min (50Hz)
60 l/min (60Hz)
2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare)
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter
z Maximum degree of vacuum
Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
–100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
„ Differences
2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
429
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
4. Leak tester
„ Specifications
2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
2 Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
„ Differences
2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
„ Specifications
2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
„ Differences
2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
„ Specifications
2 High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
2 Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination
430
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
„ Differences
2 Change in pressure
2 Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
„
2
2
2
Specifications
Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
„
2
2
2
Differences
Pressure proof hose
Change in service port diameter
Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
„ Specifications
2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
„ Differences
2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
431
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
„ Specifications
2 High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
„ Differences
2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10.Charge mouthpiece
„ Specifications
2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
„ Differences
2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.
432
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si37-701
Index
A
D
A0 .........................................................................230
A1 .........................................................................231
A3 .........................................................................232
A6 .........................................................234, 236, 237
A7 .........................................................................238
A9 .................................................................240, 242
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............263
Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ...................268
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................251
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................253
Address Duplication of Centralized Controller .....329
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................340
AF .........................................................................244
AJ .........................................................................245
Defective Inverter PC Board ............................... 283
Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ............... 174
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ................................ 346
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink) .................................. 343
Drain Level above Limit ....................................... 244
B
Broken Wire Check of the Connecting Wires .......352
C
C4 .........................................................................246
C5 .........................................................................247
C9 .........................................................................248
Check 1 ................................................................347
Check 2 ................................................................347
Check 3 ................................................................348
Check 4 ................................................................349
Check 5 ................................................................350
Check 6 ................................................................351
Check 7 ................................................................352
Check 8 ................................................................353
Check 9 ................................................................354
Check 10 ..............................................................355
Check 11 ..............................................................356
Check 12 ..............................................................357
Check 13 ..............................................................358
Check 14 ..............................................................359
Check 15 ..............................................................360
Check for Causes of Drop in Low Pressure .........351
Check for Causes of Rise in High Pressure .........350
Check for Causes of Wet Operation. ...................355
Check for Overcharge of Refrigerant. ..................356
Check for Shortage of Refrigerant. ......................357
Check on Connector of Fan Motor
(Power Supply Cable) ...................................347
Check Operation not Executed ............................310
Check the Factors of Overheat Operation ...........348
CJ .........................................................................249
Concept of Inverter-related Malfunction Codes ....360
Cooling Only/Heat-pump Setting ..........................184
Current Sensor Malfunction .................................271
Index
E
E1 ........................................................................ 250
E3 ........................................................................ 251
E4 ........................................................................ 253
E5 ........................................................................ 255
E6 ........................................................................ 257
E7 ........................................................................ 258
E9 ........................................................................ 261
Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction /
Dust Clogging ............................................... 240
Error of External Protection Device ..................... 230
F
F3 ........................................................................ 263
F6 ........................................................................ 265
F9 ........................................................................ 266
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 234
Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or
Faulty Combination of PC Board .................. 302
Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 62
REMQ10P, 12P .............................................. 65
REMQ14P, 16P .............................................. 66
REMQ8P ......................................................... 64
REYQ14P, 16P ............................................... 63
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ........................................ 62
G
Gas Shortage Alert .............................................. 304
H
H7 ........................................................................ 268
H9 ........................................................................ 270
Heat Exchanger Control ...................................... 110
I
Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller ............. 323
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control ...................................... 338
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ......................... 255
Inverter Compressor Starting Failure .................. 292
Inverter Over-Ripple Protection ........................... 298
i
Si37-701
J
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
JA
JC
.........................................................................271
.........................................................................272
.........................................................................273
.........................................................................274
.........................................................................275
.........................................................................276
.........................................................................277
.........................................................................278
.........................................................................279
.........................................................................281
L
L1 .........................................................................283
L4 .........................................................................285
L5 .........................................................................288
L8 .........................................................................290
L9 .........................................................................292
LC .........................................................................295
List of Electrical and Functional Parts ..................396
Indoor Unit .....................................................401
Outdoor Unit ..................................................396
List of Inverter-related Malfunction Codes ...........359
Local Setting Switch .............................................168
M
M1 ........................................................................336
M8 ........................................................................337
MA ........................................................................338
Malfunction Code Indication by Outdoor Unit
PC Board ......................................................226
Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic
Expansion Valve ...........................................266
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ....245
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31, 32T, 33T) .............................................272
Malfunction of Drain Level Control System
(S1L) .............................................................232
Malfunction of Electronic Expansion
Valve Coil ......................................................242
Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor ...................279
Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor ...................236
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise .........................................285
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor .............................300
Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T) (R9T) or (R14T) ..................................276
Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ...............................................277
Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................281
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E~Y5E) ..........................................261
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................258
Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Thermistor (R5T or R13T) .............................278
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ...............238
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined ......................................................334
Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for Heat
Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T) .....................273
ii
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air .................................................... 248
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger ........................................... 246
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ... 247
Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for Outdoor
Unit Heat Exchanger .................................... 275
Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for Suction
Pipe .............................................................. 274
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote
Controller ...................................................... 249
Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit ............................ 330
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System .............. 322
Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor Units .................................................. 311
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board ......................................... 295
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
Remote Controllers ...................................... 321
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control ............... 337
Malfunction of Transmission between Remote
Controller and Indoor Unit ............................ 314
Master Unit Central Connector Setting Table ...... 353
Master-Slave Unit Setting Table ......................... 354
MC ....................................................................... 340
Microcomputer Normal Monitor ........................... 168
Mode Setting Switch ........................................... 168
Model Setting ...................................................... 184
Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor .......................................... 288, 290
Monitor Mode ...................................................... 195
Motor Side Connectors ....................................... 347
O
Operation Lamp Blinks ........................................ 341
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ........................... 168
Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor Unit Fan
Motor ............................................................ 237
P
P1 ........................................................................ 298
P4 ........................................................................ 300
PC Board Defect ................................. 231, 250, 336
Piping Diagrams .................................................. 362
BS Unit .......................................................... 371
Indoor Unit .................................................... 367
Outdoor Unit ................................................. 362
Piping Installation Point ....................................... 410
The Example of a Wrong Pattern ................. 411
PJ ........................................................................ 302
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous
Failure .......................................................... 307
Power Supply Specification ................................. 184
Power Transistor Check ...................................... 349
Procedure and Outline ........................................ 149
Index
Si37-701
R
Refrigerant Circuit ..................................................50
BS Unit Functional Parts .................................60
Indoor Units .....................................................61
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1 (Multi 10, 12HP) ...........56
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1 (Multi 14, 16HP) ...........58
REMQ8PY1 (Multi 8HP) ..................................54
REYQ14P, 16P ................................................52
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P .........................................50
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode ............67
REYQ14P, 16P ................................................75
REYQ18P, 20P ................................................83
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P .........................................67
Refrigerant Overcharged ......................................265
Reverse Phase, Open Phase ...............................306
S
Set Mode Display (LED) .......................................168
Setting at Replacement by Spare PC Board ........184
Setting by Push Button Switches .........................188
Setting Mode 1 .....................................................190
Setting Mode 2 .....................................................191
STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock ...........257
Symptom-based Troubleshooting ........................212
System is not Set yet ...........................................333
T
The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................411
Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) ......315
Troubleshooting
(OP: Central Remote Controller) ...................336
Troubleshooting
(OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) ..................341
U
U0 .........................................................................304
U1 .........................................................................306
U2 .........................................................................307
U3 .........................................................................310
U4 .........................................................................311
U5 .........................................................................314
U7 .........................................................................315
U8 .........................................................................321
U9 .........................................................................322
UA ........................................................................323
UC ........................................................................329
UE ........................................................................330
UF ........................................................................333
UH ........................................................................334
Unit Allocation Setting ..........................................184
V
Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure ..............358
W
Wiring Diagrams for Reference ............................372
BS Unit ..........................................................395
Field Wiring ....................................................377
Indoor Unit .....................................................380
Outdoor Unit ..................................................372
Index
iii
Si37-701
iv
Index
Si37-701
Drawings & Flow Charts
A
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............263
Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ...................268
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................251
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................253
Address Duplication of Centralized Controller .....329
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................340
B
Broken Wire Check of the Connecting Wires .......352
C
Cancel of Emergency Operation ..........................206
Centralized Control Group No. Setting .................179
BRC1C Type .................................................179
BRC4C Type .................................................179
BRC7C Type .................................................179
BRC7E Type ..................................................179
Group No. Setting Example ...........................180
Check 1 ................................................................347
Check 2 ................................................................347
Check 3 ................................................................348
Check 4 ................................................................349
Check 5 ................................................................350
Check 6 ................................................................351
Check 7 ................................................................352
Check 8 ................................................................353
Check 9 ................................................................354
Check 10 ..............................................................355
Check 11 ..............................................................356
Check 12 ..............................................................357
Check 15 ..............................................................360
Check for Causes of Drop in Low Pressure .........351
Check for Causes of Rise in High Pressure .........350
Check for Causes of Wet Operation. ...................355
Check for Overcharge of Refrigerant. ..................356
Check for Shortage of Refrigerant. ......................357
Check on Connector of Fan Motor
(Power Supply Cable) ...................................347
Check Operation Function ...................................203
Check Operation not Executed ............................310
Check the Factors of Overheat Operation ...........348
Concept of Inverter-related Malfunction Codes ....360
Contents of Control Modes ..................................180
How to Select Operation Mode ......................181
Current Sensor Malfunction .................................271
D
Defective Inverter PC Board ................................283
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation
and Demand Control .....................................202
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................128
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) .................................346
Drawings & Flow Charts
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink) ................................. 343
Drain Level above Limit ....................................... 244
Drain Pump Control ............................................. 139
When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is
Displayed on the Remote
Controller ......................................... 140
When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating
Operation ......................................... 140
When the Float Switch is Tripped while the
Cooling Thermostat is OFF .............. 139
When the Float Switch is Tripped While the
Cooling Thermostat is ON ............... 139
E
Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction /
Dust Clogging .............................................. 240
Emergency Operation ......................................... 204
Error of External Protection Device ..................... 230
Example of Connection (R-410A Type) .............. 413
Example of Transmission Line Connection ......... 197
F
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 234
Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or
Faulty Combination of PC Board ................. 302
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ........................... 182
Mode Changing Procedure ................... 188, 189
Setting by Dip Switches ................................ 184
Freeze Prevention ............................................... 142
Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 62
REMQ10P, 12P .............................................. 65
REMQ14P, 16P .............................................. 66
REMQ8P ......................................................... 64
REYQ14P, 16P ............................................... 63
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ........................................ 62
G
Gas Shortage Alert .............................................. 304
H
Heat Exchanger Control ...................................... 110
High Pressure Protection Control ........................ 124
How to Check How Many Units are
Connected .................................................... 157
I
Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller ............ 323
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control ...................................... 338
Inspection Mode .................................................. 220
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ......................... 255
Inverter Compressor Starting Failure .................. 292
Inverter Over-Ripple Protection ........................... 298
v
Si37-701
Inverter Protection Control ...................................129
L
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............146
Low Pressure Protection Control .........................126
M
Malfunction Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PC
Board ............................................................226
Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic Expansion
Valve .............................................................266
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ....245
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31, 32T, 33T) .............................................272
Malfunction of Drain Level Control System
(S1L) .............................................................232
Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Coil ...242
Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor ...................279
Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor ...................236
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise ...............................................................285
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise Sensor ..................................................300
Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T) (R9T) or (R14T) ..................................276
Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ...............................................277
Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................281
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E~ Y5E) .........................................261
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................258
Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Thermistor (R5T or R13T) .............................278
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ...............238
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined ......................................................334
Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for Heat
Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T) .....................273
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ....................................................270
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air .....................................................248
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger ............................................246
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ....247
Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger .......................275
Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for
Suction Pipe ..................................................274
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote
Controller ......................................................249
Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit .............................330
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ...............322
Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor Units ...................................................311
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board ..........................................295
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
Remote Controllers .......................................321
vi
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control ............... 337
Malfunction of Transmission between Remote
Controller and Indoor Unit ............................ 314
Master Unit Central Connector Setting Table ..... 353
Master-Slave Unit Setting Table ......................... 354
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors
and Diode Modules ...................................... 420
Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor ......................................... 288, 290
Monitor Mode ...................................................... 195
Motor Side Connectors ....................................... 347
O
Operating Priority and Rotation of
Compressors ................................................ 101
Operation Lamp Blinks ........................................ 341
Operation Mode .................................................... 98
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in
Cooling Operation ........................................ 109
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ........................... 168
Outline of Control ................................................ 133
Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor Unit
Fan Motor ..................................................... 237
P
PC Board Defect ................................. 231, 250, 336
Piping Diagrams .................................................. 362
BS Unit .......................................................... 371
Indoor Unit .................................................... 367
Outdoor Unit ................................................. 362
Piping Installation Point ....................................... 410
The Example of A Wrong Pattern ................. 411
Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure .................................. 307
Power Transistor Check ...................................... 349
Pressure Sensor ................................................. 419
R
Refrigerant Charging Operation Procedure ........ 161
Refrigerant Circuit ................................................. 50
BS Unit Functional Parts ................................. 60
Indoor Units .................................................... 61
REMQ10PY1, 12PY1 ..................................... 57
REMQ14PY1, 16PY1 ..................................... 59
REMQ8PY1 .................................................... 55
REYQ14P, 16P ............................................... 53
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ........................................ 51
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode ........... 67
Operation of Refrigerant Regulator ................. 91
Pressure Equalizing when Switching Operation
Cooling/ Heating ................................ 92
REYQ14P, 16P ............................................... 75
REYQ18P, 20P ............................................... 83
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ........................................ 67
Refrigerant Overcharged ..................................... 265
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function ........ 223
Remote Controller Service Mode ........................ 221
Reverse Phase, Open Phase .............................. 306
Drawings & Flow Charts
Si37-701
S
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........216
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....217
Setting by Push Button Switches .........................188
Setting Mode 1 .....................................................190
Setting Mode 2 .....................................................191
Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand
Operation ......................................................198
Image of Operation in the Case of A .... 199, 201
Image of Operation in the Case of
A and B .................................... 199, 201
Image of Operation in the Case of B .... 199, 201
Simplified Remote Controller ...............................171
BRC2A51, BRC2C51 ....................................171
STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock ...........257
STD Compressor Overload Protection .................131
System is not Set yet ...........................................333
T
Test Operation .....................................................148
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller .............135
Cooling ..........................................................135
Heating ..........................................................136
Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) ......315
Troubleshooting
(OP: Central Remote Controller) ...................336
Troubleshooting
(OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) ..................341
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ................215
W
Wired Remote Controller ......................................169
Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit ............170
BRC4C Type .................................................170
BRC7C Type .................................................170
BRC7E Type ..................................................170
Wiring Diagrams for Reference ............................372
BS Unit ..........................................................395
Field Wiring ....................................................377
Indoor Unit .....................................................380
Outdoor Unit ..................................................372
Drawings & Flow Charts
vii
Si37-701
viii
Drawings & Flow Charts
http://www.daikin.com/global_ac/
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of September 2007 but subject to change without notice.
Si37-701
Printed in Japan 09/2007 AK